<!DOCTYPE ETS PUBLIC "-//UMDLPS//DTD EEBOPROOF 2.0//EN">
<ETS>
<TEMPHEAD>
<REVDESCR>
<CHANGE>
<DATE>2013-01-30</DATE>
<RESPSTMT>
<NAME>Sarah Wingo</NAME>
<RESP>MURP</RESP>
</RESPSTMT>
<ITEM>Checklist: x *Add TEMPHEAD, change DATE, validate x*Review over all structure: FRONT,BODY, BACK, DIV or rarely GROUP x*Add DIV TYPEs, make sure that @types makes sense as a navigational aide, and work in the context of the whole text, validate x*Survey book for troublesome formats of all kinds, including lists, illustrations, tables, music, math, end-notes, quasi-tabular arrangments, and marginalia. x*Proof title page(s) x*Examine marginalia. Is it all best tagged as NOTE? x*Observe divtop and divbottom material marking beginnings and ends of divisions, check that they are correctly tagged as HEAD, HEADNOTE, CLOSER, OPENER, ARGUMENT, EPIGRAPH, SIGNED, DATELINE, BYLINE, etc. x*Check for GAPs - MISSING and BLANK, MUSIC, MATH, FOREIGN, SYMBOL, INTRUDER x*Check PB placement and completeness, ensure sequence of N="" x*Check ^, oe, italic I / J, _Initals, space between &amp;c., -- x*Check for illustrations and correct usage of FIGURE. Add FIGDESCs if necessary. x*Check q; startq endq Q x*If appropriate, check for yoghs. x*If appropriate, check for Latin problems, e.g. oe and ae digraphs x*If appropriate, check for abbreviation and brevigraph problems. x*If appropriate, check for units of measure, symbols (alchemical, astronomical, etc.) and the like. x*Correct illegibles from proofsheet x*Check illegible page, para, line, span, word, dollar signs x*Final validate Corrected [ ] illegible groups out of [ ]. Converted [ ] illegible groups to GAP DESC="illegible". DONE</ITEM>
</CHANGE>
</REVDESCR>
</TEMPHEAD>
<EEBO>
<IDG S="marc" R="UM" ID="A27452">
<STC T="W">B1959</STC>
<STC T="C">R31584</STC>
<BIBNO T="oclc">12170849</BIBNO>
<VID>55400</VID>
</IDG>
<TEXT LANG="eng">
<FRONT>
<DIV1 TYPE="title page">
<PB REF="1">
<PB REF="1">
<P> <GAP DESC="foreign">: OR, A DESCRIPTION OF THE Body of Man: BEING A Practical Anatomy, SHEVVING The Manner of Anatomizing from Part to Part; The like hath not been &s;et forth in the Engli&s;h Tongue.</P>
<P><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">dorned with many demon&s;trative Figures <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">ong &s;ince Compo&s;ed in Latine, by that Famous J. Berengarius of Carpus, Dr. of A. &amp; P. Reader of Chirurgery in the Univer&s;ity of BONONIA.</P>
<P>Done into Engli&s;h by H. Jack&s;on Chirurgeon <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">y whom is al&s;o added a fit Etymon to the Names of the Parts, in their proper place.</P>
<P><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">ondon, Printed for Livewell Chapman, at his &s;hop in Exchange-Alley in Co<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n-hill. 1664.</P>
<PB REF="2" MS="y">
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="dedication">
<PB REF="2" MS="y">
<HEAD>TO The VVor&s;hipfull Society of the My&s;tery and Commonalty of <HI>Barber-Chirurgeons</HI> of <HI>London,</HI> together with all Students and Practitioners in Anatomy, <HI>Henry Jack&s;on</HI> a Member of the afore&s;aid Society commendeth the&s;e his Labours.</HEAD>
<OPENER><SALUTE>(Mo&s;t renowned Brethren, and Friends:)</SALUTE></OPENER>
<P>_I Am provoked in my mind, after long deli|beration, to publi&s;h this Work, being commanded in my fir&s;t undertaking there|unto, by my aged Father, an ancient member of this Society, who having met with this Au|thor in his Travels in <HI>Italy,</HI> e|&s;teemed it as a great Trea&s;ure, and too good indeed to be con|cealed;
<PB REF="3"> which being in old and curt Latine, co&s;t me not a little pains to put it into &s;mooth Engli&s;h; and yet I never over|read the Work but I had com|fort in it, and thought it worth all my pains. I have al&s;o been much encouraged by the com|mendations I have heard of the Book, by the learned Dr. <HI>Guinn,</HI> and Dr. <HI>Andrewes,</HI> in their publique Anatomy Le|ctures at our Hall, as al&s;o by that exact Anatomi&s;t Doctor <HI>Wharton,</HI> who hath had the peru&s;ing of it, and is plea&s;ed to prefix his Epi&s;tle to it. And now con&s;idering the great want there is of &s;uch a Work, that may be as a Directory to young Practizers in Anatomy, how to di&s;&s;ect from part to part, and how &s;tudious mo&s;t ingenuous men are of this Art; as al&s;o how my&s;teriou&s;ly tho&s;e that
<PB REF="3"> have it doe conceal it, I am, I &s;ay, provoked to thru&s;t forth this Work into the world; by the help of which for the three Venters and general parts, and Mu&s;cles of the Body of Man and Woman; as al&s;o by a little Treati&s;e of Ma&s;ter <HI>William Molins,</HI> of the Anatomical Admini&s;tration of Mu&s;cles, which hee calls <GAP DESC="foreign">, (which I al&s;o commend to the indu&s;trious Practitioner in A|natomy) I am not ignorant what a great light of experience may bee gained to the diligent hand of &s;uch who doe indu&s;tri|ou&s;ly labour in this Science. I have al&s;o added a fit Etymon to the names of the parts in their place, from diver&s;e Au|thors, be&s;ides tho&s;e in&s;erted by this Author, becau&s;e it is both plea&s;ant and profitable, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">&s;tomably ob&s;erved in Ana|tomy
<PB REF="4"> Lectures. By the help of which Book, I am of opinion, that the ingenuous Chirurge|on may be enabled, not only to Di&s;&s;ect from part to part, but al&s;o (where more excellent Phy&s;icians are not to bee had) to explain and read upon the parts, to the &s;atisfaction of a Country Auditory; which ef|fects hoping the Lord will crown this work withall. I take leave humbly to &s;ub&s;cribe my &s;elf,</P>
<CLOSER><DATELINE><HI>From my hou&s;e in Southwark,</HI> <DATE>Febru. 25. 1659/60.</DATE></DATELINE>
<SIGNED>A Lover of this Art, and of you all, Henry Jack&s;on.</SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="to the reader">
<PB REF="4" MS="y">
<HEAD>To the Reader.</HEAD>
<OPENER><SALUTE>Courteous Reader,</SALUTE></OPENER>
<P>_I Am de&s;ired by my lear|ned Friend and Tutor, M. <HI>Mark Franck,</HI> &s;om|times Fellow of Pembrook Hall, <HI>Cambridge,</HI> to read this Tran&s;|lation of his old acquaintance Ma|&s;ter <HI>Jack&s;on,</HI> Chirurgeon, and to write my thoughts, as an Epi&s;tle before it; in obedience whereof I &s;hall briefly addre&s;s my &s;elf. I un|der&s;tand the Author to be <HI>Jacobus Carpus Bononien&s;is</HI> (becau&s;e of his Figures, as al&s;o his mentio|ning his Commentaries upon <HI>Mundinus)</HI> printed in Latine in the year one thou&s;and five hundred and thirty, about one hundred
<PB REF="5"> and thirty years agoe. Hee was in his time much e&s;teemed for a mo&s;t indu&s;trious, judicious, and expert Anatomist, and hath in this Book given good te&s;timony thereof, for he hath in this <HI>I&s;agoge</HI> ex|ceedingly much improved the <HI>ad|mini&s;tration</HI> of Anatomy, in ma|ny difficult parts of it, which is one of the principal qualificati|ons of an Anatomi&s;t; therefore its hoped this Book will bee as well worth the reading as any in that particular, by who&s;oever that will favour that ever Noble employ|ment and exerci&s;e. Moreover, this good old Author is conci&s;e and &s;hort, without any tedious re|petitions, and al&s;o writ in an ex|cellent good order and method, and will neither &s;pend time in read|ing, nor charge con&s;iderable. Its hoped the Reader will ea&s;ily bee per&s;waded to indulge this Writer with the common abatement ne|ce&s;&s;arily
<PB REF="5"> granted to all our ancient Authors.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t, for that he writ &s;o long before our for ever renowned Doctor <HI>Harvey,</HI> and therefore was not acquainted with tho&s;e cu|rious truths of the circuit of the bloud, which evidently demon|&s;trates that the Veins reduce that bloud which was &s;ent by the Ar|teries from the Heart abroad into the parts of the Body, and that the Heart with the Bloud and Spirits, is the chief Organ of vi|tality, the habitacle of the &s;pirit of Life, common to us with Brutes: but the Brain, the <HI>Primum &s;en&s;orium,</HI> the &s;eat of the Intellect, the complement of man, and the palace of the im|mortal &s;oul.</P>
<P>The other excu&s;e to bee entrea|ted for the Author of this Work, is al&s;o for his age; for hee lived before our incomparable Doctor
<PB REF="6"> <HI>Gli&s;&s;on,</HI> had demon&s;trated the true u&s;es of the Liver; the exact way of Natures making Bloud; the nature and cour&s;e of the Lym|pha, and the motion of the Chyle; and that the Splene poures no juyce, either &s;owre or &s;weet into the Stomach: which being &s;up|plied, our Author may happily pa&s;s compleatly current.</P>
<P>Formerly <HI>Italy</HI> bred many &s;uch learned Phy&s;icians and Phi|lo&s;ophers as this Author, and then it was worth the while to journey to <HI>Padua</HI> to hear them, as other Nations anciently went into Ae|gypt: But now <HI>England</HI> by the industry of <HI>Harvey</HI> and <HI>Gli&s;&s;on,</HI> is the only Scene for both; &s;o that the politick <HI>Italian,</HI> if he will at|tempt the attaining to the know|ledge of any thing con&s;iderable in either, mu&s;t vi&s;it <HI>England,</HI> and ours &s;tay to better purpo&s;e at home, unle&s;s the careful Father &s;hall
<PB REF="6"> judge it nece&s;&s;ary for the manning <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Son, to hazard him &s;uch a P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">lgrimage as to &s;urvey the ruines of old <HI>Rome,</HI> and <HI>Campus Mar|tius</HI> the &s;tately place of the new. Lectures upon barbarous <HI>Avicen</HI> will never advance the true worth <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> knowledge of Phy&s;ick, nor his Auditors ever admit the truth of the Circulation of the Bloud, whil&s;t they doat upon his third or middle <HI>Sinus</HI> in the <HI>Septum</HI> of the Heart, which this good Author did then deny.</P>
<P>This Anatomi&s;t hath pur&s;ued the various ducts of the Ve&s;sels, to wit, Arteries, Veines, and Nerves, and al&s;o the Mu&s;cles, with a notable de&s;ign, which hath given our later Authors occa&s;ion fre|quently to mention his Labours with honour. This Book, as it is ancient and learned, &s;o it hath been rare to bee found with us; therefore wee owe much to this
<PB REF="7"> Tran&s;lators indu&s;, who hath rendred it an&s;werable to the Ori|ginal, and made it both ea&s;ie for any to be had, and by the vulg<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters"> to be under&s;tood. I crave your ex|cu&s;e for this freedom, both in commending the Author, and in|forming the Reader, that hee bee not mi&s;lead; as al&s;o to adde, that I &s;uppo&s;e the word <HI>Colligancy</HI> may in &s;ome places be read <HI>conti|nuation,</HI> or <HI>connexion,</HI> or <HI>com|munion,</HI> without wrong to the Authors &s;en&s;e, but in all &s;hall wil|lingly &s;ubmit, and &s;o conclude</P>
<CLOSER><DATELINE><DATE><HI>Feb.</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">4. 1659/60.</DATE></DATELINE>
<SIGNED>Tho. Wharton.</SIGNED></CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="anagram">
<PB REF="7">
<HEAD>De Libello Jacobi Berengarii <GAP DESC="foreign"></HEAD>
<LIST>
<ITEM>Anagr.
<LIST>
<ITEM>Jacobus Berengarius. </ITEM>
<ITEM>Vis Cibare? Bonus ager. </ITEM>
</LIST></ITEM>
</LIST>
<LG>
<L><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n&egrave; cibare v<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">is? (loquitur Jacobus) ade&s;to,</L>
<L>E&s;t bonus (inquit) ager, qui bene pa&s;cit oves:</L>
<L><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Barengarius duro percu&s;&s;it aratro,</L>
<L>Fructus di&s;tribuit, pauperis auxilio.</L>
</LG>
<CLOSER><SIGNED>Henricus Jack&s;on.</SIGNED> <GAP DESC="foreign">.</CLOSER>
</DIV1>
<DIV1 TYPE="errata">
<PB REF="8">
<HEAD>Errata.</HEAD>
<P>FOl. 77. for quantiby, read quanti<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">, f. 80. for different Ve&s;&s;els, r. deferent Ve&s;&s;els, f. 108. for cancrenated r. caneerated, f. 114. for on the upper part it containeth the Natural members, and on the lower the Vital, &amp;c. r. for on the upper part it containeth the Vital members, and on the lower the Natu|ral, f. 223. for of <HI>Mundinus</HI> is called <HI>in<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">|&s;ivi,</HI> r. are called <HI>inci&s;ivi.</HI> f. 24<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">. for endi|mious r. endemious, f. 249. for and fir&s;t it is to be noted, r. and fir&s;t is to be noted, f. 263. for from which the voyce and con&s;ervat<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="3 letters"> of life reboundeth, r. from which the voyce re|boundeth, and it is a con&s;ervation of life, f. 309. for concur, r. occur, f. 313. for &s;afety and &s;uch like, r. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">f<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">ti and &s;uch like.</P>
<PB REF="8">
<PB REF="9">
</DIV1>
</FRONT>
<BODY>
<DIV1 TYPE="anatomy text">
<PB N="1" REF="9" MS="y">
<HEAD>A Brief and Practical <HI>ANATOMY.</HI></HEAD>
<P>_THis Work hath two Parts, the fir&s;t hand|leth things Univer|&s;al, the &s;econd things Particular; the fir&s;t <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oth (according to the opinions of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ome) denote <HI>Anatomia</HI> to be de|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ived of <GAP DESC="foreign"> a Greek word, which <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n Latine &s;ignifieth <HI>per,</HI> and <HI>&s;ur|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">um,</HI> through, upward, a thing <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ruly equal and right, and <GAP DESC="foreign">, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hich is <HI>divi&s;io</HI> or <HI>&s;ectio,</HI> a divi&s;ion <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r &s;ection, as it were a right divi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ion <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>De|clarat eti|am aequa|lem quan|dam di&s;tri|butionem. Vi.</HI> Scap.</NOTE> through or about the parts.</P>
<P>But by a truer interpretation <GAP DESC="foreign">, in compo&s;ition (among&s;t the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e&s;t) &s;ignifieth a certain enquiry <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ade through all the parts, where|upon
<PB N="2" REF="10"> in compo&s;ition of this word <GAP DESC="foreign">, which is <HI>incido,</HI> to inci&s;e, it &s;ignifieth <HI>in &s;ingulas partes &s;eco,</HI> that is, to make inci&s;ion into every part, to the end that we may know what and how many they be: and although it may &s;eem rea&s;on that every thing &s;hould bee &s;poken of what parts it hath, yet u&s;e hath ob|tained this, that it bee &s;poken of Animals, and e&s;pecially of men.</P>
<P>Therefore <HI>Anatomia,</HI> or <HI>Anato|me,</HI> Anatomy, is a divi&s;ion of all the parts of a living Creature, that wee may know their Sub&s;tance, Quantity, Number, Figure, the Situ|ation, and Colligancy of them, and <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Colligantia</HI> from <HI>Col|ligo, as,</HI> is &s;uch an af|finity of the parts, as is by being tied or fa&s;tned to one a|nother.</NOTE> all the&s;e are in dead bodies; and therefore <HI>Galen</HI> &s;aid in his Book of the Con&s;titution of the Art of heal|ing, <HI>I think it were nece&s;&s;ary for <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> when we intend this Art, not only to know the parts and their compo&s;ition, but their operations al&s;o;</HI> and in this Phy&s;icians do differ from Builders, for they doe only know the parts and compo&s;itions of Hou&s;es, whereof none hath operation, be|cau&s;e it is not a living Creature;
<PB N="3" REF="10"> but by Phy&s;icians, of the members of man, in&s;omuch as he is a living Creature, operations are to bee &s;ought; and becau&s;e that in a living man, and not in a dead, there are Operations, Complexions, and Pa&s;&s;ions, &s;o that the&s;e three being added to the other &s;ix, there are in a real Anatomy tho&s;e afore&s;aid nine things to be con&s;idered.</P>
<P>But becau&s;e we mu&s;t begin from the whole as being be&s;t known; Fir&s;t, &s;ome dead body being laid with his face upward, in a place fit for di&s;&s;ection &amp; demon&s;tration, being before wa&s;hed, the hairs &s;ha|ved, and very well clean&s;ed from filth, even from the head to the feet; we mu&s;t know, that the body is divided into four parts, that is, into three notable Bellies, and the extreams, to wit, the hands and the feet, with &s;ome others.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t part being the Head is <HI>Te&s;ta,</HI> an earthen pot, called in La|tine <HI>Caput, quia ibi &s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n&s;us initium capiunt,</HI> becau&s;e the Sen&s;es take their beginning there; in which the Animal members are contained;
<PB N="4" REF="11"> and this is called the highe&s;t Bel|ly.</P>
<P>The &s;econd part is a Cavity be|tween the ribs and the bones an|nexed to them, in which there are principally the Spiritual or Vital members, and &s;ome others; and this is called <HI>Pectus,</HI> and <HI>Ca&s;&s;us,</HI> the bre&s;t, and the middle belly.</P>
<P>The third part is the hollowne&s;s which is within the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> and part of the Back underneath the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um,</HI> other|wi&s;e <HI>Diafragma,</HI> and goeth down before unto the <HI>Pecten,</HI> and behind unto the <HI>Anus;</HI> in which the Nu|tritive members, and al&s;o the Ge|nerative are partly contained; and this is called the lower belly.</P>
<P>The fourth part is the whole re|&s;idue of the body, as the neck, the hands, and the feet, and parts that belong unto them.</P>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the lower Belly.</HEAD>
<P>THe univer&s;al part being &s;een, I come to the particular, in which the Work-man mu&s;t begin
<PB N="5" REF="11"> his inci&s;ion from the lower belly, wherein there are many members fir&s;t to be Anatomi&s;ed and ca&s;t a|way, le&s;t if they bee left behind, they &s;hould hinder the re&s;t of the body by their putrefaction and evil &s;avour.</P>
<P>Therefore let this Belly be con|&s;idered according to the nine afore|&s;aid conditions: and fir&s;t for the Sub&s;tance which is diver&s;e, as well according to the parts Containing, as the parts Contained; the Sub&s;tance of the parts Contained will appear in its place, but the Sub&s;tance of the parts Containing in the former and lateral part is Pannicular and Mu&s;culous, that it may bee fit for Con&s;triction and Dilatation, becau&s;e of impregnation, and food, and the like. There is al&s;o notable fat|ne&s;s in the&s;e parts in a fat Body, but in a lean body little, and &s;ome|times none at all; and fatne&s;s is not properly a member, but in|crea&s;ing and dimini&s;hing as a &s;u|perfluity, neverthele&s;s profitable.</P>
<P>But the hinder &s;ub&s;tance of this belly is fle&s;hy, mu&s;culous, bony,
<PB N="6" REF="12"> and al&s;o &s;omewhat membra|nous.</P>
<P>Its Quantity and Figure are ap|parent, its Situation and place is under the belly of the Vital mem|bers, the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um</HI> be|ing between; and it beginneth from the lower <HI>furcula</HI> of the Bre&s;t, and from the bounds of the five lower Ribs on both &s;ides, and goeth unto that part in which the body is divided into two parts by the great Feet to which it is fa&s;t|ned; <NOTE PLACE="marg">The great foo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> is the whole thigh, leg, and foot, from the groyn down|ward.</NOTE> it hath Colligancy with the Brain by means of the Nerves, and with the Heart by means of the Arteries, and with the middle Bel|ly by &s;ome Mu&s;cles; the Colligancy that it hath with the Liver, and with the members of Generation is &s;ufficiently known,</P>
<P>It is in Number one Belly, yet the number of the parts of it is di|ver&s;e, becau&s;e &s;ome are Contained, and &s;ome Containing; the parts contained are the Liver, with its little Gy&s;tern containing Choler&punc; and the Spleen, and the <HI>Ventriculus</HI> called of many <HI>Stomachus,</HI> al|though
<PB N="7" REF="12"> not well, al&s;o the &s;ix In|te&s;tines with the Veins di&s;per&s;ed through them, and the Reins with their Emulgents, and the Bladder with the Uritidian pores, which are called the Emunctories of the Reins, and the <HI>Me&s;entereon</HI> with his glandules, and the <HI>Vena Porta,</HI> and <HI>Vena Chyli<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> de&s;cending with the <HI>Arteria Aorta;</HI> and al&s;o the Umbelical veins and Arteries, and the Seminary ve&s;&s;els, with the Didimies, and Te&s;ticles, and the Matrix in a Woman; and although the Didimies and Te&s;ticles, with their <HI>Scrotum</HI> or <HI>O&s;cheon</HI> may bee exteriour parts, yet they are recko|ned within that Belly, becau&s;e they are immediately fa&s;tned unto it.</P>
<P>But of the parts Containing, &s;ome are Common, &s;ome Proper, and &s;ome more proper; the Common are all tho&s;e parts which compa&s;s about that Belly, to wit the Ante|riour, the Lateral, and the Po&s;te|riour parts; the Anteriour or Late|ral parts are called in Latine <HI>Su|men,</HI> but by antiquity <HI>Abdo|men,</HI> in Greek <GAP DESC="foreign">, and of <NOTE PLACE="marg">Epiga&s;tri|on.</NOTE>
<PB N="8" REF="13"> &s;ome <GAP DESC="foreign">, and in Arabick <HI>Mi|rach;</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Etron.</NOTE> the Po&s;teriour are called <HI>Imum dor&s;i,</HI> the bottom or lowe&s;t part of the back.</P>
<P>But the parts Proper, &s;ome are al&s;o before, &s;ome on the &s;ides, and &s;ome behind; tho&s;e which are be|fore, of the latter Phy&s;icians are commonly appointed five; the fir&s;t which is the highe&s;t is in the mid|dle of the Body, about the lower <HI>furcula</HI> of the Bre&s;t, and is called <HI>Gladialis, &amp; &s;cutalis cartilago,</HI> and al&s;o <HI>Pomum granatum;</HI> but this part is common both to the mid|dle, and to the lower belly, taking up but little room.</P>
<P>The &s;econd immediately under that is called <HI>Pars &s;tomachalis,</HI> the region of the Stomach, becau&s;e the &s;tomack, that is the Ventricle, hath its former part in that region, and this part reacheth unto the Na|vel.</P>
<P>The third part is called <HI>Umbili|calis,</HI> and it is that part in which the Navel is enclo&s;ed in the middle of the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> which is now fru&s;trate from his principal functi|on in a childe.</P>
<PB N="9" REF="13">
<P> The fourth part is called of <HI>Mundinus, Sumen,</HI> becau&s;e it is the mo&s;t eminent part of the very <HI>Su|men,</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Synecdoche partis.</NOTE> and there the part is taken for the whole; this region is from the Navel unto the <HI>Pecten.</HI></P>
<P>The fifth part is called <HI>Pecten,</HI> within which is the <HI>Os pubis,</HI> or <HI>Pectinis,</HI> in that region there be|ginneth the neck of the Bladder in both Sexes, and of the Matrix in a woman.</P>
<P>The Lateral parts, as they are e|qually divided on both &s;ides, are of Phy&s;icians commonly &s;aid to bee two, to wit, the Superiour, and the Inferiour; the &s;uperiour is cal|led <HI>Hypochondrium,</HI> the Inferiour is called <HI>Ilium,</HI> or <HI>Flancus;</HI> the <HI>Ilia</HI> are al&s;o called <HI>Lagones, &amp; Ceneones;</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Laxa &s;ig|nificat.</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>vacua &s;ig|nificat.</HI></NOTE> in the right <HI>Hypochondrium</HI> is the Liver, but in the left the Spleen; the upper part of the <HI>Ilia</HI> beginneth from the top of the <HI>Os ancha|rum,</HI> and endeth about the bottom, in the extream part of this Belly; their lowe&s;t part is called <HI>Inguen &amp; bubo,</HI> but the <HI>Hypochondria</HI> doe be|gin from the lowe&s;t of the fal&s;e
<PB N="10" REF="14"> ribs, and are terminated below at the <HI>Ilia;</HI> between the <HI>Ilia</HI> and <HI>Hy|pochondria</HI> there appeareth a cer|tain cavity when a man bendeth him&s;elf forward, which of &s;ome is called <HI>Colago,</HI> and of &s;ome <HI>In|trum.</HI></P>
<P>The parts properly called the Po|&s;teriour, &s;ome are in the middle, and &s;ome on the &s;ides; tho&s;e which are in the middle are <HI>Spina inferior, &amp; filum inferius dor&s;i,</HI> the lower &s;pine, and line of the Black.</P>
<P>Of the Lateral parts &s;ome are Su|periour, and &s;ome Inferiour; the Superiour are called, <HI>Regiones Lum|bares,</HI> or <HI>Renales,</HI> the regions of the Loyns or Reins; the Inferiour are called <HI>Partes &s;upra clunos,</HI> the parts above the Buttocks</P>
<P>But the parts called more Proper, &s;ome are al&s;o Anteriour, &s;ome Lateral, and &s;ome Po&s;teri|our; the Anteriour and Lateral parts happen together, and they are that skin which you fir&s;t meet withall, under which there is Fat|ne&s;s, and eight Mu&s;cles; of which four are oblique, two long, and
<PB N="11" REF="14"> two broad; all which are dilated, and united to the likene&s;&s;e of a Pannicle, which may be called, and indeed is called of <HI>Avicen, Pannicu|lus Carno&s;us,</HI> the fle&s;hy pannicle; neither is there any other fle&s;hy pannicle there, as late Phy&s;icians doe &s;uppo&s;e.</P>
<P>Under the Mu&s;cles there is a membrane &s;ubtile and hard, called in Greek <GAP DESC="foreign"> or <GAP DESC="foreign">, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Periton<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"></NOTE> and in Arabick <HI>Sifac;</HI> and all the&s;e doe make the <HI>Abdomen</HI> or <HI>Mirach.</HI></P>
<P>But the Po&s;teriour parts called al&s;o more Proper, are the Skin, &s;ometimes &s;ome Fatne&s;s, and a mu&s;culous fle&s;h on both &s;ides of the Spondiles, to wit, before and be|hind, called of &s;ome <HI>Lumbaris,</HI> and a &s;imple fle&s;h not mu&s;culous, fil|ling the empty places of this part; and the &s;pondiles of the Reins or <HI>Alkatim,</HI> and three bones of the <HI>Os &s;acrum,</HI> or the three Spondiles, called in Arabick <HI>Alhovius,</HI> and the three Spondiles called <HI>Alho&s;os,</HI> or <HI>Caudae;</HI> al&s;o their Cartilages, with their Pannicles, and Nerves, Veins,
<PB N="12" REF="15"> and Arteries, with the pannicle <HI>Pe|ritonion;</HI> the Anatomy of tho&s;e parts &s;hall bee &s;poken of in their place; but now I return to the A|natomy of the <HI>Abdomen.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the skin of the lower Belly, and of <NOTE PLACE="marg">Umbilicus qua&s;i umbo+iliacus quod ibi fit iliorum umbo. Grae. <GAP DESC="foreign">.</NOTE> Umbilicus the Navel.</HEAD>
<P>YOu &s;hall fir&s;t con&s;ider the &s;i|tuation of the Navil, which is termed the root of man; which hath two veins without the body toward the Matrix, and very often one; and two Arteries covered with the &s;uperfluous skin; which in Children new born is tied up, and cut near unto the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> and is con&s;olidated and &s;hut up a|gain it &s;elf; the middle part of it thus con&s;olidated is called <HI>Acrom|phalum,</HI> and becau&s;e it is wrinkled it is called <HI>Vetula,</HI> and in Greek <GAP DESC="foreign">; <NOTE PLACE="marg">Graica.</NOTE> the&s;e things being noted, cut the skin in the manner of a cro&s;&s;e in length and breadth through the whole <HI>Abdomen,</HI> and excoriate it, re&s;erving the Navel unhurt, which you &s;hall very often perceive en|tring
<PB N="13" REF="15"> into the belly with one nota|ble Vein and two Arteries, which are fru&s;trated from their proper work in Children; the Vein is a|&s;cending, penetrating into the con|cave of the Liver in the <HI>Vena porta.</HI></P>
<P>The Arteries de&s;cend by the in|ward part of the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> almo&s;t unto the <HI>Pecten,</HI> and they pa&s;s un|to the back from the &s;ides of the Bladder, and are implanted, one on the right &s;ide, the other on the left into the <HI>Arteria aorta,</HI> which is two-forked about the <HI>Os facrum</HI> near the Reins.</P>
<P>From tho&s;e Ve&s;&s;els the bloud and &s;pirit doth pa&s;s to the Liver, and Heart of an infant in the Mo|thers womb; but you &s;hall &s;ee the Navel better after the Anatomy of the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> which you &s;hall carefully re&s;erve, ob&s;erving the skin which is two-fold; the fir&s;t is the Exteriour, which is a gro&s;&s;e &s;u|perfluity of members, and there|fore it groweth again; the &s;econd is the Interiour, which is nervous, not growing again, under which or
<PB N="14" REF="16"> within which, about the &s;ides, there are in both Sexes two Veins, one on the right &s;ide, another on the left, hardly to bee &s;een in one that is born, but in a <HI>faetus</HI> of three months they doe very well appear, which doe a&s;cend unto the <HI>Mamillae</HI> or Teats, which ob&s;erve and keep for the Anatomy of the <HI>Mamillae</HI> or Teats, e&s;pecially in a Woman.</P>
<P>But in the whole skin of the body there are very &s;mall veins di&s;per|&s;ed into <HI>fibraes,</HI> and they are &s;o &s;mall and narrow that the bloud cannot pierce through them, not any thing el&s;e but a bani&s;hed hu|mour which is called Sweat, and the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Whey|i&s;hne&s;&s;e.</NOTE> Sero&s;ity of the bloud.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of fatne&s;s, called</HI> pinguedo. <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Pinguis dicitur qua&s;i</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>poto &amp;</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>ter|rerus.</HI></NOTE></HEAD>
<P>AFter the Skin there is alwaies &s;ome fatne&s;&s;e, e&s;pecially in a body not brought down by &s;ick|ne&s;s, more in one than in ano|ther, which remove, that the members contained under it may the better be &s;een.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="15" REF="16">
<HEAD>Of the Mu&s;cles of the lower <NOTE PLACE="marg">Mu&s;culus a <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">uri<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> &s;imilitudi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e.</NOTE> Belly.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the Fatne&s;s are to be &s;een eight Mu&s;cles of the <HI>Abdo|men,</HI> of which fir&s;t of all four na|med obliques doe occur; two of them are placed on the right &s;ide, and two on the left, which doe co|ver all that belly before with their Chords, from the top to the bot|tom; and doe ride over all the o|ther; for in each &s;ide of the belly, and before in the middle of the <HI>ab|domen,</HI> one of them is de&s;cending, and one a&s;cending; the de|&s;cendent are above the a&s;cendent, which you may &s;ee being guided by a learned hand.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t, you &s;hall warily &s;eparate the de&s;cendent from the a&s;cendent&punc; and you &s;hall find them in each &s;ide of the belly to bee cro&s;&s;ed of one another, one cro&s;&s;e is on the right &s;ide, another on the left; their fle&s;hy part doth mutually cro&s;&s;e it &s;elf, even as the &s;inewy or Chordy part al&s;o doth cro&s;&s;e it
<PB N="16" REF="17"> &s;elf; their fibers doe alwaies reach obliquely from the &s;ides toward the middle of the Belly, therefore the Chords of tho&s;e mu&s;cles of the right &s;ide, doe reach unto the left part of the &s;ame right &s;ide; and the chords of the mu&s;cles of the left &s;ide, do reach after a contrary manner: for their own proper chords doe in each &s;ide cro&s;&s;e one another.</P>
<P>And the Oblique mu&s;cles begin to make their chord when they meet with the Long mu&s;cles; and the chords of the Mu&s;cles of the right &s;ide, and al&s;o of the left are terminated when the long mu&s;cles are contiguous, which place is in the middle of the belly, by the <HI>Li|nea recta,</HI> from the <HI>Pomum grana|tum</HI> unto the <HI>Pecten.</HI></P>
<P>The De&s;cendent take their be|ginning from the bre&s;t, the A&s;cen|dent from the upper and anteriour region of the <HI>O&s;&s;ium ancharum;</HI> their Chords are double coated, and very broad, hardly to be &s;eparated, having their beginning from the pannicles covering them, and from the nervous vills through them di&s;|per&s;ed.</P>
<PB REF="17">
<PB REF="18">
<P>
<FIGURE>
<P><FIGURE>
<HEAD>The First Figure of Mu&s;eles </HEAD>
<P> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="3 letters">ce the&s;e Six Figures betweene the: 16 and 25. pages</P>
<FIGDESC>engraving of man with musculature exposed</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><FIGURE>
<HEAD>The II Figure of Mu&s;eles</HEAD>
<FIGDESC>engraving of man with musculature exposed</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><FIGURE>
<HEAD>The III Figure of Mu&s;eles</HEAD>
<FIGDESC>engraving of man with musculature exposed</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><FIGURE>
<HEAD>The IIII Figure of Mu&s;eles</HEAD>
<FIGDESC>engraving of man with musculature exposed</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><FIGURE>
<HEAD>The V Figure of Mu&s;eles</HEAD>
<FIGDESC>engraving of man with musculature exposed</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
<P><FIGURE>
<HEAD>The VI Figure of Mu&s;eles</HEAD>
<FIGDESC>engraving of man with musculature exposed</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE></P>
</FIGURE></P>
<PB REF="19">
<PB N="17" REF="19">
<P> Two coats of the Chords of the de&s;cendent Mu&s;cles on both &s;ides, and one coat of the Chords of the Mu&s;cles a&s;cendent doth cover over the long mu&s;cle of his &s;ide from the top to the bottom; al&s;o one coat of the Oblique mu&s;cles doth cover or involve the long mu&s;cle of his &s;ide toward the bottom, that is toward the Chord of the Broad mu&s;cle; be|cau&s;e the long mu&s;cles, have not a proper pannicle covering them, as the &s;en&s;e &s;heweth; and you may very well &s;ee the afore&s;aid oblique mu&s;cles in the three figures imme|diately following; but ob&s;erve all their ligaments diligently in your inci&s;ion, which you may not take quite away (unle&s;&s;e tho&s;e which are over the long Mu&s;cles) but tho&s;e which are under the Long mu&s;cles are to bee kept until you have anatomized them.</P>
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>In this Figure you have two Ob|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ique Mu&s;cles de&s;cending, one on <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he right &s;ide, another on the left,
<PB N="18" REF="20"> which are above all the Mu&s;cles; the fle&s;hy part of them appeareth on the &s;ides, and in the middle of the belly, their Chords are above the long Mu&s;cles, to wit, one on the right &s;ide, another on the left, which are pellicular and broad, which are terminated in the <HI>Linea,</HI> which is in the middle of the belly, as you &s;ee, and tho&s;e ligaments are of the two Pellicles, to wit, be|low and above.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The &s;econd Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>In this Figure you have two Ob|lique Mu&s;cles a&s;cending, which doe cro&s;s them&s;elves with the two de&s;cending placed in the other Fi|gure, which de&s;cendent are indeed above tho&s;e a&s;cendent; and one whole Mu&s;cle of the afore&s;aid de|&s;cendent (placed above in the o|ther Figure) doth with his Chord obliquely ride over one of tho&s;e oblique a&s;cendent Mu&s;cles, and they together make the &s;hape of X the Greek letter; and the fle&s;hy part of tho&s;e Mu&s;cles is al&s;o on the
<PB N="19" REF="20"> &s;ides, but their Chords are in the middle of the belly, which are al&s;o of the two Pellicles, and they have one Pellicle only over-riding the long Mu&s;cles, but the other Pellicle is below the long Mu&s;cles, which cleaveth to the Chords of the lati|tudinal Mu&s;cles; and tho&s;e Chords are al&s;o terminated in the <HI>Linea,</HI> which as you &s;ee is in the middle of the belly.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The third Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>In this Figure you &s;ee how the Long Mu&s;cles being taken away, under them there is one Pellicle which is of the Chord of the Ob|lique Mu&s;cles, which hath Oblique Vills, and there is one under each Long Mu&s;cle, as you &s;ee in this Figure, and the Long Mu&s;cles are tho&s;e which hang between the thighes, that they may appear ta|ken from their Natural place, that the Chords of the afore&s;aid Oblique a&s;cending Mu&s;cles might be &s;een.</P>
<DIV4 TYPE="part">
<PB N="20" REF="21">
<HEAD>Of the Long Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>THe Long or right Mu&s;cles are two, placed in the middle of the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> below and above the Chords &s;poken of before, reaching with their Vills from the lower <HI>furcula</HI> of the Brea&s;t through the length of the belly unto the <HI>Os Pec|tinis,</HI> and they are therefore called Long; they touch one another, ta|king up the anteriour part of the belly in breadth, being in the quan|tity of their breadth in all eight fin|gers or thereabout; tho&s;e Mu&s;cles have not a proper pannicle as o|thers, yet they have &s;hort Chords terminated in the <HI>Pecten,</HI> and they have not any other Chords; their &s;ub&s;tance is fle&s;hy, and divided through the breadth by two &s;i|nowy or ligamental intermedians, whereof one is above the Umbeli|cal region, the other below, &s;o that every Mu&s;cle &s;eemeth divided into three fle&s;hy parts notably di&s;tinct; as you may &s;ee in the Figure fol|lowing.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="4" TYPE="description of illustration">
<PB N="21" REF="21">
<HEAD>The fourth Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>In this Figure you &s;ee two Long Mu&s;cles &s;tripped from the Chords of the Oblique mu&s;cles, which Long mu&s;cles are above the l<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ga|ments of the Latitudinal mu&s;cles, and every Mu&s;cle hath two &s;inowy or ligamental divi&s;ions in it, reach|ing through the breadth; to wit, one above the Navil, and another below, as you &s;ee; and &s;o every Long mu&s;cle &s;eemeth divided into three Parts, or into three Mu&s;cles; and Nature hath done thi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">, becau&s;e by how much the threeds of the Mu&s;cles are &s;horter, by &s;o much they are the better, and more ea&s;ily contracted.</P>
<DIV4 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Broad Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, you may ca&s;t away as well the Oblique as the Right Mu&s;|cles, that you may the better &s;ee the Broad, which with their Chords are under the Long mu&s;cles (one
<PB N="22" REF="22"> of the coats of the Chords of the Oblique a&s;cending mu&s;cles coming between them:) which ob&s;erve with diligence after the Long mu&s;|cles are removed, which tunicle is very &s;ubtile, notably fa&s;tned to the Chords of the Latitudinal mu&s;cles the Broad mu&s;cles have their fle&s;hy part under the fle&s;hy part of the Obliques, and they are called broad, becau&s;e the po&s;ition of their Vills is through the breadth of the belly, and they are more above the Umbelical region than below, be|cau&s;e their principal operation is from the upper parts to the lower, which is to help the expul&s;ive vir|tue of the Inte&s;tines; the fle&s;hy part of them is towards the back, they are terminated into Chords in that region, where the &s;ituation is of the Longitudinal mu&s;cles, and the Right meeteth with the Left his Chord being between; their fle&s;hy part is under the fle&s;h of the Ob|liques, and their Chords are im|mediately under the Chord of the afore&s;aid Oblique a&s;cending mu&s;|cles; tho&s;e Chords al&s;o are very
<PB N="23" REF="22"> broad, and al&s;o double coated and hard, compact together, fa&s;tned to the pannicle <HI>Peritonion</HI> or <HI>Sifac,</HI> and their Chords doe cro&s;&s;e them|&s;elves with the Long mu&s;cles unto right Angles.</P>
<P>The &s;ituation of the Mu&s;cles of the lower Belly appeareth by that which hath been &s;aid; their &s;ub|&s;tance, their quantity, and their &s;hape is to be &s;een; in number they are Eight, four Oblique, two Long, two Broad: their Colli|gancy is &s;hewn, for they are very firmly chained together, and they are &s;o united that they are judged one pannicle, which is called <HI>Car|no&s;us,</HI> the Fle&s;hy Pannicle; their complexion in a live man appeareth by their &s;ub&s;tance.</P>
<P>The helps of them are to keep the Inte&s;tines warm, and to hold in all the united members of nutriti|on, and to help the retentive ver|tue, but chiefly the expul&s;ive, and &s;ometimes they help the members of breathing, e&s;pecially in <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">See <HI>Galen</HI> in 4^o <HI>inte|rior c.</HI> 15. where hee maketh mention of five ope|rations of breathing, whereof this is one.</NOTE> <HI>Flamine cum ictu,</HI> in a Bla&s;t with a &s;troke or noy&s;e, and in a violent expirati|on:
<PB N="24" REF="23"> they may &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>You &s;hall &s;ee the afore&s;aid Mu&s;|cles in the fir&s;t Figure following, and in the &s;econd Figure you &s;hall &s;ee the &s;ituation, place, and al&s;o the &s;hape of the eight Mu&s;cles of the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> or <HI>Epiga&s;trion,</HI> otherwi&s;e <HI>Mirach;</HI> but hee which intendeth better to &s;earch into the&s;e Mu&s;cles, and many other things, let him have recour&s;e unto our Commen|taries upon <HI>Mund.</HI> the envie of who&s;e labour &s;hall affect me after death.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="5" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The fifth Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>In this Figure you have two Broad mu&s;cles, above which were the Long and Oblique mu&s;cles, which are now taken away from them, as you &s;ee, and the fle&s;hy part of tho&s;e Latitudinal mu&s;cles is on the &s;ides, but the Nervous part of them (to wit, their Chords) is in the middle of the Belly, and they are compounded of the two Pelli|cles, that is of that below and a|bove,
<PB N="25" REF="23"> and they are fa&s;tned with the pannicle <HI>Siphac,</HI> and tho&s;e Mu&s;cles are more in the upper part of this belly than in the lower, as you &s;ee, that they might the better expel downwards, that which is in the In|te&s;tines.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="6" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The &s;ixt Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>In this Figure are three kinds of Mu&s;cles, to wit, Oblique, Long, and Broad, and you have in the right part two Mu&s;cles, which are not covering the whole right part, as they doe naturally, and as it is &s;hewn in the fir&s;t and &s;econd Fi|gures, and they are &s;o made in this place, that the cro&s;&s;ing of them may the better be &s;een; but in the left part you have one Long mu&s;cle, and one Broad of which Broad the fle&s;hy part doth only appear, but the Chord of that Broad mu&s;cle is under the Long mu&s;cle afore &s;po|ken of.</P>
<DIV4 TYPE="part">
<PB N="26" REF="24">
<HEAD>Of the Peritonion or Siphac.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, remove carefully the Chords of the Broad mu&s;cles from a membrane annexed to them to|wards the Inte&s;tines, which is &s;ub|tile <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>Cir|cumtendo, quia cir|cum inte&s;ti|na circum|tenditur.</HI></NOTE> and hard, named <HI>Peritonion</HI> and <HI>Siphac,</HI> this compa&s;&s;eth all the va|cuity of the lower Belly round a|bout; it is round, but not perfect|ly, its &s;ub&s;tance is Nervous, and hard, its &s;hape is &s;poken of.</P>
<P>From that Pannicle doe ari&s;e two Pur&s;es or Baggs, in which the two Te&s;ticles are placed within the <HI>Scro|tum,</HI> which are parts of the &s;ame <HI>Scrotum;</HI> its quantity is &s;o much as is the vacuity of the lower belly, its &s;ituation appeareth; in number it is one pannicle only; its Colligancy is with the Broad mu&s;cles, and with all the members contained in that Belly; and all the members of this Belly, have a proper Pannicle in|volving them, ari&s;ing from this <HI>Pe|ritonion.</HI></P>
<P>It hath Colligancy, (according
<PB N="27" REF="24"> to <HI>Avicen)</HI> with the <HI>Pleura,</HI> it hath al&s;o Colligancy with the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um,</HI> and with the Te&s;ticles, its complexion is the &s;ame which is of other Pannicles.</P>
<P>Its Helps are to fa&s;ten the mem|bers of Nutrition, and Generation, to the Back, and to warm the Inte|&s;tines, and to keep them from Rup|ture, and it is to hold them from going out of the belly; it helpeth al|&s;o (together with the <HI>Septum tran&s;|ver&s;um)</HI> the expul&s;ion of that which is contained in the Ventricle, and in the Inte&s;tines, and in the Matrix.</P>
<P>It &s;uffereth Pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; its proper Pa&s;&s;ion is Rup|ture and Mollification; look for the cure of them all &s;omewhere el&s;e, becau&s;e in the demon&s;tration of Anatomy, it is not convenient to put the cure of A&s;cites, neither the cure of wounds of the <HI>Abdo|men,</HI> nor of the Inte&s;tines, nor the manner of gelding, nor drawing out of the &s;tone (as <HI>Mundinus</HI> hath done) neither al&s;o of any o|ther di&s;ea&s;e: yet wee will &s;ay &s;ome|what of the Flebotomy of the
<PB N="28" REF="25"> Veines of <HI>Guidez,</HI> and perhaps &s;ome other &s;pecial things.</P>
</DIV4>
<DIV4 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Omentum</HI> or <HI>Zirbus.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THe members &s;poken of are to <NOTE PLACE="marg">Omentum di<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">. qua&s;i opimen|tum, ex opimus, vel ab omen, quod ex omenti in|&s;pectione ominaren|tur.</NOTE> bee ca&s;t away, that the re&s;t of the members may the better bee &s;een; and fir&s;t cometh the <HI>Zirbus</HI> or <HI>Omentum,</HI> called of the vulgar &s;ort <HI>Rete,</HI> a Net, or Caul, which is a member compounded of two very thin &s;inewy Pellicles, with much fatne&s;s annexed to it.</P>
<P>This member hath many pul|&s;ant and quiet Veines, but more manife&s;t in a lean body, than in a fat; its Pannicles are di&s;continued throughout, unle&s;s about the cir|cumference of it; it beareth the form of a Pouch or Bag, for be|tween tho&s;e Pellicles there is a very great hollowne&s;s.</P>
<P>Its &s;ub&s;tance hath been &s;poken of, it Colligance is with <HI>Siphac,</HI> with <HI>Colon,</HI> and with the Spleen; its &s;itua|tion is towards the fore-part, reach|ing over the Inte&s;tines from the Ventricle unto the <HI>Inguina;</HI> the
<PB N="29" REF="25"> quantity of it may bee &s;een; it is in number onely one member; its &s;hape is handled, its complexion is the complexion of the parts of which it is compounded: its helps are to help dige&s;tion, and to mollifie the dregs: it may &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; it cau&s;eth the <HI>Ramex</HI> in the <HI>Scrotum,</HI> in the Navel, in the <HI>Inguina,</HI> and in other places of the <HI>Sumen,</HI> if the <HI>Perito|nion</HI> bee broke or mollified.</P>
</DIV4>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Inte&s;tines.</HEAD>
<P>REmove the <HI>Zirbus,</HI> and you <NOTE PLACE="marg">Inte&s;tinum quod intus in ventre continetur.</NOTE> &s;hall &s;ee the Inte&s;tines, which are continual from the Ventricle unto the <HI>Anus,</HI> they are revolved to and again, that they might re|tain the meat a long time for a good end, and they are &s;ix in number.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t beginning with the lowe&s;t is <HI>Rectum,</HI> of the length of a Palm, or thereabouts.</P>
<P>The &s;econd is <HI>Colon,</HI> which a&s;|cendeth by the left &s;ide, unto the Region of the Kidney, and Spleen,
<PB N="30" REF="26"> and from thence it pa&s;&s;eth from the left &s;ide unto the right, riding over the Stomach, and in the right &s;ide it is united to the inte&s;tine <HI>Saccus</HI> &s;ituated about the highe&s;t part of the <HI>Os Anchae.</HI></P>
<P>This Inte&s;tine called <HI>Saccus</HI> or <HI>Cecus</HI> is to be reckoned the third in order, and the&s;e three are &s;aid to be of a gro&s;s &s;ub&s;tance, for they are fle&s;hy, and they may bee con&s;o|lidated if they receive &s;olution.</P>
<P>The fourth is the long Inte&s;tine called <HI>Ileon,</HI> and <HI>Revolutum,</HI> or <HI>In|volutum,</HI> becau&s;e it is on both &s;ides revolved throughout the Belly.</P>
<P>In the fifth place is <HI>Jejunum.</HI></P>
<P>In the &s;ixth, <HI>Duodenum,</HI> and the&s;e three are &s;ubtile, called of &s;ome <HI>Lactes;</HI> the &s;olution of which, if it bee notable, is not con&s;olida|ted: The uppermo&s;t are &s;ubtile by their Colligancy, and the lower gro&s;s; all of them have two Tunicles, and a common Pan|nicle coming from the <HI>Peritonion</HI> covering them over, and fa&s;tning them to the Back.</P>
<P>In the in&s;ide of them there
<PB N="31" REF="26"> &s;ticketh Pituity or Flegm to re|&s;i&s;t corro&s;ion, and to make &s;lip|pery the dregs; in them there are fibres of all &s;orts, but mo&s;t broad; their complexion is cold and dry &amp; the &s;mall are colder than the gro&s;s, becau&s;e their &s;ub&s;tance is Nervous: and in the gro&s;s there is &s;ome fle&s;h; their &s;hape is apparent; their par|ticular &s;ituation hath been, and &s;hall bee laid open by that which followeth; their Helps are known; they &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>For the &s;eeing of the particular Anatomy of the Inte&s;tines, fir&s;t ob&s;erve with diligence the &s;itua|tion of them, and before you &s;e|parate them from the <HI>Me&s;entereon,</HI> con&s;ider their Veines, which are called of &s;ome <HI>Lactes,</HI> which do tran&s;port the <HI>Chilus</HI> to the <HI>Vena Portae,</HI> in the very &s;mall branches of which beginneth &s;anguifica|tion, by the help of the Liver; note al&s;o the &s;ituation of the <HI>Vena Portae</HI> which is without the con|cave of the Liver, reaching with eight branches towards the In|te&s;tines, and towards the Stomach,
<PB N="32" REF="27"> the <HI>Omentum,</HI> and the Spleen, all which ob&s;erve with diligence, if you can, before the Inte&s;tines bee ca&s;t away.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Inte&s;tine Rectum.</HEAD>
<P>THe&s;e things being di&s;patched, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Rectum quia a&s;|cendit recte.</NOTE> fir&s;t wee mu&s;t &s;ee the <HI>Rectum,</HI> or <HI>Longaon,</HI> which is to bee clean|&s;ed from the filth, driving it with your hand into the <HI>Colon:</HI> and its extream part towards the <HI>Colon</HI> is to bee tyed in two places, and to be cut between the Ligatutes; for its &s;ituation is from the <HI>Anus</HI> a&s;cend|ing to the upper parts through the belly, about the length of a Palm, having few Mi&s;eraick veines, be|cau&s;e that which it containeth nouri&s;heth but a little; it is termi|nated about the left <HI>Ilium,</HI> where the <HI>Colon</HI> beginneth, the <HI>Rectum</HI> being united thereunto.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Inte&s;tine Colon.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>dictum qua&s;i</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Cavum.</HI></NOTE></HEAD>
<P>YOu &s;hall ob&s;erve the <HI>Colon</HI> to bee placed in the left &s;ide, and
<PB N="33" REF="27"> it a&s;cendeth about the left Rein, and there it is &s;trict, that it might give place to the Spleen, which it covereth, and to which it is fa&s;t|ned: it reacheth from hence to the right &s;ide, and doth ride over the Ventricle, and is fa&s;tned unto it: hence is cau&s;ed the departing for a time in a <HI>Syncopis;</HI> hence doth its pain increa&s;e after meat is eaten; but the grief of the Reins grow|eth in the &s;econd dige&s;tion; it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Omentum,</HI> of which, and al&s;o of the Ventricle it is moi&s;tned; it is covered with that <HI>Penula</HI> of the Liver, in which is the <HI>Ci&s;tis Bilis,</HI> the Gall, and there|fore it is very black and bitter: it is vauted or celled, and Pituity aboundeth there.</P>
<P>In it are ingendred <HI>Cucurbitines,</HI> and al&s;o other Worms: in it al&s;o the Ordure doth obtain an une|qual &s;hape: there is in it a rum|bling a little before the time of feeding,</P>
<P>It is thus &s;ituated that the weight might the better de&s;cend from the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">pper to the lower part: and by
<PB N="34" REF="28"> its &s;ituation to have the keeping of Cli&s;ters, and the places of apply|ing Medicines in the Colick; its quantity is to bee &s;een; its &s;ub|&s;tance is a little fle&s;hy; and it is &s;inowy and fat, and &s;olid, that it may re&s;i&s;t hard and &s;harp matters; it hath al&s;o notable mi&s;eraick veins through which the <HI>Chilus</HI> and blood doth pa&s;s.</P>
<P>Its proper pa&s;&s;ion is a windy pain; in it there are bred &s;tones, and skins by adu&s;t flegm&punc;</P>
<P>The&s;e things being &s;een, you may &s;eparate the <HI>Colon</HI> from the <HI>Me&s;entereon,</HI> to which it is fa&s;t|ned, and let alone the <HI>Rectum</HI> in its place, until the Anatomy of the <HI>Anus,</HI> which cannot bee perfectly &s;een, but when you make Ana|tomy of the <HI>Virga</HI> and <HI>Ve&s;ica.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Inte&s;tine Saccus.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ex &s;acci &s;imilitudine</HI> It is called <HI>Cecus</HI> blind, and <HI>Mo|noculus,</HI> one eyed, be|cau&s;e it hath but one orifice.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>TO this Inte&s;tine about the <HI>O<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Anchae</HI> beneath the Kidney in the right &s;ide is placed an inte&s;tine called <HI>Cecus, Saccus,</HI> and <HI>Mono|culus,</HI> becau&s;e it hangeth like a
<PB N="35" REF="28"> &s;ack, and it hath but one Orifice, by which it draweth and expel|leth the excrements, but in cer|tain hours it draweth from the <HI>Ileon,</HI> and driveth it into the <HI>Co|lon;</HI> in this there is a greater dige|&s;tion than in any other Inte&s;tine, for it is a &s;econd Ventricle, fir&s;t it draweth, next it dige&s;teth, and afterwards expelleth unto the <HI>Co|lon.</HI></P>
<P>Its quantity is about a palm in length, but it is as broad as <HI>Colon,</HI> and al&s;o more, it is not fa&s;tned to the <HI>Me&s;entereon,</HI> but hangeth in the belly; in it are bred worms called <HI>Serpentes.</HI></P>
<P>But this Inte&s;tine is often found fru&s;trate in nature, becau&s;e it doth none of the afore&s;aid things, and then it is al&s;o found fa&s;tned to the Inte&s;tine <HI>Colon</HI> and <HI>Ileon,</HI> and it is as it were a certain additament, and its &s;hape appeareth &s;trictly compacted, but within it is empty, and is le&s;s in breadth than the lea&s;t finger of the hand, and it is of the length of three inches or there|abouts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="36" REF="29">
<HEAD>Of the Inte&s;tine Ileon.</HEAD>
<P>TO this Inte&s;tine <HI>Saccus</HI> go|ing <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>in arctum cogo.</HI></NOTE> upward is immediately fa&s;tned the fir&s;t of the &s;lender In|te&s;tines called <HI>Ileon,</HI> and <HI>Longum,</HI> and <HI>Revolutum,</HI> or <HI>Involutum,</HI> who&s;e &s;ub&s;tance is &s;lender; its &s;hape is very long and round; its quan|tity is longer than all the other In|te&s;tines together; there are more Mi&s;eraicks in that Inte&s;tine than in any other, becau&s;e of his length; its &s;ituation is more about the <HI>Ilia,</HI> yet it is in other places through the belly; it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Me&s;entereon,</HI> from which it mu&s;t bee &s;eparated that you may <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Hic morbus dic</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>ab</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>mi&s;ericordia quia mi&s;e|randus do|lor.</HI></NOTE> well ob&s;erve the other upper In|te&s;tines. Its proper pa&s;&s;ion * is <HI>di&s;po&s;itio Iliaca,</HI> and the pa&s;&s;ion called <HI>Mi&s;erere mei,</HI> in which the ordure pa&s;&s;eth to the mouth.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="37" REF="29">
<HEAD>Of the Inte&s;tine Jejunum.</HEAD>
<P>TO this <HI>Ileon</HI> is continued the <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>J<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">junum</HI> &s;ignifies hungry, empty, or barten, be|cau&s;e this gut is al|wayes found empty.</NOTE> &s;econd &s;mall Gut, called <HI>Je|junum, Hira, Hilla,</HI> and <HI>Sterilae,</HI> or <HI>Vacuum,</HI> and it is empty, becau&s;e it is near unto the Liver by whom it is emptied, by drawing <HI>Chilus</HI> from it, and by expelling that which is contained in it, by means of Choler from the <HI>Ci&s;tis,</HI> en|tring into it about the <HI>Duodenum:</HI> it hath more Mi&s;eraicks, than any other Inte&s;tine like unto it in length, that they might quickly &s;uccour the Liver, yet it is emp<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">i|e&s;t in the upper part about the <HI>Duodenum,</HI> and it is not altogether &s;treight, but beginneth to bee re|volved where it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Ileon,</HI> and therefore it is partly &s;treight, and partly involved; it is of a Citron colour, becau&s;e it is <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r the Liver; in&s;ub&s;tance and &s;hape it is like to <HI>Ileon;</HI> its quantity may bee &s;een, but it is not much, and its &s;ituation is about the region of the Liver, and &s;omewhat be|low,
<PB N="38" REF="30"> but in the middle of the belly.</P>
<P>The&s;e things being &s;een you may al&s;o excarn this Inte&s;tine from the <HI>Me&s;entereon</HI> that you may the better &s;ee the <HI>Duodenum,</HI> which you &s;hall know in his longitude from the &s;tomach below, to bee in quantity as much as are 'twelve fingers in breadth from the &s;to|mach downward.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Inte&s;tine Duodenum.</HEAD>
<P>IN the la&s;t place is to bee &s;een the highe&s;t of the &s;mall Guts, cal|led <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>a duodecem digitorum longitudine</HI></NOTE> <HI>Duodenum</HI> and <HI>Dodecadactylon,</HI> who&s;e quantity in length appears above, and in breadth is le&s;s than every other Inte&s;tine, and is as much as the lower gate of the Ventricle, called in Greek <GAP DESC="foreign">, and in Latine <HI>Janitor.</HI></P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of it is &s;lender, it is not revolved, but &s;treight, fa&s;tned to the Ventricle towards its upper part, and it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Me&s;entereon,</HI> al&s;o about the <HI>Jejunum,</HI> it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Ci&s;tis</HI>
<PB N="39" REF="30"> <HI>bilis,</HI> by the Chanel which con|veyeth choler for the clean&s;ing of the Inte&s;tines from flegm princi|pally, and from excrements.</P>
<P>That Chanel entreth Diago|nallically in that Inte&s;tine between <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Or be|tween the two Tu|nicles.</NOTE> a Tunicle, and a Tunicle, le&s;t the Choler, and perhaps <HI>Chilus</HI> might again a&s;cend unto the <HI>Ci&s;tis.</HI></P>
<P>Con&s;ider that Chanel warily, and keep it for the Anatomy of the afore&s;aid <HI>Ci&s;tis;</HI> the helps of this Inte&s;tine are to take from the Ventricle things dige&s;ted, and to &s;end them to the other Inte&s;tines; it &s;uffereth every kinde of di&s;|ea&s;e.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Me&s;entereon.</HEAD>
<P>THe&s;e things being &s;een, di|vide the <HI>Duodenum</HI> below the <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>quia me|dium inter intestina fitum ob|tinet.</HI></NOTE> pore coming to it from the <HI>Ci&s;tis bilis,</HI> binding it fir&s;t, le&s;t that which is contained in the Ventricle go forth; and you may put away the other Inte&s;tines when you have fir&s;t warily excarned them (as it is &s;aid before) from the <HI>Me&s;entereon</HI>
<PB N="40" REF="31"> or <HI>Eucarus,</HI> which of &s;ome is al&s;o called <HI>Lactes;</HI> this member is placed among the very Inte&s;tines, fa&s;tning them in their Center to the back; and it is compounded of doubled Pellicles of fat, and of Glandules, in the which there are many veins proceeding from the Liver, which are commonly called Mi&s;eraicks, and of <HI>Galen</HI> are called the hands of the Liver, becau&s;e they &s;natch from the In|te&s;tines the matter of blood, and give it to the Liver; tho&s;e veines are of the branches of <HI>Vena portae;</HI> in this member there are al&s;o &s;ome Arteries.</P>
<P>This member is divided into two parts; the fir&s;t is fa&s;tned in the upper part to the <HI>Jejunum</HI> and <HI>Duodenum,</HI> which is very glan|dulous, and its Pellicles are &s;ingle; the <HI>Venaeportae</HI> do pa&s;s thorow that part to the Ventricle, to the Spleen, and to the <HI>Omentum</HI> this part in a Hog is of a &s;avoury ta&s;te, and is commonly called the Sweet-bit, and al&s;o <HI>Bri&s;aro,</HI> and <HI>Bocea &s;a|porita:</HI> In tho&s;e great Glandules
<PB N="41" REF="31"> is &s;ometimes contained a matter cau&s;ing a &s;ickne&s;s, which is called <HI>Melancholia Mirachia.</HI></P>
<P>Another part of this member is fa&s;tned to the other Inte&s;tines, who&s;e Pellicles are doubled, be|cau&s;e they fa&s;ten great members to the back; and this &s;econd part is e&s;teemed of all men for the true <HI>Me&s;entereon;</HI> tho&s;e two members are nouri&s;hed from the veins of the <HI>Porta.</HI></P>
<P>Their quantity and &s;hape ap|pear, the fir&s;t is le&s;&s;er than the &s;e|cond, their complexion is cold, they have colligancy with the back by means of <HI>Siphac;</HI> their helps are to fa&s;ten the Inte&s;tines to the back, and to &s;u&s;tain the Mi&s;c|raick veins, and other veins of the <HI>Porta,</HI> and to moi&s;ten the dregs of the Inte&s;tines.</P>
<P>In number they are two mem|bers, even among the vulgar; they may &s;uffer di&s;ea&s;es of every &s;ort; this member or members is to bee let alone in its place, untill the Anatomy of the veins of <HI>Porta</HI> bee &s;een.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="42" REF="32">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Ventricle,</HI> which is com|monly called the <HI>Stomach.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THe <HI>Me&s;entereon</HI> being di&s;|patched, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Ventriculus vertus dic.</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>enim idem e&s;t quod Gula.</HI></NOTE> blow up the Ventricle through the <HI>Duodenum</HI> left afore, as much as you can, that the chiefe&s;t greatne&s;s of it may bee &s;een, then you may reduce it to a mean inflation, that other things requi&s;ite in it may the better bee &s;een.</P>
<P>And fir&s;t you &s;hall ob&s;erve its place which is in the middle of the whole body, the extream parts excepted, and it is immediately under the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um;</HI> on the right &s;ide it hath the Liver, and on the left the Spleen, under it the Inte&s;tine <HI>Colon,</HI> and other Inte&s;tines, before the <HI>Omentum,</HI> and <HI>Abdomen,</HI> behindethe back, and the parts contained therein; its &s;ituation is oblique, fa&s;tned to the back under the <HI>Diafragma;</HI> its up|per part is in the left &s;ide, that it might give way to the Liver, which is in the right, and placed on
<PB N="43" REF="32"> high: and that melancholy might the more ea&s;ily go from the Spleen to the mouth of it: the lower part of it is in the right &s;ide, that it may give way to the <HI>Colon</HI> which is in the left taking up a great room; but its lower part in the right &s;ide towards the <HI>Portanarium</HI> or gate, is le&s;s than in the left &s;ide toward the <HI>Colon,</HI> becau&s;e in the right &s;ide the Liver taketh up a greater room than the <HI>Colon</HI> placed in the left; al&s;o its lower part is in the right &s;ide, le&s;t otherwi&s;e the Ori|fices &s;hould bee direct, both that the meat might bee the better re|tained, and that the Choler from the gall might the more ea&s;ily en|ter into the <HI>Duodenum</HI> continued to the lower part of it.</P>
<P>Its &s;ub&s;tance is nervous, by pre|domination, its colour appears, its &s;hape is round, arched after the manner of a <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Or <HI>Mo|re&s;can.</HI></NOTE> <HI>Mores</HI> Goard; its quantity is apparent.</P>
<P>It hath Colligancy with the heart by Arteries, with the Liver and Spleen by veins, with the Brain by the de&s;cendent nerves; it
<PB N="44" REF="33"> is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Anus</HI> by the In+te&s;tines, and to the mouth by means of the <HI>Gula;</HI> it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Zirbus</HI> toward the former part; it hath two Tunicles, the in|nermo&s;t is more &s;inowy by rea&s;on of the appetite, and more gro&s;s rugged and hard, becau&s;e it meet|eth with hard meats; it is harder in the upper part, and al&s;o more &s;en&s;ible; it hath an outward Tunicle more &s;ubtil enclining a little to the nature of fle&s;h; the innermo&s;t is &s;ome way nou|ri&s;hed by the <HI>Chilus;</HI> the outer|mo&s;t is nouri&s;hed by <HI>Venaportae;</HI> the innermo&s;t hath towards its in&s;ide long fibers &s;erving for attraction, and towards its out&s;ide it hath oblique fibers for retention, the outermo&s;t hath broad fibers for expul&s;ion.</P>
<P>The bottome of it &s;erveth for the dige&s;tive faculty by means of the outermo&s;t Pannicle, and by means of the heat of tho&s;e parts which are about it, yet it hath a proper hidden vertue of dige&s;tion, as the Matrix of generating, and
<PB N="45" REF="33"> the Liver of making blood, the upper part of it &s;erveth for the appetite by the help of melan|choly, milking it &s;elf into its mouth from the Spleen, and for this cau&s;e it is often found black.</P>
<P>The Ventricle hath al&s;o a com|mon Tunicle involving it, and fa&s;tning it to the Back ari&s;ing from the <HI>Peritoneon,</HI> which is gro&s;&s;er than any other member con|tained in the lower belly, except the <HI>Me&s;entereon</HI> in that part wherein it is doubled, and it is &s;o in the Ventricle becau&s;e of the ex|ten&s;ion that it hath in victuals.</P>
<P>The body of it is fa&s;tned with its upper Orifice to the back, to wit, between the twelve and thirteenth of the Spondiles of the back, which Orifice is properly called the Sto|mach, and there are applied Me|dicines for the comforting of the appetite, and this Orifice is in the very lower part of the <HI>Gula,</HI> or <HI>Meri,</HI> which by penetrating the <HI>Diafragma</HI> is continued upwards to the extream part of the mouth (e&s;pecially with its innermo&s;t
<PB N="46" REF="34"> pannicle) and this Orifice is &s;hu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> up by the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> le&s;t in the inclination of the body the meat might ea&s;ily return back; it is al|&s;o fa&s;tned to the back by its lower part, that is by the <HI>Pyluron,</HI> or o|therwi&s;e <HI>Pyloron,</HI> or <HI>Portanarium</HI> in that place where the <HI>Duodenum</HI> is fa&s;tned to the back by the <HI>Me|&s;enterion,</HI> but the re&s;t of it is loo&s;e, and is ea&s;ily moved any way; this <HI>Portanarium</HI> is higher than the bottom that contains the food, le&s;t the meat might too ea&s;ily fall downward.</P>
<P>In number it is one member; its complexion by the parts com|pounding it is cold and dry.</P>
<P>Its helps are to cau&s;e appetite, to retain, and to concoct the food, and to give the gro&s;s part to the inte&s;tines, but the good and di|ge&s;ted to other members by means of the Liver.</P>
<P>It &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts, and through the great &s;ence of it the heart and brain doe &s;uffer with it.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="47" REF="34">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Spleen.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Splen a &s;uppleo dic. quia vacuum lo|cum ex con|traria parte Jecoris &s;up|plet.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>HAving left the Ventricle in its place for the &s;eeing of the <HI>Venae portae,</HI> wee mu&s;t mind the a|natomy of the Spleen or Milt, and fir&s;t you &s;hall &s;ee it placed in the left <HI>Hypochondrion,</HI> cleaving to the Ventricle with its little concave part, and with its Gibbous part touching the ribs, towards the back and &s;ides; it is covered with the <HI>Peritoneon.</HI></P>
<P>But you may lift up the Corps as if it &s;ate, that you may the bet|ter &s;ee the &s;ituation of it, which is under the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> immedi|ately in the <HI>Hypochondrion,</HI> e&s;pe|cially in a living body; but in a dead body, lying along, it &s;eem|eth to bee under the ribs, becau&s;e its heavine&s;&s;e doth ea&s;ily drive the <HI>Diafragma</HI> to the upper parts, for the Lungs are empty, and loo&s;e, ea&s;ily yeelding; you may al&s;o break up &s;ome of the fal&s;e ribs that you may the better &s;ee the &s;ituation of the Spleen; you
<PB N="48" REF="35"> may likewi&s;e doe &s;o in the Ana|tomy of the Liver for the afore|&s;aid cau&s;e; this manner likewi&s;e would bee &s;omewhat convenient in &s;hewing the &s;ituation of the Stomach, which al&s;o in a dead body lying along &s;eemeth (through the emptine&s;&s;e of the Lungs) to bee under the bones of the bre&s;t with &s;ome of its upper part, more than it is naturally in a living body.</P>
<P>Its &s;hape is &s;quare, &s;omewhat like a half Moon, of a loo&s;e &s;ub|&s;tance; it hath colligancy with the Heart by great arteries (which you mu&s;t mark) making thin the gro&s;s bloud, which being made thin nouri&s;heth the Spleen; it is fa&s;tned to the Liver by a branch of the <HI>Porta,</HI> to the braine by nerves, to the <HI>Me&s;entereon</HI> and <HI>O|mentum</HI> by veins, and to <HI>Siphac</HI> by the pannicle covering it, to the &s;to|mach by many veins, &s;ome wherof doe nouri&s;h the left part of the Ventricle, and one doth milk out melancholy unto the mouth there|of; its quantity is known; its
<PB N="49" REF="35"> complexion is ordained hot and moy&s;t, and is appointed oppo&s;ite for that which is contained in it; in number it is one member; it is helpful to the whole body by pur|ging the ma&s;s of bloud from the dreggs, and for that cau&s;e it pro|voketh laughter; &s;ometimes it maketh bloud, it &s;tirreth up ap|petite, it helpeth the dige&s;tion of the Stomack; it &s;uffereth every kind of Di&s;ea&s;e, and there is &s;ome|times in it a &s;pecial impediment of its cour&s;e and &s;trong motion; and it is held that that part being ta|ken away by a wound Creatures doe &s;ometimes live, and there are &s;ome that think, that through the greatne&s;&s;e of it laughter hath been quite hindred, and that it hath &s;ometimes changed place with the Liver (but very &s;trangely.)</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Liver.</HEAD>
<P>HAving &s;een the afore&s;aid <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>ab</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>id e&s;t ope|rari &s;angui|nem.</HI></NOTE> parts, you mu&s;t rai&s;e up the Corps, as it is afore made plain, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hat the Liver may &s;hew its &s;itu|ation,
<PB N="50" REF="36"> which is immediately un|der the <HI>Diafragma</HI> in the right <HI>Hypochondrion;</HI> it is great in a man, becau&s;e hee is a hot and moy&s;t Creature; it is of a Moon-like &s;hape; its concave part is toward the Ventricle, but its gibbous part is touching the ribs about the <HI>Dia|fragma,</HI> but higher, and toward the &s;ides, and the back. Its &s;ub|&s;tance is the fle&s;h of it, and the net woven of the Veines di&s;per&s;ed in it, and its fle&s;h is coagulated bloud; it hath five Loabes, &s;ometimes four, and three, and &s;ometime two.</P>
<P>In the hollow part of it is one Veine called <HI>Porta,</HI> which entreth into it with five branches, which toward its gibbous part are di&s;|per&s;ed throughout the whole bo|dy even to the lea&s;t members; that the <HI>Chylus</HI> divided in them to the lea&s;t members might the bet|ter be transformed into bloud.</P>
<P>Al&s;o in the hollow part is a lit|tle <HI>Ci&s;tis</HI> or bladder clean&s;ing the bloud from Choler, before it pa&s;s unto the gibbous part; al&s;o in the
<PB N="51" REF="36"> hollow part the <HI>Vena Umbelicalis</HI> entreth into the <HI>Vena Portae</HI> to nouri&s;h the young one in the Mo|thers wombe.</P>
<P>In the gibbous part is one Vein called <HI>Chilis,</HI> di&s;per&s;ed al&s;o with five branches through the whole body of it unto the lea&s;t members; the lea&s;t branches of this <HI>Chilis</HI> are joyned or united with the bran|ches of <HI>Porta,</HI> and they &s;uck from them bloud purified from Choler and Melancholy, but mixed with waterine&s;s, which requireth a far|ther decoction in the gibbous part.</P>
<P>The Liver hath vent in its gib|bous part of the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver|&s;um,</HI> and of the <HI>Vena Chilis</HI> a&s;cen|ding by it to the heart, by which it is fa&s;tned unto it; it hath al&s;o &s;mall Arteries in the hollow part of it by which it is vented. The&s;e Arteries come from <HI>Aorta</HI> which is neer there, and are diffi|cult to bee &s;een; it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Metaphraenum</HI> by its pannicle &s;u&s;pending, and to the <HI>Abdomen</HI> by the <HI>Vena Vmbelicalis;</HI> to the braine by a Nerve; but by the
<PB N="52" REF="37"> means of a pannicle ri&s;en from the <HI>Peritoneon</HI> of which it is circum|volved; it hath al&s;o colligancy with every member that hath a vein; its complexion is hot and moy&s;t; in number it is one; its parts are proper fle&s;h, the <HI>Vena Porta, Vena Chilis,</HI> and Arteries, a Nerve with a pannicle, and the <HI>Ci&s;tis</HI> of choler; its operation is the making of Bloud; its proper pa&s;&s;ion is the Drop&s;ie; yet it &s;uf|fereth every kind of di&s;ea&s;e.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Vena Portae.</HEAD>
<P>WIthout the &s;ub&s;tance of the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Porta quia per totum corpus por|tat &s;angui|nem.</NOTE> Liver is <HI>Vena Portae,</HI> &s;o cal|led of a witty man according to its nature <HI>(Galen</HI> being witne&s;&s;e,) and from him hath the name re|mained untill now; which <HI>Hip|pocrates,</HI> and all the company of <HI>A&s;clepias</HI> have commended, be|cau&s;e its branches doe carry the food before laboured in the belly unto that place of the dige&s;tion for the whole Creature, which we call the Liver.</P>
<P>This vein without the Liver
<PB N="53" REF="37"> hath eight parts, two are &s;mall, &s;ix greater; one of the le&s;&s;er hath two branches, one nou|ri&s;heth the <HI>Duodenum,</HI> and the o|ther the <HI>Me&s;enterion,</HI> clo&s;e to the <HI>Duodenum.</HI></P>
<P>The other le&s;&s;er vein nouri&s;h|eth the Ventricle about the <HI>Por|tanarium.</HI></P>
<P>The fir&s;t of the &s;ix greater nou|ri&s;heth the outermo&s;t broad part of the Ventricle.</P>
<P>The &s;econd with &s;ome branches goeth towards the Spleen, from which fir&s;t branch goeth to nou|ri&s;h the <HI>Me&s;enterion;</HI> forthwith one other great branch goeth to the Spleen, which in the way is divided into more branches, of which one great one doth nouri&s;h the left lower part of the Ven|tricle.</P>
<P>This &s;ame branch goeth on en|tring into the Spleen, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t &s;end|eth from <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t two branches, one of which a&s;cendeth, the other de|&s;cendeth; of the a&s;cending there are three parts, one part nouri&s;h|eth the Spl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">, another nouri heth
<PB N="54" REF="38"> the upper part of the Ventricle, the other part pa&s;&s;eth to the mouth of the Ventricle, milking into it Melancholy for the &s;tirring up of the appetite, which for the mo&s;t part goeth forth with the excrements thorough the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n|te&s;tines.</P>
<P>The afore&s;aid de&s;cending Vein is divided into two parts, one branch nouri&s;heth the Spleen, the other goeth to the <HI>Omentum</HI> in the left &s;ide, and nouri&s;heth that.</P>
<P>The third branch of the &s;ix afore|&s;aid, goeth on the left &s;ide for the &s;uccouring of the Inte&s;tine <HI>Rectum.</HI></P>
<P>Al&s;o the fourth branch of the &s;ix greater is &s;pread into capillary branches, whereof &s;ome go to nouri&s;h the right &s;ide of the Ven|tricle, and &s;ome to nouri&s;h the right &s;ide of the <HI>Omentum.</HI></P>
<P>The fifth goeth to the <HI>Me&s;en|terion</HI> in that place where it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Colon.</HI></P>
<P>But the &s;ixth goeth to the <HI>Me|&s;enterion</HI> in that part where it is fa&s;tned with its branches to the
<PB N="55" REF="38"> <HI>Jejunum</HI> and <HI>Ileon,</HI> which are cal|led the Me&s;eraick veins, and this is very large.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the&s;e veins is &s;uch as of others; their quantity, and their principal number and &s;ituation, and &s;hape and Colli|gancy are manife&s;t; their com|plexion is cold and dry, but by rea&s;on of that which is contained, it is hot and moi&s;t; their help is to bring the afore-laboured meat to the Liver; it al&s;o with its bran|ches beginneth the &s;econd dige|&s;tion, it al&s;o carrieth nutriment to the Ventricle, to the Spleen, and <HI>Omentum,</HI> and it nouri&s;heth the Inte&s;tines; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts, and e&s;pecially opila|tions, and al&s;o the opening of his Me&s;eraicks, and &s;ometime &s;ci&s;|&s;ures, and it &s;uffereth with the Liver in all the di&s;ea&s;es of it.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Ci&s;tis containing Choler,</HI> which is called <HI>Fel</HI> the <HI>Gall.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THe <HI>Ci&s;tis</HI> of Choler called the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Fel quod folliculu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> ge&s;tans bilem.</NOTE> Gall, is a pur&s;e or &s;ack in the
<PB N="56" REF="39"> hollow part of the Liver, cleaving to a loab in the middle; it is compounded of a pannicular &s;ub|&s;tance which is thin, &s;olid, and without blood; having onely one Tunicle covered with the Pannicle which covereth the Liver; in it there are fibers of all &s;orts; in the in&s;ide it hath long and oblique fibers, on the out&s;ide broad.</P>
<P>Its &s;ub&s;tance is thin, becau&s;e it dige&s;teth not any thing, and it is hard, that it may re&s;i&s;t the &s;harp|ne&s;s of the Choler; it hath one Pore entring immediately into its pur&s;e (which is called <HI>commu|nis)</HI> being greater than others which (according to the opinions of &s;ome) is divided into three parts:</P>
<P>One goeth to the Liver, con|tinued with the <HI>Vena Portae,</HI> from which it draweth Choler by nar|row pa&s;&s;ages, in that Pore there are onely long fibers.</P>
<P>One other Pore goeth towards the Inte&s;tines, which is double at a certain di&s;tance, whereof one part goeth to the <HI>Duodenum</HI> towards
<PB N="57" REF="39"> the <HI>Jejunum,</HI> that it may clean&s;e the Inte&s;tines from flegm and ex|crements by the &s;harpne&s;s of the Choler &s;ent thorow it; and that Pore entreth in the <HI>Duodenum</HI> <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">A Dia|gone is a line in Geometry drawn from one corner to another.</NOTE> Diagonally between two Tu|nicles of it, le&s;t that Choler, and tho&s;e things which are contained in the Inte&s;tine &s;hould go back, and &s;top it.</P>
<P>Another (according to &s;ome) goeth to the <HI>Pyloron</HI> of the Ven|tricle to comfort the dige&s;tion with its Choler; which if it bee much, maketh a man mi&s;erable by the continual vomiting of Choler (but &s;ome do deny this Pore;) by the common neck is cau&s;ed its attraction and expul|&s;ion.</P>
<P>Its quantity and &s;hape appear; in number, it is one member; and it is fa&s;tned to the heart by a &s;mall Artery which it hath, and to the Brain by a &s;mall nerve; its native complexion is cold and dry.</P>
<P>Its helps are to purge the blood from Choler, and to make hot
<PB N="58" REF="40"> the dige&s;tion of the Liver, and to keep it from putrefaction; it doth al&s;o comfort the Ventricle, and clean&s;eth it from flegm, and helpeth the expul&s;ive vertue of the Inte&s;tines; &s;ometimes a man is without a gall, but this man is of a feeble health, and of a &s;horter life.</P>
<P>It &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; its proper pa&s;&s;ion is opilation, by which is cau&s;ed <HI>Morbus regius,</HI> or <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Yellow Jaundice.</NOTE> <HI>Icteritiae,</HI> and if there is opi|lation in the common Pore, and the body bee not purged of Cho|ler, then are cau&s;ed cholerical di&s;ea&s;es of divers &s;orts, yet the ex|crements may bee coloured.</P>
<P>But if there bee an opilation in the neck, reaching to the Inte|&s;tines, and unto the <HI>Portanarium,</HI> then the excrements are di&s;co|loured; and al&s;o the Choler is not purged from the <HI>Ci&s;tis,</HI> but doth flow back to the Liver, and doth cau&s;e many cholerical di&s;ea&s;es.</P>
<P>And if there bee opilation in the neck towards the Liver, the excrements may bee coloured for
<PB N="59" REF="40"> &s;ome time; and it will al&s;o cau&s;e cholerical di&s;ea&s;es of divers &s;orts; but the opilation continuing, the excrements will bee di&s;coloured. Wee have &s;poke of other things in the Comments upon <HI>Mun|dinus.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the great Vein</HI> Chilis, <HI>and</HI> A|orta, <HI>de&s;cending, and emul|gent.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid parts being &s;een, you may put away the <HI>Me|&s;enterion,</HI> the Spleen, and the Li|ver, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>a</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>pa&s;co, quia partes &s;an|guine ut mater ve|narum pa&s;cit.</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>quod vas</HI> &s;ignific. <HI>ab</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>tollo, qu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">a ut vas &s;an|guinem vi|talem per totum tol|lit.</HI></NOTE> of who&s;e gibbous part, re|&s;erve that, from which the great chanel of <HI>Vena Chilis</HI> doth imme|diately go forth, that you may &s;ee the beginning of it; but leaving the Ventricle in its place unpuffed up that &s;ome other parts of it may al&s;o bee &s;een.</P>
<P>In the fir&s;t place you &s;hall &s;ee a great vein go forth of the gib|bous part of the Liver, which is called <HI>Parigiba,</HI> and <HI>Chilis,</HI> and <HI>Concava,</HI> and <HI>Mater venarum;</HI> from which the blood is di&s;pen&s;ed
<PB N="60" REF="41"> to all the parts of a living crea|ture, by means of its branches, which are the receptacles of it; this vein is &s;ubtile, full of pores, and gentle, not double-coated, as the <HI>Arteria Aorta,</HI> le&s;t it &s;hould too long time contain the blood which is gro&s;s, but that it &s;hould quick|ly nouri&s;h the members; it is al&s;o &s;uch, becau&s;e it is without moti|on; but an Artery carrieth &s;ub|tile blood, which of &s;ome is cal|led the vital &s;pirit; this doth con|tinually &s;y&s;tolize and dia&s;tolize: therefore it is hard, gro&s;s, and compact, le&s;t it &s;hould bee broken, and it is &s;uch, that it may a long time contain the &s;ubtile blood con|tained in it, which by rea&s;on of its motion is di&s;po&s;ed to &s;olu|tion. The upper part of this Vein a&s;cendeth to the heart and further, perforating the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> which is called <HI>Chilis a&s;cendens;</HI> of which it &s;hall bee &s;poken in its place.</P>
<P>This &s;ame Vein directly de&s;|cendeth, cleaving to the back, and is called <HI>Chilis de&s;cendens,</HI> which the great Artery de&s;cending, doth
<PB N="61" REF="41"> accompany, called <HI>Aorta,</HI> which ob&s;erve with diligence, together with the Vein, but the Vein is a|bove the Artery, and they are both envolved in the <HI>Perito|neon.</HI></P>
<P>In the de&s;cent of both of them, their branches are fir&s;t divided, which go to the &s;wadling-bands or pannicles of the Kidneis; but when they are in the direct of the Reins, the Vein, and likewi&s;e the Artery, &s;end from them one no|table branch on the right &s;ide, a|nother on the left, which are con|tinued in the Reins. The&s;e bran|ches are called Emulgents; for the mo&s;t part, the right branch is higher than the left, becau&s;e it mu&s;t be neer to the Liver, that it may quickly clean&s;e it from the Wa|terine&s;s contained in the <HI>Chilis;</HI> And the left is lower, that its Kidney might give place to the Spleen, which is lower than the Liver. Tho&s;e Orifices are not direct, that by the fir&s;t might be drawn from members at hand, by the &s;econd from members afa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">
<PB N="62" REF="42"> off, and le&s;t their attraction &s;hould bee hindring to one ano|ther.</P>
<P>In like manner, from that Vein, and from the great Artery under the Kidneis, are many other Veins and Arteries &s;eparated, which nouri&s;h the <HI>Rectum,</HI> the Bladder, the Matrix, and the parts neer unto them. In like manner, in the direct of every Spondile, one branch from each of them enter into it, and is di&s;per&s;ed in the mu&s;cles neer unto them; al&s;o of the afore&s;aid branches, between every Spondile do enter very &s;mall branches, which do feed the <HI>Nuca,</HI> and the Pannicles, Ligaments, and Spondiles, which envolve and fa|&s;ten the &s;ame <HI>Nuca,</HI> as you &s;hall &s;ee in the di&s;&s;ection of them; of the afore&s;aid branches, &s;ome al&s;o go to the mu&s;cles, and to the mem|brane of the <HI>Abdomen.</HI></P>
<P>This Vein, and likewi&s;e the Artery about <HI>Os &s;acrum,</HI> beneath the Spondiles of the Reins, is for|ked into two equal parts to the form of a greek letter, which is
<PB N="63" REF="42"> called <HI>Lambda</HI> &lgr; Some call tho&s;e two-forked Arteries Sempiternal, in which do enter two Umbelical Arteries, one whereof is on the right &s;ide, the other on the left, which de&s;cend in them to the &s;ides of the Bladder.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e two-forked Veins and Arteries, one on the right &s;ide, the other on the left, de&s;cending to|ward the Hippes, (according to &s;ome) are in each &s;ide divided into ten parts, whereof one nou|ri&s;heth the lower part of the Back, being di&s;per&s;ed through the Loins toward the Kidneis within, and without.</P>
<P>And one other part being divi|ded into capillary branches, nou|ri&s;heth the <HI>Peritoneon.</HI></P>
<P>And one nouri&s;heth the pro|found mu&s;cles of the Hippe.</P>
<P>And one nouri&s;heth the mu&s;|des of the <HI>Anus,</HI> and from it &s;pring the Hoemoroidal Veins.</P>
<P>And one nouri&s;heth the neck and mouth of the Matrix, from which al&s;o two branches go to the Bladder, one to the bottom, the
<PB N="64" REF="43"> other to the neck of it; and that which goeth to the neck in wo|men, is &s;mall, but in men great, becau&s;e of the yard.</P>
<P>And one other of the ten go|eth to the parts of the <HI>Pecten.</HI></P>
<P>And one other extendeth to the long mu&s;cles of the <HI>Abdomen;</HI> who&s;e branches a&s;cending, are continued with the veins of the Brea&s;t, w^c^h de&s;cend toward them; and they united together, extend to the <HI>Mamillas,</HI> and from that branch in a woman, there do like|wi&s;e go notable parts to the Ma|trix, from whence two Veins, not accompanied with Arteries, a&s;|cend by the <HI>Abdomen</HI> unto the <HI>Mamillas,</HI> by which they are fa&s;t|ned to the Matrix; and therefore in women with childe, and in the time of praeternatural retention of the <HI>Men&s;trues,</HI> for the mo&s;t part the <HI>Mamillas</HI> &s;well. <NOTE PLACE="marg">or Tea<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s.</NOTE></P>
<P>And one other of the ten doth al&s;o go to the Matrix in a woman, but in a man it goeth to the yard, and to the cod.</P>
<P>But another goeth to the Uni|ver&s;al
<PB N="65" REF="43"> mu&s;cles of the Hipp.</P>
<P>And another part, which is the tenth, doth al&s;o extend to the Hipp, and that is notable, and de|&s;cendeth by the in&s;ide of the Hipp; and when it is neer to the Knee un|der the Ham, it is divided in|to three branches, whereof one is made oblique toward the out&s;ide of the Shank, and reacheth unto the Little foot; and this branch is called <HI>Sciatica,</HI> becau&s;e being inci&s;ed, it helpeth in the pains of it; and the beginning of that branch <HI>Mundinus</HI> knew not. One other of the three afore&s;aid de&s;cendeth unto the Foot by the in&s;ide, and this is called <HI>Saphena;</HI> but the third branch holdeth the middle be|tween the afore&s;aid branches; all which do nouri&s;h the Shank, and the Foot; but of them, &s;peech &s;hall bee made in the Anatomy of the Great foot.</P>
<P>But ob&s;erve, that there are more Veins than Arteries; Witne&s;s <HI>Ga|len</HI> in his &s;ixteenth Book of the Utility of the parts, in the thir|eenth and fourteenth Chapters;
<PB N="66" REF="44"> and witne&s;&s;e the &s;en&s;e; and it is rea&s;on, becau&s;e there are many cold members naturally, not wan|ting eventation, for which al&s;o a little &s;pirit doth &s;uffice; therefore they have not many Arteries; and in the hands, and in the feet, and in the brain, and in the &s;uperficial part of the neck, and in the <HI>Cutis</HI> of the whole body there are &s;ome Veins without Arteries; but there is no Artery without a Vein joyned to it, &s;ome whereof that are chief|ly notable, are fa&s;tned together by a Pannicle ri&s;en from the Artery; and they are united together, that the Veins might bee made firm, and fortified by the afore&s;aid Pan|nicle, and that the Artery might give life to the Vein, and that the Vein might give bloud to the Ar|tery in nece&s;&s;ities, whereof is made vital &s;pirit, and the Artery it &s;elf is nouri&s;hed: but the &s;mall Arteries are not fa&s;tned with the Veins by the afore&s;aid Pannicle, although they are companions to one a|nother, but they are companions that they may give life to, and
<PB N="67" REF="44"> nouri&s;h the members; witne&s;&s;e <HI>Galen,</HI> where it is quoted above.</P>
<P>And the Veins and Arteries doe goe from the nearer places for the nouri&s;hing of their members, ex|cept the Veins and Artries of the Te&s;ticles, and <HI>Mamillaes,</HI> which goe unto them from afarre off, that the bloud might make long delay in them, by which it is the better dige&s;ted, and is more ea&s;ily tur|ned into good Sperm, and into Milk; and there are many Arte|ries and Veins not perceiveable by the &s;ence, as tho&s;e which goe to the bones and to the skin, and tho&s;e which extend unto the ex|tream parts of the members.</P>
<P>The &s;ituation of the&s;e Veins and Arteries, and al&s;o the &s;ub&s;tance and the quantity, and the &s;hape doe appear; the number of the branches of them is unperceivea|ble; their colligancy appeareth by that which hath been and is to bee &s;aid; their helps are to nouri&s;h and give life to the whole body; they endure pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>But to them doe happen Di&s;|ea&s;es
<PB N="68" REF="45"> compounded of the chief of Opilations, which are wor&s;er than the opilations of the no&s;trils, and Inte&s;tines, and like places; both becau&s;e their opilation for|biddeth the members to bee nou|ri&s;hed, not &s;uffering the bloud to flow unto them; as al&s;o becau&s;e they cau&s;e the bloud to flow back again unto the Liver, which cau|&s;eth in it opilation, or putrifieth, or induceth &s;ome other ill Di&s;ea|&s;es; al&s;o their oppilation is ill, becau&s;e it is often unknown, and becau&s;e Medicines cannot bee well applied unto them, as well within the body as without: their &s;oluti|ons may bee of an inward cau&s;e, and of an outward, of which there are three kinds, one is com|monly called <HI>Diabro&s;is,</HI> which is a <HI>corro&s;ion</HI> of the vein, of <HI>Dia,</HI> which is <HI>de,</HI> of, or compo&s;ition, and <HI>Bro&s;is,</HI> or <HI>Ro&s;is,</HI> which is <HI>Come&s;tio,</HI> an eating; another kind is called <HI>Rexis,</HI> which is interpre|ted <HI>inci&s;io,</HI> inci&s;ion; the third is called <HI>Ana&s;tomo&s;is,</HI> which is the &s;ame that the opening and dilata|tion
<PB N="69" REF="45"> of the Veins is every where; <HI>Diabro&s;is</HI> corrodeth the veins, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign">.</NOTE> <HI>Rexis</HI> cutteth them, <HI>Ana&s;tomo&s;is</HI> cau&s;eth them to open.</P>
<P>But to the Emulgent Veins (a|mong other Di&s;ea&s;es) may hap|pen a weakne&s;&s;e of the attraction of the wonted watery bloud, as al&s;o in the Reins, whereupon they doe either not attract, or el&s;e weakly; and thereby happeneth either a difficulty, or a total abla|tion of the Urine; yea there being in the Bladder no Urine; in which ca&s;e rude Phy&s;icians doe erre, at|tempting to draw Urine from the Bladder, with a Siringe or other handy operation, and that is a &s;in|gular hazard, for the mo&s;t part bringing death, which I have of|ten &s;een, and among&s;t the re&s;t, I was with many honoured Phy&s;ici|ans, in the cure of the magnifi|cent and illu&s;trious Lord, Lord <HI>Galataeus,</HI> of the noble Family of the <HI>Palavicinians,</HI> which was &s;uf|located by the waterine&s;&s;e of Urine gathered together in the Veins throughout, and this waterine&s;&s;e
<PB N="70" REF="46"> induced to him a Squinancy, for which wee applied <HI>Vento&s;es</HI> with|out &s;carification for diver&s;ion &s;ake, and the <HI>Vento&s;es</HI> were filled with pure water through the pores of the skin; but the&s;e things by chance I have written for the pro|fit and honour of young men.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Reins.</HEAD>
<P>WIth the afore&s;aid Emulgent <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Renes</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>a flu|endo: qnod per eos Sper|ma &amp; u|rina flu|unt.</HI></NOTE> branches are continued two fle&s;hy bodies &s;olid, covered with the <HI>Peritoneon,</HI> called <HI>Renes,</HI> or <HI>Renones;</HI> they are two and not one, as the <HI>Ci&s;tis</HI> of Choler, and the Spleen, becau&s;e the wateri|ne&s;&s;e is more than the dregs and &s;cum of the bloud, for which is re|quired one great place of purging, or two &s;mall ones; and it was not one great Ridney, le&s;t it &s;hould cru&s;h together and pre&s;&s;e the In|te&s;tines, and le&s;t they &s;hould make the Back unequal; and they were two, that if the operation of one &s;hould bee hurt, that of the o|ther might remain firm; and they
<PB N="71" REF="46"> were &s;olid, that they might help much in a little room; and le&s;t the Bloud &s;hould goe forth with the Urine by &s;ome of its Pores; and that they might not draw any thing by &s;ucking it, but that which is thin; and that they might re&s;i&s;t the &s;harpne&s;&s;e of the Urine; they were al&s;o &s;olid, be|cau&s;e a thick body is &s;tronger for attraction.</P>
<P>Their quantity appeareth; their <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Phae&s;eolus, Plin l.</HI> 18. <HI>ca.</HI> 12.</NOTE> &s;hape may bee &s;een, which is like the grain of the Kidney bean; they have colligancy with the Brain by Nerves, by means of the Pannicles involving them; with the Liver by the afore&s;aid Veins; with the Heart by great Arteries. <HI>Galen</HI> hath noted, that the great Arteries in the Kidnies, are not only for the cau&s;e of nutrition, and gi|ving life, &s;eeing the Kidnies are little members, for which a little Artery did &s;uffice, but in them there are great Arteries, becau&s;e they doe al&s;o clean&s;e the Heart from waterine&s;&s;e and Choler; and hee &s;aith moreover, many times
<PB N="72" REF="47"> <HI>Aorta</HI> draweth from the Stomach, and from the Inte&s;tines bloud not pure, yea <HI>Chylus</HI> which the Emul|gent arteries doe purge out to the Kidnies.</P>
<P>I my &s;elf al&s;o in the year 1521. in our exerci&s;e at <HI>Bononia,</HI> &s;aw in one publiquely Anatomi&s;ed, one of the Emulgent arteries that made one Pore in the right &s;ide without the Kidney, which in a notable di&s;tance beneath the Kid|ney did enter into the <HI>Uritidia<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> pore ri&s;en from the afore&s;aid Kid|ney, and both of them by one chanel did reach unto the Blad|der; neverthele&s;&s;e this Emulgent artery did al&s;o enter into the Kid|ney in his wonted place; and in that individual the Kidneys were continued, as if it were one Kid|ney; and it had two Veins, and two Emulgent arteries, and two <HI>Uritidian</HI> pores with one only Pan|nicle involving, which did take up the wonted places of the Kid|neys, and al&s;o the middle part of the Back, which is in the place be|tween the Spleen and the Liver, a little below them.</P>
<PB N="73" REF="47">
<P> Therefore let alone the left Kidney in its place, for the &s;eeing of the Spermatical ve&s;&s;els, and divide the right in its concave part through the middle, according to the length of it, unto its center, con&s;idering the place of its Vein and great Artery, which doe en|ter into the &s;ub&s;tance of the Kid|ney in the hollow part of it, from which the Kidney doth draw &s;pi|rit and nutriment, and the watery &s;uper fluities of the whole body mixt with Choler; all the&s;e mixt matters pa&s;s thorow the whole &s;ub&s;tance of the Kidney although it bee &s;olid, becau&s;e they are &s;ub|tile; for bloud could not pa&s;s a|lone to the lea&s;t parts of the Kid|neys, becau&s;e they are &s;olid, ex|cept it were mixt with water and Choler; all which mixed are re|&s;embled to the wa&s;hing of fle&s;h, being drawn by the Kidneys thorow the Emulgents, from the Liver, and from the Heart, by means of the vein <HI>Chilis,</HI> and the artery <HI>Aorta.</HI></P>
<P>This bloud mingled with much
<PB N="74" REF="48"> waterine&s;s is alone retained of the Kidneys for their nutriment; and the water together with the choler &s;eparated from the bloud pa&s;&s;eth to a certain notable hollowne&s;s, be|ing in the center of the Kidney, as it were into a ditch; the which the ri|ver or chanel called the <HI>Uritidian</HI> pore bringeth to the Bladder; this Pore called of the Greeks * <HI>Ure|tra,</HI> is a very long, pannicular, &s;o|lid, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign">.</NOTE> hollow body, having its be|ginning from the body of the Bladder (becau&s;e as it is &s;aid it re&s;embleth it) and ending at the Kidney, which con&s;ider with wa|rine&s;&s;e, and keep together with the Kidney for the anatomy of the Bladder.</P>
<P>And in the Kidney there is not a net, neither any other pannicu|lar &s;trainer, as &s;ome &s;uppo&s;e, but the Kidneys are made hollow Or|ganes, attracting by &s;ome Orifi|ces, but &s;ending forth by others a thin wateri&s;h &s;uperfluity.</P>
<P>Therefore <HI>Galen</HI> &s;aid in hls fourth Book, <HI>De Utilit. cap.</HI> 12. Finally, many Drunkards drink|ing
<PB N="75" REF="48"> whole <HI>Amphoras,</HI> and pi&s;&s;ing the proportion of the multitude of drink, are not troubled about the &s;eparation, but the bloud which cometh to the <HI>Vena cava,</HI> is rea|dily and by &s;tealth all purged forth by the Reins not touching the Vein; the afore-named Ditch hath about it a &s;olid Pannicle, perfo|rated with more than ten great holes, through which Nature milketh forth the Urine into the afore&s;aid hollowne&s;&s;e, by means of a certain &s;mall &s;ub&s;tance of the Kidney, like to the Nipples of the Teates of women.</P>
<P>The Colligancy of the Reins appeareth by that which hath been &s;aid; they are al&s;o fa&s;tned to the Brain by a little Nerve, by means of a pannicle covering them.</P>
<P>Their helps are to purge the whole body from &s;uperfluous Water and Choler, but e&s;pecially the Liver and the Heart, never|thele&s;s in the re&s;t of the Veins there al&s;o remaineth much Wate|rine&s;&s;e mixt with the Bloud, which
<PB N="76" REF="49"> is called <HI>Vehiculum nutrimenti,</HI> the Waggon of the nutriment, which appeareth in Bloud flebotomi&s;ed, or otherwaies drawn from the body.</P>
<P>They &s;uffer every kind of Di&s;|ea&s;e, all which almo&s;t are of a hard curation, as is the <HI>Diabetes,</HI> or as it were the continual drop|ping down of the Urine; they al|&s;o &s;uffer a weakne&s;&s;e of the attra|ctive quality, by means of which the Urine goeth not to the Blad|der, and by that means a living Creature is &s;ometimes choaked, or dyeth &s;ome other way; al&s;o of &s;uch a weakne&s;&s;e is cau&s;ed the <HI>A&s;citis:</HI> they al&s;o &s;uffer Stones, Gravel, and Hairs, but the hairs are bred or conden&s;ed in the <HI>uriti|dian</HI> pores; the &s;tones of it are red, &s;mall, oftentimes long, be|ing bred in the afore&s;aid trench; when the Kidneys are weakned, not able to retain the bloud, the Urine goeth forth bloudy; it al|&s;o goeth forth &s;o when the Liver is weak, not &s;eparating the Wa|terine&s;&s;e from the Bloud, by
<PB N="77" REF="49"> that &s;eparation and quantit which it ought.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Seminary Ve&s;&s;els called Spermatica.</HEAD>
<P>THo&s;e things being di&s;patched <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>idem e&s;t quod &s;e|men a</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>&s;emine.</HI></NOTE> in both Sexes, fir&s;t you &s;hall note in the great Vein <HI>Chilis,</HI> and the Artery <HI>Aorta,</HI> &s;ometimes above the Kidneys, &s;ometimes be|low, one little Vein, and one Ar|tery, both which are united at &s;ome di&s;tance touching one ano|ther, de&s;cending to the Te&s;ticles of the right &s;ide.</P>
<P>You &s;hall al&s;o note two like Ve&s;&s;els in the like manner de|&s;cending, and united in the left &s;ide, one from the Emulgent vein of the left Kidney, and another from the Artery <HI>Aorta;</HI> all tho&s;e little Veins and Arteries &s;o de&s;cen|ding are called <HI>Va&s;a Spermatica praeparantia,</HI> that is, the Seminary preparing ve&s;&s;els; the&s;e ve&s;&s;els are covered about with a Pannicle ri&s;en from the <HI>Peritoneon,</HI> called of <HI>Cel&s;us Aegitroides;</HI> the Vein lyeth
<PB N="78" REF="50"> above, but the Artery lyeth be|neath.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e ve&s;&s;els are broader and harder in a Man than in a Wo|man, excepting the time of im|pregnation and men&s;trues, as it appeareth to the &s;en&s;e, by the much bloud then retained in them; but at other times they are harder and broader in a man, and al&s;o they are always longer, becau&s;e they are to carry their matter contai|ned to a longer di&s;tance; and they are &s;uch, becau&s;e the Ma&s;culine Seed is more, and is gro&s;&s;er than the Feminine; by which length al&s;o of the ve&s;&s;els of a man his Seed is the more dige&s;ted; and the Seed of the right &s;ide engendreth Boyes, becau&s;e its matter is more dige&s;ted, and clean&s;ed from wa|terine&s;&s;e, but of the left &s;ide Girls, becau&s;e it is cold and watery, coming from the afore&s;aid Emul|gents filled with watery bloud.</P>
<P>The&s;e ve&s;&s;els in both Sexes a|gree in the place from whence, but di&s;agree to whence; their ter|mination in a woman is within
<PB N="79" REF="50"> the body, as it &s;hall be &s;aid in the Anatomy of the Matrix, which is placed after the Anatomy of the Yard, and of the <HI>Anus,</HI> for better orders &s;ake.</P>
<P>But the&s;e ve&s;&s;els in a man de|&s;cend on both &s;ides unto the <HI>Os Pectinis,</HI> in the end of the <HI>Ilia,</HI> a|bove the Loyns, and therefore they are al&s;o called <HI>Lumbaria,</HI> which ve&s;&s;els in their de&s;cent a|bove the <HI>Os Pectinis</HI> doe enter on both &s;ides into one pannicular co|vering, ri&s;en partly from the ex|tream parts of the <HI>Sifac,</HI> which is commonly called <HI>Didymus,</HI> and <HI>Crema&s;teres,</HI> and they pa&s;&s;e in the Cod near unto the Te&s;ticles, as it may bee &s;een in one only &s;ide, leaving the other &s;ide untouched, for the &s;eeing of the Anatomy of the <HI>Didymus;</HI> but take heed le&s;t you &s;poyl the <HI>Scrotum</HI> in any part, but draw that ve&s;&s;el only which you intend to &s;ee together with his <HI>Didymus,</HI> and Te&s;ticle, to the upper parts towards the <HI>Pecten.</HI></P>
<P>The&s;e ve&s;&s;els de&s;cending neer unto the Te&s;ticls are very hard,
<PB N="80" REF="51"> and are revolved like to <HI>Varices,</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">A Di&s;ea&s;e in certain Veins &s;welled with wind and me|lancholy bloud like Worms.</NOTE> whereupon they are called <HI>Varici|formia,</HI> which are made &s;oft when they meet with the Te&s;ticles (a|bout which they are revolved) le&s;t they might hurt them with their hardne&s;&s;e, and there the&s;e ve&s;&s;els are called <HI>Epididymi,</HI> and <HI>Anendor,</HI> and <HI>Andros.</HI></P>
<P>From tho&s;e ve&s;&s;els the matter of the Sperm doth immediately pa&s;s to the Te&s;ticles, in who&s;e &s;ub&s;tance it procureth whitene&s;&s;e, and the generative vertue; and from the Te&s;ticles it is again ca&s;t out to the afore&s;aid &s;oft ve&s;&s;els named <HI>Epididymi,</HI> from which it pa&s;&s;eth to other inferiour ve&s;&s;els continued with them, which are called <HI>Deferentia,</HI> who&s;e &s;ub&s;tance is white, and harder than the re&s;t; the&s;e different ve&s;&s;els in a man a|&s;cend from the Te&s;ticles unto the <HI>Pecten,</HI> being contiguous with the afore&s;aid preparing ve&s;&s;els de|&s;cending; which Deferents &s;o a|&s;cended in the upper part of the <HI>Os Pectimis,</HI> are turned back a|gain within the belly on both &s;ides;
<PB N="81" REF="51"> which keep warily together with the Te&s;ticles, until you have &s;een the Anatomy of the <HI>Didymies,</HI> and al&s;o of the Te&s;ticles.</P>
<P>The&s;e ve&s;&s;els reflected within the body de&s;cend between <HI>Rectum</HI> and the Bladder, and there they dilate them&s;elves into more caves ful<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of Sperm, therefore there the&s;e Ve&s;&s;els are called <HI>Con&s;ervan|tia &amp; Deferentia,</HI> keeping together, and carrying the Sperm; and of <HI>Galen</HI> guided by <HI>Eracleus,</HI> they are called <HI>Para&s;trata, Adeniformia,</HI> becau&s;e Kernelly fle&s;h doth com|pa&s;s them.</P>
<P>On the right &s;ide, and on the left, the&s;e Ve&s;&s;els do pierce through the neck of the Bladder, and with|in the Yard about the <HI>Anus,</HI> they ca&s;t forth the Sperm, which after|ward is driven forth through the Chanel of the Yard. <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>&s;ig: gemi|nus quia gemini &s;u<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t</HI></NOTE></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Didymies.</HEAD>
<P>THe&s;e Ve&s;&s;els together with the Te&s;ticles, are involved in each <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ide with one Pannicle, from the
<PB N="82" REF="52"> bottom of the Cod unto the low|e&s;t part of the <HI>Ilia;</HI> the greater part whereof hath its beginning from the <HI>Peritoneon,</HI> de&s;cending in|to the <HI>Scrotum,</HI> in the end of the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> which is commonly cal|led <HI>Didymus,</HI> and <HI>&s;u&s;penforium Ti|&s;ticuli.</HI> Of the Greeks they are called <HI>Crema&s;teres;</HI> the &s;ub&s;tance of which con&s;ider, which are of three, (and perhaps according to &s;ome) of four revolutions of Pan|nicles.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t is outmo&s;t, ri&s;en from the Pannicles of the Spondiles; a|nother is ri&s;en from <HI>Sifac,</HI> or <HI>Pe|ritoneon,</HI> contained within the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> neer unto the Thigh, which of <HI>Cel&s;us</HI> is called <HI>Dari|on.</HI></P>
<P>Of the&s;e two, by rea&s;on of their &s;trong Colligancy, is made as it were one onely Pellicle.</P>
<P>Another is of the Pannicle, imme|diately involving the afore&s;aid ve&s;&s;els, ri&s;en from the <HI>Peritoneon,</HI> about the back; which is called <HI>Aegitroides.</HI></P>
<P>Another is of the Chords of the
<PB N="83" REF="52"> mu&s;cles of the Te&s;ticles, which is &s;mall; con&s;ider al&s;o their quan|tity and Colligancy, their com|plexion and number; they have the Shape of a <HI>Ci&s;tis,</HI> in the top narrow, in the bottom broad, as much as is the thickne&s;s of the Te&s;ticles.</P>
<P>Its u&s;es are to hang up the Te|&s;ticles, and to keep fa&s;t the afore|&s;aid Ve&s;&s;els.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Scrotum, <HI>or Cod.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Scrotum &s;eu Scor|tum ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>pellis,</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Ga|leno</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>quod Te&s;ticu|los tegat velet&abque;</HI></NOTE></HEAD>
<P>Of tho&s;e Pannicles, and of the skin, is compounded <HI>O&s;cheon,</HI> or <HI>Scrotum,</HI> that is, the pur&s;e of the Te&s;ticles, in which there are &s;ome Nerves giving &s;en&s;e unto it, and &s;ome Arteries and Veins nouri&s;hing it; and the <HI>Scrotum</HI> is one member common to the two <HI>Didymies,</HI> and it is a <HI>Sinus</HI> or vault, to the <HI>Didymies,</HI> Te&s;ticles, and to the Seminary Ve&s;&s;els.</P>
<P>This member is divided by the middle of a light Membrane, which of &s;ome is called <HI>Sutura, &amp; Taurum, &amp; Chorda;</HI> which al|&s;o
<PB N="84" REF="53"> doth &s;omewhat appear in the outmo&s;t skin in the middle of the <HI>Scrotum,</HI> according to the length of the Body; the Quantity, Shape, Situation, Number, and Colligan|cy of this Member, are apparent; its complexion is cold and dry; its helps appear.</P>
<P>This member with the <HI>Didy|mies,</HI> endureth every kinde of di&s;ea&s;e; their proper pa&s;&s;ion is a dilatation of them, by which means are cau&s;ed many Bur&s;tne&s;|&s;es, called <HI>Herniae,</HI> to wit, one of the <HI>Zirbus,</HI> called <HI>Omentalis;</HI> ano|ther <HI>Inte&s;tinalis.</HI> In the <HI>Scrotum</HI> al&s;o is cau&s;ed the <HI>Hernie,</HI> or <HI>Hy|mea,</HI> wateri&s;h, windy, humeral, and fle&s;hy; and al&s;o the <HI>Varicous;</HI> which is made by a repletion of the Seminary Ve&s;&s;els, cau&s;ed of gro&s;s blood, or of much and wa|tery.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Te&s;ticles.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Te&s;ticuli dicti quod te&s;tes &s;unt V<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rilitatis.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>VVIthin the afore&s;aid <HI>&s;u&s;|pen&s;ories</HI> on both &s;ides are two glandulous white members,
<PB N="85" REF="53"> like to the fle&s;h of the Teats, which are called <HI>Te&s;ticuli,</HI> who&s;e Shape is like an Egge, and therefore they are al&s;o called <HI>Ova;</HI> their &s;ub&s;tance is without blood and all &s;en&s;e, yet it feeleth by its Pannicles; each of them hath two mu&s;cles cleaving to its Pannicles, that they might pre&s;erve them, and lift them up, le&s;t they &s;hould be relaxed.</P>
<P>Their Qu~antity, their Number, and Situation, are apparent: their Native complexion is temperate in things active, moi&s;t in pa&s;&s;ive, but in fluent it is hot, by which means (Witne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle)</HI> they draw to them&s;elves from the whole body matter of the Sperm, as it were <HI>Vento&s;es;</HI> and they are pla|ced of Phy&s;icians among the prin|cipal Members; they have Colli|gancy with the other principal Members, by Veins, by Arteries, and by Pannicles; their helps are to pre&s;erve the Species: they en|dure pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="86" REF="54">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Ve&s;ica, or Bladder.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Ve&s;ica qua|&s;i vas aquae</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>THe&s;e things being di&s;patched, take away the Kidneys with the <HI>Uritidian</HI> pores, ri&s;en from the Bladder, entring <HI>Diagonally</HI> with|in its Tunicle, nearer to the neck than to the bottom, le&s;t the Urine might flow back unto them; through tho&s;e Pores doth &s;ome|times pa&s;s a Little &s;tone to the Bladder bred in the Kidnies, cau|&s;ing in them an exten&s;ion, with a vehement pain, becau&s;e they are Sinewy as the Bladder.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t, cut the body of the Blad|der about the bottome of it, which is compounded of one onely Tu|nicle, in the outward part of which do go two Nerves for its &s;en&s;e; fir&s;t noting its Situation, which is in the Lower part of the Belly, in the hollowne&s;s of the Little trough, in which is al&s;o the <HI>Inte|&s;tine Rectum,</HI> toward the Back, and the Matrix in a woman in the mid|dle of them.</P>
<P>You &s;hall al&s;o note its Colligan|cy, and Quantity, and Shape, and
<PB N="87" REF="54"> Number, who&s;e &s;ub&s;tance is Sinewy of the Nerves of the Li|gament, not to bee con&s;olidated, if it receive &s;olution, in the Neck it is fle&s;hy, and therefore there is con&s;olidated; its Neck is united to the Yard throughout, even unto the extream part of the <HI>Glans,</HI> from whence goeth forth the U|rine.</P>
<P>Its complexion is cold and dry, and it is circumvolved with one Pannicle ri&s;en from the <HI>Peritoneon;</HI> its u&s;es are to retain the Urine a long time, le&s;t a man &s;hould con|tinually ri&s;e to &s;end it forth: But it doth as it were, continually flow from the Kidneys to it. Certain glandules of fle&s;h do help its re|tention, envolving and compre&s;|&s;ing the beginning of its Neck, on the out&s;ide; cau&s;ing in the Neck &s;ome turnings, by rea&s;on of which the Bladder is not wholly clean&s;ed from the water, and one onely mu&s;cle of the Bladder, envolving the mouth of it, doth help its Vo|luntary retention, and likewi&s;e Expul&s;ion.</P>
<PB N="88" REF="55">
<P> The Bladder may endure pa&s;&s;i|ons of all &s;orts, which are &s;ome|times incureable, as is a very great &s;tone; and Excoriation in a Cho|lerick body, and in an old man.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Virga, <HI>or the Yard.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Virga qua|&s;i Vim ge|rens.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>AFter the afore&s;aid Members, cometh the Yard, which is of a Ligamental &s;ub&s;tance, it is al|&s;o Sinewy and hollow like a Spunge, yet with &s;ome mu&s;cles; the Yard, and likewi&s;e the Tongue, hath more and greater Veins and Arteries than any other Member like to it in bigne&s;s; through the afore&s;aid Poro&s;ities the Yard above being guided by the imaginative vertue, is oftentimes magnified and erected of the Spi|rit, for in it is a natural virtue, by which when a living creature is moved to Copulation, it is puf|fed up, and enlarged; and there is cau&s;ed naturally a motion in the Heart and in Arteries, but in the&s;e it is cau&s;ed alwaies for nece&s;|&s;ity; but in this &s;ometimes when
<PB N="89" REF="55"> it is nece&s;&s;ary. Its beginning and Situation is of a part of the <HI>Pec|ten,</HI> in the middle, known to all.</P>
<P>Its Shape is very long and round, having in it a Chanel, by which the Urine and Sperm go forth. The upper part of it is cal|led <HI>Glans,</HI> and the head of the Yard, and there it is compact, hard, and of a dull &s;en&s;e, le&s;t it &s;hould bee hurt in copulations; a certain &s;oft Skin doth compa&s;s about that <HI>Glans,</HI> which is called <HI>Preputium,</HI> being obedient to turn|ing <NOTE PLACE="marg">Praeputium a praeputan|do eo quod a Judais praeputare|tur.</NOTE> back in every Friction.</P>
<P>This <HI>Praeputium</HI> in the lower part, in the middle onely, accor|ding to the length, is fa&s;tned to the greater part of the <HI>Glans,</HI> by a certain Pellicular member, cal|led of the Vulgar, <HI>El filello.</HI></P>
<P>Its Number, and al&s;o Quanti|ty, are apparent; its Native com|plexion through influence is hot and moi&s;t; it hath Colligancy with the <HI>Os pect<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nis,</HI> with the Ker|nelly <HI>Para&s;tata,</HI> with the Bladder, by means of the Chanel without,
<PB N="90" REF="56"> by which the Urine floweth forth; with the Brain, by means of the Nerves, coming to the mu&s;cles and skin of it; with the Heart and Liver, by means of the afore|&s;aid Arteries and Veins de&s;cend|ing.</P>
<P>The Yard hath in it three Ori|fices, one wide, the which is com|mon both to the Sperm and U|rine; and two &s;mall, by which the Sperm coming from the afore&s;aid Seminary ve&s;&s;els, do enter into that common Orifice. Tho&s;e two Orifices or Ve&s;&s;els, do enter in|to this Chanel, in the place cal|led <HI>Perineon,</HI> which is a place be|tween the Yard and the <HI>Anus.</HI> That Chanel from tho&s;e Orifices to the Bladder, is according to the truth called the Neck of the Bladder; from hence unto the extream part of the <HI>Glans,</HI> it is called the com|mon Hole and Chanel of the Yard, and of &s;ome it is called <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|retra.</HI></P>
<P>The Yard al&s;o hath four Mu&s;|cles, two towards its lower part, on both &s;ides one, near unto the
<PB N="91" REF="56"> chanel of the Urine; which are long-ways extended, and do dilate the Yard, and elevate it; that the Sperm may with ea&s;ine&s;s peirce thorow it.</P>
<P>There are of it two other Mu&s;|cles beginning from the root of it towards <HI>Os Pectini<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">,</HI> coming tran&s;|ver&s;e about the <HI>Glans</HI> in its upper part; which when they are ex|tended the Yard is lifted up, and when they cea&s;e from exten&s;ion it is kept down; that if the exten&s;i|on happen to one, and not to the other, the Yard will decline to the part of the extended mu&s;cle.</P>
<P>The profit of the Yard is made principally for con&s;ervation of the Species; for by its means the Sperm is &s;ent into the field of Na|ture, that is into the Matrix; which if it be of a moderate quan|tity (as likewi&s;e the Tongue) it is prai&s;ed, and is profitable; for the &s;hortne&s;s of it doth not bring the Sperm to the due place; and its too much length is the cau&s;e of the re&s;olving of the &s;pirits in the Sperm.</P>
<PB N="93" REF="57">
<P> The Yard al&s;o by its Colligan|cy doth empty the Bladder from Urine, whereof it is a &s;ign, becau&s;e Lice applied to its extream Orifice provoke it by biting.</P>
<P>The helps of the <HI>Praeputium,</HI> and the afore&s;aid Pellicle fa&s;tning it to the <HI>Glans,</HI> are to yeeld &s;ome de|light in Copulation, and to de|fend the <HI>Glans</HI> from outward hurts.</P>
<P>That <HI>Praeputium</HI> the <HI>Jews</HI> take away in Circumci&s;ions, working contrary to the intent of Nature; the Yard &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts, its proper pa&s;&s;ion is a <HI>Pria|pi&s;m.</HI></P>
<P>For the well &s;eeing of this A|natomy, the things &s;poken of be|ing fir&s;t ob&s;erved, and the &s;ituati|on of the Inte&s;tine <HI>Rectum</HI> being noted, &s;eparate with a <HI>Scalprum, Falx,</HI> or Saw, or other Engine, the <HI>Os Pectinis</HI> from its lateral part, and together with the Bone &s;eparate a notable part of the But|tocks, to wit, that in which are the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Anus,</HI> and take away the <HI>Rectum,</HI> the Bladder, and
<PB N="93" REF="57"> the Yard, with the Seminary Ve&s;|&s;els, and the afore&s;aid <HI>Uritidian</HI> Pores, and put the afore&s;aid members (being fir&s;t wa&s;hed, and clean from the dung and bloudi|ne&s;s contained in them) upon &s;ome table, that you may the bet|ter &s;ee the afore&s;aid members, putting away with diligence the <HI>Os Pectinis</HI> only from the afore&s;aid members.</P>
<P>And fir&s;t, you &s;hall note the place of the afore-named <HI>Uritidian</HI> Pores entring into the Bladder, by putting into them a <HI>Probe,</HI> or <HI>Radius,</HI> or &s;ome &s;uch thing, and you &s;hall perceive it peirce Diago|nally through the &s;ub&s;tance of the body of the Bladder, into the hol|lowne&s;s of it, as hath been &s;aid before.</P>
<P>The&s;e things being &s;een, you &s;hall al&s;o &s;ee the afore&s;aid Semi|nary ve&s;&s;els to enter between the <HI>Rectum</HI> and the Bladder, and with &s;ome in&s;trument of Inci&s;ion &s;e|parate warily the <HI>Rectum</HI> from the Bladder, becau&s;e in that place the&s;e members are very firmly
<PB N="94" REF="58"> fa&s;tned, and you &s;hall &s;ee the <HI>Para&s;tata</HI> afore-named full of caves, and large, and inci&s;ing them you &s;hall find the Sperm there contained for two or more Copulations, and the&s;e Ve&s;&s;els are terminated in the chanel of the Yard.</P>
<P>And about that place you &s;hall &s;ee notable glandulous fle&s;h on the &s;ides of the neck of the Bladder, which doth &s;omewhat dige&s;t and whiten the Sperm there contai|ned, or at lea&s;t keepeth it that it be not dried up, con&s;erving al&s;o in it the genitive &s;pirit.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e fle&s;hes doe al&s;o keep the neck of the Bladder le&s;t it &s;hould be dried, and al&s;o the Yard, which by rea&s;on of its length hanging without is apt to bee dried, and &s;hut up; and for this cau&s;e Wo|men have not that fle&s;h; al&s;o tho&s;e fle&s;hes with their &s;omewhat fat|ne&s;s re&s;i&s;t the &s;harpne&s;s of the U|rine.</P>
<P>The&s;e things being noted, you may &s;lit the Yard long-ways, and you &s;hall &s;ee the afore&s;aid chanel
<PB N="95" REF="58"> with the Orifices, through which the Sperm entreth, which are two, one on the right &s;ide, another on the left, not much di&s;tant from the hollowne&s;s of the Bladder; you &s;hall al&s;o &s;ee the body of the Yard hollow, or pory, to the likene&s;s of a Spunge, not very hollow, but &s;omewhat com|pact.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Rectum.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being noted, you mu&s;t bee mindful of the place of the Inte&s;tine <HI>Rectum</HI> left before, for the Ana|tomy of the <HI>Anus,</HI> which you &s;hall ob&s;erve to bee in the hollowne&s;s of the little Trough, and is ter|minated within the Buttocks, in the place called <HI>Anus,</HI> from whence by the order of Nature tho&s;e excrements of the fir&s;t di|ge&s;tion goe forth; the higher part of it reacheth to the left &s;ide where it is fa&s;tned to the Inte&s;tine <HI>Co|lon.</HI></P>
<P>You &s;hall al&s;o con&s;ider its quan|tity,
<PB N="96" REF="59"> which is apparent; and it<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Shape, &s;ituation, and number you have &s;een afore; it hath Colli|gancy with the Heart, with the Liver, and the Brain, with the Bladder in a man, and with the Matrix in a woman.</P>
<P>Con&s;ider al&s;o its Complexion, which is cold, therefore it is be|tween the Buttocks, le&s;t it &s;houl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> be offended by cold.</P>
<P>After this divide it according to the length, and having very well wa&s;hed it, you &s;hall ob&s;erve its inver&s;ion, which is a&s;cendi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> from the outermo&s;t part to the i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|&s;ide, the &s;pace of four fingers or thereabouts; for oftentimes you &s;hall &s;ee the end of its inver&s;ion, and &s;ometimes you may not &s;ee it; this inver&s;ion clean&s;eth it from the Excrements, becau&s;e in the avoy|ding the excrements the <HI>Rectum</HI> doth &s;omewhat de&s;cend; and this is be&s;t &s;een in Hor&s;es avoyding their excrements. <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>&s;tringo, e&s;t mu&s;|culus.</HI></NOTE></P>
<P>The lower extremity of it is called <HI>Anus,</HI> and <HI>Podex,</HI> and <HI>Sphincter;</HI> and it hath many other
<PB REF="59">
<PB REF="60">
<PB N="97" REF="60"> names recited by mee in my <HI>Com|mentaries</HI> upon the Anatomy of <HI>Mundinus.</HI></P>
<P>Its &s;ub&s;tance is fle&s;hy and Pan|nicular, which is made more fle&s;hy with its Mu&s;cles, there is in it &s;ome fatne&s;&s;e toward the out|&s;ide, in it there are many broad and long Fibers, few Oblique, the long are without, and within, helping the expul&s;ion by drawing downward.</P>
<P>In it there are Four Mu&s;cles, one is in its extream Orifice, be|ing mixed with the <HI>Cutis,</HI> and di&s;per&s;ed throughout with it; which con&s;tringeth the <HI>Anus</HI> on every &s;ide, by which means it cometh to pa&s;&s;e that the dung may bee wholly clean&s;ed from it, there is another Mu&s;cle more within, being rai&s;ed toward a mans head, which Mu&s;cle hath two heads, and is here continued with the root of the Yard; the benefit of it is &s;trictly to bind the extream part of the <HI>Anus:</HI> after them there is one pair of Mu&s;cles reaching over-thwart above the
<PB N="98" REF="61"> others, who&s;e help is to rai&s;e the <HI>Rectum</HI> upward, which being mol|lified, there is cau&s;ed the falling down of the <HI>Rectum</HI> without, be|tween the Buttocks, for a certain di&s;tance.</P>
<P>In the extreamity of this Inre|&s;tine there appear many Veins, in &s;ome notable, in &s;ome hidden which are called <HI>Hemorroidales,</HI> flowing by fits, which con&s;i|der.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e Veins have their begin|nings from the branches of the Vein <HI>Chilis</HI> de&s;cending, nouri&s;h|ing the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Anus;</HI> ma|ny do u&s;e the Flux of them in&s;tead of Purgation, neither are they made very weak by it.</P>
<P>The helps of the <HI>Anus</HI> are to bring forth the Dung in due time, its mu&s;cles help the <HI>Para&s;tata</HI> in the &s;ending forth of Sperm in Co|pulation, whereof it is a &s;ign, be|cau&s;e &s;ome are at once copula|ting and avoiding excrements. They al&s;o help the Bladder in the &s;ending forth the Urine.</P>
<P>The <HI>Anus</HI> &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of
<PB N="99" REF="61"> all &s;orts; all which are hard to bee cured; and among&s;t the re&s;t the extreamity of the <HI>Rectum</HI> fal|leth down; and in like manner the Matrix, which wee bring back by Stiptick means; there are al&s;o bred <HI>coudylomata</HI> or certain lit|tle &s;wellings; The <HI>ficus,</HI> and al&s;o <HI>fungi,</HI> likewi&s;e <HI>Mari&s;ca,</HI> and <HI>Ra|gadas</HI> or <HI>Ragadiae,</HI> which are wont to proceed of Inflammation; yet &s;ometimes a la&s;civious wantonne&s;s of Luxury and Burning Lu&s;t doth cau&s;e the&s;e Di&s;ea&s;es, in both Sex|es; &s;eeking by-ways, nature be|ing neglected, not without the in|jury of it, and the Divine Ma|je&s;ty.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Matrix, not praegnant.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Matrix a matre quae a materia dic&punc; quod ibi materia &s;peciem con&s;ervans in&s;eritur.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>THe Members contained in the Lower belly of a man, being &s;een, I pa&s;s unto the Anatomi|&s;ing of a woman, in which the Anatomy of the Matrix is to bee &s;een, and of their Te&s;ticles, with the Seminary ve&s;&s;els, and their Bladder.</P>
<PB N="100" REF="62">
<P> The Matrix which is al&s;o called <HI>Vulva,</HI> hath two parts, to wit, a Receptacle, or <HI>Sinus,</HI> or hollow|ne&s;s, and <HI>Cervix,</HI> or <HI>Collum,</HI> a Neck, and it is a Member creat|ed of Nature for increa&s;e; the &s;ub&s;tance of its Receptacle is Sin|nowy, mixed of the Chords of a Ligament and confu&s;ed fle&s;h, ther|fore it is a little &s;en&s;ible, and it is compounded of one onely Tuni|cle, circumvolved with the <HI>Perito|neon,</HI> and it is Sinnowy, that it might bee extended in Copulati|ons, and that it might bee gather|ed together to a little quantity in the Birth; al&s;o all its hollowne&s;s is moved to the Center in the re|ceiving of the Sperm, and embra|ceth and toucheth it with its &s;ides.</P>
<P>But the &s;ub&s;tance of its Neck is of Lacertous fle&s;h, as it were, Cartilagineous, having wr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ckle upon wrinckle, which do give de|light by Friction in Copulati|ons; this part is &s;en&s;ible e|nough.</P>
<P>Its hollowne&s;s is called <HI>Uterus,</HI>
<PB N="101" REF="62"> and <HI>Venter,</HI> and <HI>Receptaculum fae|tus.</HI></P>
<P>Its fa&s;tning which is the Ori|fice of the Neck, is called, <HI>Puden|dum Muliebre,</HI> and <HI>Vulva,</HI> and <HI>Na|tura,</HI> and <HI>Os Genitale.</HI></P>
<P>In this N<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ck is the Yard placed in Copulations.</P>
<P>Between the Neck and the Re|ceptacle within, is a certain pel|licular &s;ub&s;tance, fle&s;hy, &s;en&s;ible enough, perforated in the middle, that may be dilated and con&s;tring|ed, called <HI>Os Matricis,</HI> the Mouth of the Matrix, having the form of a Mullets head, otherwi&s;e of <HI>Ce|phalus,</HI> or of the Tench fi&s;h, or of a new bred Puppy; which in Co|pulations, and Births, and <HI>Men|strues,</HI> is opened by the order of nature, but at other times, e&s;peci|ally when it is pregnant, it is &s;o &s;hut, that a &s;mall needle cannot enter into it, unle&s;s with vio|lence.</P>
<P>The Shape of its Neck is very long, round, hollow, it is as much unviolated as is the Yard of him that doth copulate therewith, but
<PB N="102" REF="63"> in a Virgin it is le&s;s.</P>
<P>This hath about the middle of it, the Virginal pannicle, like a Net woven together of &s;mall Li|gaments, and very many Veins, which one violated, is with|out, becau&s;e it is broke in the fir&s;t copulation with a man; this Pan|nicle is called <HI>Eugion,</HI> and <HI>Cento,</HI> and <HI>Imen.</HI></P>
<P>To the extream part of the Neck, on the &s;ides are added Skins, which are called <HI>Praeputia.</HI></P>
<P>Within the Neck, a little to|wards <HI>Os Pectinis,</HI> doth enter a &s;hort Neck of the Bladder, who&s;e Orifice is &s;hut up of certain &s;mall, fle&s;hy, and pannicular Addita|ments, of which, and of the afore|&s;aid <HI>Praeputia,</HI> by rea&s;on of the Ayr, there is cau&s;ed &s;ome noi&s;e in making water.</P>
<P>The Shape of the Receptacle is Quadrangular, with &s;ome round|ne&s;s, hollow below as the Blad|der.</P>
<P>In the Receptacle towards the Neck, there is on both &s;ides one Ligamental additament fa&s;tned to
<PB N="103" REF="63"> the Back toward the <HI>Anchae,</HI> ha|ving the Shape of a Snails horn, therefore the&s;e are called, the Horns of the Matrix.</P>
<P>About the&s;e Horns on both &s;ides, is one Te&s;ticle, harder, and le&s;s than in a man, not perfectly round, but pre&s;t together like an Almond; in them are ingendred Sperm, not gro&s;s, as in a man, nor hot, but watery, thin, and cold.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e Te&s;ticles have not one Pannicle, in which they may be both contained, as is the <HI>Scrotum</HI> in a man, but each hath a proper Pannicle, ri&s;en from the <HI>Peritone|on,</HI> fa&s;tning them about the Horns; and each of them hath one &s;mall mu&s;cle, of which it is moved.</P>
<P>In tho&s;e Te&s;ticles are implanted the afore&s;aid Seminary ve&s;&s;els, which being called <HI>Praeparantia,</HI> de|&s;cend from the <HI>Chilis,</HI> and from <HI>Aorta,</HI> and from the Emulgents; from thence do reach other Ve&s;|&s;els, named <HI>Deportantia,</HI> continu|ally &s;preading them&s;elves unto the Receptacle, and they bring Sperm within the hollowne&s;s of the Ma|trix.</P>
<PB N="104" REF="64">
<P> The Orifices of the&s;e Ve&s;&s;els are called <HI>Fo&s;&s;ulae,</HI> and <HI>Cotilidones;</HI> through them flow the <HI>Men&s;trues,</HI> from them doth the young one draw Nutriment by the Umbeli|cal Veins and Arteries fa&s;tned to the afore&s;aid <HI>Fo&s;&s;ulae.</HI></P>
<P>In a woman there are not the Ve&s;&s;els <HI>Para&s;tata,</HI> nor the Ve&s;&s;el <HI>Epididymum,</HI> becau&s;e in a woman the &s;oft Ve&s;&s;els are not offen&s;ive to the Te&s;ticles, as they are in a man through their hardne&s;s.</P>
<P>The whole Matrix with its Te&s;ticles and Seminary ve&s;&s;els, is like to the Members of Generation in men: but the Members of men are compleat, expelled forth by rea&s;on of their heat; but of women they are dimini&s;hed, retai|ned within for their want of heat.</P>
<P>And the Matrix is as it were the converted In&s;trument, for the Neck of the Matrix is as the Yard, and its Receptacle with the Te&s;ticles and Ve&s;&s;els is even as the Cod.</P>
<P>For in the Cod being turned
<PB N="105" REF="64"> in, there is a hollowne&s;s within it; and without it, being likewi&s;e tur|ned in, there do lie the Te&s;ticles and Seminary ve&s;&s;els, as in the Receptacle of the Matrix, but the Te&s;ticles and Ve&s;&s;els of men are greater.</P>
<P>The Situation of the Fi&s;&s;ure of the Matrix is between the <HI>A|nus</HI> and <HI>Os Pectinis,</HI> and the place which is between both Orifices, is called <HI>Perinion.</HI></P>
<P>The Neck a&s;cendeth above from the Fi&s;&s;ure through the Bel|ly, unto the Receptacle, who&s;e place is between the <HI>Rectum</HI> and the Bladder; all the&s;e are placed long-waies in the hollowne&s;s of the Little trough.</P>
<P>The Quantity of the Recepta|cle in Damo&s;els, is &s;mall, and le&s;s than their Bladder; neither is its hollowne&s;s filled, unle&s;s with the filling of the increa&s;e of the body, whereof it is: but in full grown (unle&s;s it be great with young) it is not much greater than may bee comprehended in a hand; but it increa&s;eth by rea&s;on of the
<PB N="106" REF="65"> <HI>Men&s;trues,</HI> having walls, as it were, fle&s;hy, thick, and gro&s;s, but in one pregnant, it is very much &s;tretched, and thin, appear|ing more Sinnowy, and then it a|&s;cendeth towards the Navil, more and le&s;s, according to the quanti|ty of the young one.</P>
<P>It hath onely one concavity or Cell, which neverthele&s;s &s;ome|what toward the bottom of it, is divided into two parts, as if they were two Matrixes, both end|ing at one Neck.</P>
<P>In the right &s;ide of it, for the mo&s;t part are fa&s;tned the Male, in the left the Female.</P>
<P>It hath Colligancy with the Brain by Nerves, with the Heart by Arteries, with the Liver and Teats by Veins, with the <HI>Inte|&s;tine Rectum</HI> by Pannicles, with the Bladder by the Neck of it, which is &s;hort, not penetrating without, as in a man; with the <HI>Anchae</HI> by the horns (but of the horns above) The Receptacle is every way loo&s;e, and therefore falleth to the &s;ides, and &s;ometimes
<PB N="107" REF="65"> its Receptacle goeth altogether forth out of the body, through the Neck of it.</P>
<P>The Number of it is apparent, and perhaps hee doth not erre that &s;aith there are two Matrixes, be|cau&s;e there are two Concavities as two hollow hands, touching one another, covered with the &s;elf|&s;ame Pannicle terminated at one Chanel,</P>
<P>And that you may &s;omewhat &s;atisfie your &s;elf, of its Figure, Place, and Situation, you may &s;ee the under-written Figures im|mediately following; to the &s;ee|ing of which let not him come which is not ingenuous and expert in Lines, and Shadow, or in Pi|cture, which doth much help Phy|&s;icians, and many other Artifi|cers; the Native complexion of the Matrix actuated by the Influ|ence, is hot and moi&s;t; its helps are to purge the body of its natu|ral bloody Superfluity; but prin|cipally to con&s;erve the <HI>Speci|es.</HI></P>
<P>It may &s;uffer every kinde of
<PB N="108" REF="66"> di&s;ea&s;e; it often falleth down, and it may all bee drawn forth out of the body, the health remain|ing. One Matrix being corrup|ted, I &s;aw drawn wholly forth by my Father in the Land of <HI>Car|pus,</HI> which was cured, and lived long.</P>
<P>I al&s;o at <HI>Bononia,</HI> drew forth one other wholly, which was cancre|nated in the year one thou&s;and five hundred and &s;even, in the Moneth of <HI>May,</HI> which lived in health.</P>
<P>One other being corrupted, my Kin&s;-man (by my brother) <HI>Da|nianius,</HI> drew wholly forth in my pre&s;ence, in the A&s;&s;embly of ma|ny Docters and Scholars, <HI>anno Domini</HI> one thou&s;and five hundred and twenty, the fifth of <HI>October,</HI> that la&s;t by name. <HI>Gentilis</HI> was the Wife of <HI>Chri&s;topher Briantus</HI> of <HI>Mediolanum,</HI> inhabitant at <HI>Bo|nonia,</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Millane.</NOTE> in a Country called <HI>Lo In|ferno,</HI> which at that hour one thou&s;and five hundred twenty two, the tenth of <HI>November,</HI> was &s;ound, and exerci&s;ing hou&s;hold af|fairs.</P>
<PB N="109" REF="66">
<P> If you &s;eek greater things, look in my Commentaries upon the Anatomy of <HI>Mundinus,</HI> and there you &s;hall have of the pregnant Matrix, and many other things. And the&s;e things are &s;ufficient for the Anatomy of the Lower Bel|ly.</P>
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t Figure of the Matrix.</HEAD>
<P>YOu have in this Figure the Matrix with its Horns at the &s;ides, under which in their natu|ral place are the Te&s;ticles fa&s;tned to the Seminary ve&s;&s;els, which ve&s;&s;els, as you &s;ee, are terminated at the body of the Matrix: and they have their Original above, about the Region of the Reins, from the Emulgent, and from the Vein <HI>Chilis,</HI> as it is &s;aid above; and this Matrix is figured great, as if it were pregnant. In the former part of which is the Bladder, with its <HI>Uritidian</HI> pores, and the Neck of the Bladder is terminated in the Neck of the Matrix, fa&s;tned a little above, which is called <HI>Vul|va;</HI>
<PB N="110" REF="67"> and the Te&s;ticles in this Fi|gure are in their due place; but the&s;e things are better &s;een in the Anatomi&s;ing of one woman great with Childe, and al&s;o one not with Childe.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The &s;econd Figure of the Matrix.</HEAD>
<P>YOu have in this Figure the whole Matrix with the Horns, and the Te&s;ticles above the Horns, and you &s;ee how the Seminary ve&s;&s;els go to the Te&s;ticles, and from the Te&s;ticles to the Matrix, but the Te&s;ticles are not in their natural place, becau&s;e their natu|ral place is below the Horns, but they are &s;et above the Horns in this Figure, that the Seminary ve&s;&s;els may the better be &s;een to enter into them, and you &s;hall &s;ee in this Figure, how the Mouth of the Matrix is above the Neck, which Mouth is that Hole which you &s;ee above the Neck of the Matrix.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="part">
<PB N="111" REF="67">
<HEAD>The third Figure of the Matrix.</HEAD>
<P>YOu have in the Belly of this Figure the Matrix opened, in which you &s;ee &s;ome black pricks, &s;hewing the Heads of the Veins, which are called <HI>Cotilidones.</HI> You have be&s;ides the Matrix turned in without the Belly, and it is that Figure over which you &s;ee the Finger, a token of the pre&s;ent Fi|gure, and in the bottome of the Matrix is a certain depre&s;&s;ion, as you &s;ee, which is that that di&s;tin|gui&s;heth the right &s;ide from the left; neither may there another divi&s;ion bee found in the Matrix; and them black pricks are the <HI>Co|tilidones;</HI> and you &s;ee how the Neck of the Matrix is without <HI>Co|tilidones;</HI> and you &s;ee how the Neck is like to a mans Yard.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="4" TYPE="part">
<HEAD>The fourth Figure of the Matrix.</HEAD>
<P>BEcau&s;e things ten times repea|ted, are wont to plea&s;e, you
<PB N="112" REF="68"> have here two other figures of the Matrix, whereof one is turned in, in which you &s;ee how in the Recep|tacle throughout are many black prints, betokening &s;o many <HI>Coti|lidones,</HI> which neverthele&s;s are, not in the Neck; in the other you &s;ee the natural Matrix with the Te|&s;ticles and Spermatical ve&s;&s;els, and the horny Ligaments, with which it is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Anchae;</HI> you &s;ee al&s;o the Neck and Mouth, through which the <HI>Men&s;trues</HI> and the young one go forth, and the &s;eed of man entreth in.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the Middle Belly.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, di&s;&s;ect the Middle belly, in which are the Vital members, with which al&s;o for the better or|ders &s;ake, you &s;hall &s;ee &s;ome mem|bers of the former part of the Neck, and &s;ome parts of the Face within and without, before the upper Belly be Anatomized.</P>
<P>The Parts fir&s;t to bee &s;een,
<PB N="113" REF="68"> are the Members of the Brea&s;t; which is called, <HI>Ca&s;&s;us, Clibanum,</HI> and of &s;ome <HI>Thorax;</HI> for in that are parts containing, and contain|ed.</P>
<P>And of the parts containing (as in the Lower belly) &s;ome are common, &s;ome proper, and &s;ome more proper.</P>
<P>The parts common, are all the parts compa&s;&s;ing the empti|ne&s;s of the Brea&s;t; whereof &s;ome are bcfore, &s;ome on the &s;ides, and &s;ome behinde.</P>
<P>But in that Belly (neither is it &s;o in the Belly of the Natural members) are placed the upper parts, neither are the lower deter|mined by them, as in the Upper belly: becau&s;e the parts before, on the &s;ides, and behind, in the Bel|ly of the Natural members are u|nited, and do make the lower part of that, and in like manner make the upper part of this Belly; for this is terminated in its upper part; but that in its low|er part, as in a point, and this is compa&s;&s;ed about of the afore&s;aid
<PB N="114" REF="69"> parts above, and that below. But the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um</HI> or <HI>Dia|fragma</HI> doth mediate between them, and maketh the uppermo&s;t part of the lower Belly, and the lowermo&s;t of the upper; but becau&s;e the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um</HI> is common to both Bellies, therefore it is not properly and determinate|ly put for any containing part of the afore&s;aid Bellies; but Authours do place it among the parts con|tained; neverthele&s;s it is a part contained and containing; and it is called contained, in as much as it is within the hollowne&s;s of the body, and it is containing, be|cau&s;e on the upper part it contai|neth the Natural members, and on the lower the Vital.</P>
<P>I &s;ay therefore, that the co<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|mon part of the Middle belly be|fore, and on the &s;ides, is cal<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">d <HI>Pectus,</HI> but the hinder part is cal|led <HI>Summum dor&s;i,</HI> the top of the Back; and they that place the Neck with the Back, do name this middle part of the Belly, the mid|dle of the Back.</P>
<PB N="115" REF="69">
<P> But the parts proper, &s;ome al|&s;o are before, &s;ome on the &s;ides, and &s;ome behinde; tho&s;e which are before, are commonly ap|pointed three, <HI>to wit,</HI> an upper, a lower, and a middle.</P>
<P>The upper is a place, where immediately under the Neck are joyned together two Bones, both of them reaching &s;ide-waies to|ward the Shoulders, called the two Lateral <HI>Furculaes;</HI> and this part is named the upper <HI>Furcu|la,</HI> taking its name from its figure and place, taking up a little room, e&s;pecially in the length of the Brea&s;t; and this place of &s;ome is called <HI>Jugulum,</HI> and <HI>Clavis.</HI></P>
<P>Immediately under that is the middle <NOTE PLACE="marg">I&s;ido: vi. Rider: de pectore.</NOTE> part, properly called <HI>Pe|ctus,</HI> &s;o called, <HI>Quia pexa e&s;t inter Eminentes Mamillarum partes,</HI> be|cau&s;e it is hairy between the Emi|nent parts of the Teats; and this part is downward from the fir&s;t afore&s;aid part, almo&s;t as far as the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um</HI> in length, but in breadth as much as is the breadth of the bones of the
<PB N="116" REF="70"> Brea&s;t, the Ribs excepted.</P>
<P>But the lower part is the place where the afore&s;aid bones of the Brea&s;t are terminated about the Region of the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um:</HI> and becau&s;e tho&s;e bones reach on the Sides, making likewi&s;e a Fork, therefore this place is called the lower <HI>Furcula,</HI> in the middle of which is <HI>Cartilago &s;cutalis,</HI> cal|led <HI>Pomum granatum,</HI> becau&s;e it is like to a part of the <HI>Balau&s;tium,</HI> that is, of the flower of the Pom|granate.</P>
<P>But the lateral parts are termed the Ribs, and the Sides, and the Region of the Teats.</P>
<P>But the po&s;teriour parts, &s;ome are in the middle, and &s;ome on the Sides; tho&s;e in the middle are called <HI>Inter&s;capilium, &amp; Metaphre|non, &amp; Noton;</HI> tho&s;e on the &s;ides are called <HI>Scapulae, Spatulae, &amp; Sca|pilium;</HI> but &s;ome do call the late|ral parts with tho&s;e in the mid|dle, <HI>Metaphrenon, &amp; Noton.</HI></P>
<P>But the parts more proper, &s;ome are al&s;o before, &s;ome on the &s;ides, and &s;ome behinde.</P>
<PB N="117" REF="70">
<P> Tho&s;e which are before, are fir&s;t the Skin, the Fat, &s;ome mu&s;|cles, the bones and Cartilages, and the Pannicle <HI>Pleura.</HI></P>
<P>But the lateral parts are the Skin, the Fat, the &s;ub&s;tance of the Teats, many Mu&s;cles, Ribs, and al&s;o the Pannicle <HI>Pleura.</HI></P>
<P>La&s;t of all are the parts be|hinde, to wit, the Skin; &s;ome fat; fle&s;h mu&s;culous, and &s;ome &s;imple, not mu&s;culous, filling up certain Vacuities of the bones, twelve Spondiles of the Ribs, or of the Brea&s;t, and the Pannicle <HI>Pleu|ra.</HI></P>
<P>The parts contained, are the mu&s;cle <HI>Diafragma,</HI> called <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um:</HI> which according to &s;ome is to be numbred among the parts contained of the Brea&s;t, in as much as its principal opera|tion is to &s;erve the Heart by rea|&s;on of its motion, by which it mo|veth the Lungs: there is after that the Pannicle <HI>Media&s;tinus, Cap&s;ula Cordis,</HI> the Heart, with his Artery <HI>Aorta,</HI> and the Lungs with their Ve&s;&s;els, the <HI>Vena Chi|lis</HI>
<PB N="118" REF="71"> a&s;cending, the Nerves de|&s;cendent, and the a&s;cendent which are called <HI>Rever&s;ivi,</HI> the Glan|dule called <HI>Timum, &amp; Morum,</HI> the <HI>Gula,</HI> that is the pa&s;&s;age for the meat from the mouth to the Ven|tricle, with the Pannicles covering the afore&s;aid Members.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of this Belly is pellicular, fat, bony, cartilagine|ous, mu&s;culous, and pannicu|lar.</P>
<P>The Bones of it are not united, as in the Head, but divided, that the Brea&s;t might bee obedient to the motion of breathing; and therefore for its motion there are mu&s;cles in it; <HI>Galen</HI> &s;aid 7 <HI>de U|tilit:</HI> If the Brea&s;t were made of mu&s;cles onely, they would fall upon the Heart and Lungs; that therefore there might bee &s;ome &s;pace between, and that in like manner the whole Organ might be moved, the mu&s;cles are placed to the Bones by cour&s;e.</P>
<P>This Belly called <HI>Pectus</HI> is great in quantity, becau&s;e it &s;erves ma|ny and great members, yet it hath
<PB N="119" REF="71"> a greater hollowne&s;s behinde than before; the beginning whereof to|ward the hinder part is from the fir&s;t Spondiles under the Neck un|to the <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um,</HI> as much as twelve Ribs contain: but be|fore, it taketh up onely the part contained between the upper <HI>Fur|cula,</HI> and the lower inclu&s;ive|ly.</P>
<P>In a man the Brea&s;t is broad, not carinated, as in the greater part of Bea&s;ts, yet it is broader in a man than in a woman; but for the bearing of the young, the low|er Belly is greater in a woman than in a man; and for this rea&s;on the Region of the Reins, of the bone <HI>Sacrum,</HI> and the <HI>Ancharum</HI> in a woman is very large.</P>
<P>The Shape, and Number, and Situation of the Brea&s;t appears, but the inward concavity of it is like to the hollowne&s;s of half an Egge, cut obliquely through the breadth, the part whereof is &s;harper toward the Neck; it is al&s;o like to the nail of an Oxes hoof (as is the figure of the Lungs.)</P>
<PB N="120" REF="72">
<P> It hath Colligancy with the whole body; its complexion is according to its parts; its native complexion actuated through in|fluence is hot; the helps of it are principally to keep the Heart, and the Lungs: it &s;uffers pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts. <NOTE PLACE="marg">Mamilla diminut. <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">x Mamma quae ex vo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e infant um dicitur, ut etiam Pa|pilla ex vo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e Pappas.</NOTE></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Mamillae, <HI>or the Teats.</HI></HEAD>
<P>IN the former part of the Brea&s;t toward the &s;ides are two round Members, taking their name <HI>Ma|milla</HI> from their <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">The <HI>Au|thor</HI> taketh <HI>Mamilla</HI> from <HI>Ma|millana,</HI> a kinde of Figs like Dugs.</NOTE> Figure, called of the Ancients, <HI>Rumae.</HI> In the mid|dle of each of them there is one little Knob, which is called <HI>Pa|pilla,</HI> through which the Infant feeds, about which there is a Circle, which is red or ro&s;et, and &s;ometimes black, called in Greek, <HI>Fos.</HI> The &s;ub&s;tance of the&s;e is of Veins, Arteries, and Nerves, be|tween which there is a hollow|ne&s;s, which glandulous fle&s;h doth fill up, being white, without &s;en&s;e, and by rea&s;on of its whitene&s;s, when blood &s;taieth in them, it is
<PB N="121" REF="72"> made white, and is turned into Milk; and the Teats turn blood to whitene&s;s, and make Milk, as the Liver turneth <HI>Chilus</HI> into red|ne&s;s, and maketh it blood; for every one of them turneth the hu|mour in them contained to its own likene&s;s in nature and colour: of this blood, being made white, the one part nouri&s;heth the Teats, and the other is Milk, and this is a pro|fitable &s;uperfluity.</P>
<P>Unto the Teats do come their Veins and Arteries, de&s;cending from the Region of the Armpits about the Ribs; and al&s;o from the Region of the <HI>Pecten</HI> do come Veins through the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> which you have kept above, tho&s;e Veins and Arteries do be&s;t appear in a body very lean, but in a fat they are hidden; but they are very well &s;een in a <HI>Faetus</HI> of three or four moneths.</P>
<P>The number of the Teats, and the quantity appear, yet they are greater in a woman than in a man for the ingendring of Milk; their Situation is in the Brea&s;t, becau&s;e
<PB N="122" REF="73"> it is broad, not carinated, in which th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y may fitly bee placed; and al&s;o becau&s;e the &s;uperfluity of the Members above pa&s;&s;eth not in|to Hairs, neither into the Teeth, nor into the Horns, as in brute Bea&s;ts.</P>
<P>They have Colligancy with the Brain by Nerves, with the Heart by Arteries, with the Li|ver and Matrix by Veins; but they receive the greate&s;t part of the blood from the Matrix, of which the Milk is made, there|fore tho&s;e that give &s;uck, have not their <HI>Men&s;trues,</HI> unle&s;s &s;eldome, and few; and in tho&s;e that have not their <HI>Men&s;trues</HI> in due time, their Teats &s;well; al&s;o the Teats do &s;well, and are pained a little before the time of the <HI>Men&s;tru|es,</HI> becau&s;e the Matrix, and the Veins therewith united, are full.</P>
<P>The helps of them in a man are for comeline&s;s, and for the de|fence of the Members of the Brea&s;t; and they reverberate heat to the Heart, and &s;ometime
<PB N="123" REF="73"> there is Milk made in a man by rea&s;on of the abundance of Nu|triment, e&s;pecially in one that hath great and &s;trong Teats; in a woman they have al&s;o the a|fore&s;aid helps, but they are prin|cipally for the ingendring of Milk, that the new-born Childe might bee nouri&s;hed therewith, untill it can &s;wallow &s;olid meat; and Milk is a proportioned nu|triment for the new-born Childe, becau&s;e it is made of blood, by which it was fir&s;t nouri&s;hed in the womb; they &s;uffer di&s;ea&s;es of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Mu&s;cles of the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Pectus qua&s;i pactus quod ex co|&s;tis quae ve|luti firma|mentum pe|ctoris &s;unt, compactum aut pactina|tum fit. Ga&s;p. Baubinus.</NOTE> Brea&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een and noted, you may ex|coriate the Skin of the whole Brea&s;t, leaving the mu&s;cles in their place, and inci&s;e the Teats, that you may &s;ee their &s;ub&s;tance, e&s;pecially their fle&s;h, in which are Veins and Arteries di&s;per&s;ed throughout, and ye &s;hall ob&s;erve
<PB N="124" REF="74"> the <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Papilla.</NOTE> nipples to have very many &s;mall holes, from which the Milk goeth out; at which holes (ac|cording to &s;ome) the extremities of the afore&s;aid Veins are termi|nated, through which the Milk go|eth forth; and according to others the Milk goeth forth from the Spongio&s;ities of the fle&s;h of the Teat terminated at the holes of the Nipple, and not immediate|ly from the Veins; both of them are probable.</P>
<P>The&s;e being &s;een, you &s;hall note in the Brea&s;t many mu&s;cles, which move the Brea&s;t voluntarily; al|though the Brea&s;t may al&s;o bee moved naturally, to wit, accord|ing to the motion of the Heart and Lungs, as wee have &s;aid in our Commentaries; whereof &s;ome are without, &s;ome between the Ribs, and &s;ome within the Brea&s;t.</P>
<P>Of tho&s;e without, there are two under the upper <HI>Furculaes,</HI> continual with the fir&s;t Rib, which do reach to the head of the <HI>Spatula,</HI> and with them are uni|ted
<PB N="125" REF="74"> one other pair, whereof every odd is doubling the fir&s;t pair, and making it into two parts, the up|per part whereof is continued to the Neck, and moveth that, but the lower moveth the Brea&s;t, and this pair is continued with one pair which is continual with the fifth and &s;ixth Rib.</P>
<P>After that is another pair in the hollowne&s;s of the <HI>Spatula,</HI> con|tinued with one pair coming from the Spondiles, even unto the <HI>Spa|tula,</HI> and all they are, as it were, one pair, which are continued with the hinder Ribs.</P>
<P>After that is another pair, ri&s;en from the &s;ixth Spondile of the Neck, and from the fir&s;t and &s;e|cond upper Spondile of the Brea&s;t, continued with the &s;ame Ribs; and all tho&s;e mu&s;cles do di<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">te the Brea&s;t.</P>
<P>After that there is one other pair extended under the roots of the upper Ribs, which de&s;cend|ing, is united with its extremities to one pair, which is about the lower <HI>Furcula,</HI> continued with
<PB N="126" REF="75"> the long mu&s;cles of the <HI>Abdomen;</HI> above which pair are two pair which cover it, and all they binde the Brea&s;t.</P>
<P>But the mu&s;cles within the Ribs are dilating and con&s;tring|ing, differing among them&s;elves in their work; and tho&s;e which are between the Ribs, between Rib and Rib, are four, to wit, two mu&s;cles toward the out&s;ide; and two toward the in&s;ide, which ye &s;hall know, &s;eparating them lightly, by the going of their Fibers; the two fir&s;t uppermo&s;t have their Fibers tran&s;ver&s;e, and do dilate the Brea&s;t; but the &s;e|cond, which are below, have their Fibers broad, and are con&s;tring|ing.</P>
<P>But the mu&s;cles within the Brea&s;t is onely one, to wit, the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> or <HI>Septum tran&s;ver|&s;um,</HI> which when it re&s;teth, draw|eth the Brea&s;t together, (but by accident) and when it is moved, it doth dilate it, yet the motion of the <HI>Diafragma</HI> is compounded of voluntary and natural.</P>
<PB N="127" REF="75">
<P> The number of which in all is one hundred and five mu&s;cles, the afore&s;aid mu&s;cles of the Back and Neck excepted, to wit, the two fir&s;t under the upper <HI>Furculaes,</HI> and two other continued with the fifth and &s;ixth Rib; after that two mu&s;cles coming from the holl<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ne&s;s of the <HI>Spatula,</HI> conti|nued with the hinder Ribs; after that two from the &s;ixth Spondile of the Neck, and from the fir&s;t, and from the &s;econd of the Brea&s;t continued with the &s;ame Ribs; and tho&s;e are eight in all, all dila|ting; there are al&s;o &s;o many con|&s;treining (the <HI>Diafragma</HI> excep|ted) which al&s;o dilateth.</P>
<P>And of them which con&s;trein, fir&s;t, there are two under the up|per Ribs, and two about the low|er <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">rcula,</HI> above which are four o thers covering them, all which to|gether with the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> are 17, afterward there are between the twenty four Ribs twenty two &s;pa|ces, and for every &s;pace are four mu&s;cles, which are in all between the Ribs eighty eight, and toge|ther
<PB N="128" REF="76"> with the afore&s;aid &s;eventeen, they make the number one hun|dred and five mu&s;cles.</P>
<P>But that all they may well be &s;een, the <HI>Spatulaes</HI> mu&s;t bee al&s;o excoriated, and the Back; and fir&s;t you &s;hall &s;ee the outward mu&s;cles, &s;econdly the mu&s;cles between the Ribs; the <HI>Diafragma</HI> &s;hall be &s;een below in its place; but the&s;e things are &s;poken more largely of mee in my Commentaries upon <HI>Mundi|nus.</HI></P>
<P>Mark, O Reader, that the mo|tions of the Brea&s;t are four, to wit, violent expiration, and un|violent, and in&s;piration unvio|lent, and al&s;o violent, to which the afore&s;aid mu&s;cles are obedi|ent.</P>
<P>In the unviolent motion of in|&s;piration, do &s;erve the mu&s;cles between the Ribs, dilating the Brea&s;t; al&s;o the motion of the Heart and Lungs do &s;erve it, for whil&s;t the <HI>Diafragma</HI> is moved, it draweth the Lungs, which is fil|led with Ayr like a Brea&s;t plate, and dilateth the Brea&s;t, the dila|tive
<PB N="129" REF="76"> motion of the heart helping it; al&s;o the two fir&s;t mu&s;cles which are about the upper <HI>Furculaes,</HI> do help that motion, and that motion is mixed of voluntary and natu|ral, the natural excelling.</P>
<P>But to the violent in&s;piration, do concur with the&s;e afore&s;aid, all the other mu&s;cles dilating the Brea&s;t, together with the <HI>Diafrag|ma;</HI> and that motion is al&s;o com|pounded of natural and volunta|ry, the voluntary abounding whil&s;t the Heart remaineth in &s;trength.</P>
<P>But to the unviolent motion of expiration, do concur (though ea|&s;ily) the inward mu&s;cles of the Ribs, and all the other con&s;trin|gent mu&s;cles; but this motion is chiefly natural, becau&s;e it is cau&s;ed of the Heart, and of the Lungs. But to the violent motion of expiration, the Heart and the Lungs do help, but all the con|&s;tringent mu&s;cles do principally help, and likewi&s;e the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Abdomen.</HI></P>
<P>By that which hath been &s;aid, doth appear the affinity of the
<PB N="130" REF="77"> mu&s;cles of the Brea&s;t, and their figure, place, quantity, and &s;ub|&s;tance; their number is &s;poken of; their complexion is hot and moi&s;t; their helps are &s;poken of; they &s;uf|fer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Bones of the Brea&s;t.</HEAD>
<P>THe bones of the Brea&s;t are not one continued, as in the Head, but they are many, touching one another, that they might be dila|ted; tho&s;e which are before, and on the &s;ides, are properly the bones of the Brea&s;t; but tho&s;e which are behinde, are more appropriated to the Back; the lateral bones of the Brea&s;t are called of the La|tines,* <HI>Co&s;tae,</HI> they are called in Greek, <HI>Pleura,</HI> or <HI>Pleuron,</HI> and <NOTE PLACE="marg">Co&s;ta ut Cu&s;tos quia ab ip&s;is Vi&s;cera Cu&s;todian|tur, vel a Coa&s;&s;o.</NOTE> <HI>Chondron;</HI> in number they are twenty four, in each &s;ide twelve, of which the ten lowermo&s;t (five on each &s;ide, in Greek called <HI>Ro|as)</HI> are &s;horter than the re&s;t, and not much bony, but cartilagine|ous, which of the Latines are called <HI>Mendo&s;ae,</HI> and <HI>Incomplete,</HI>
<PB N="131" REF="77"> the fal&s;e Ribs; but the uppermo&s;t are compleat and whole, and are called <HI>Co&s;tae verae,</HI> or the true Ribs, which in each &s;ide are &s;even, with which on both &s;ides is continued the afore&s;aid bone of the Brea&s;t; which bone in the middle is hard, and toward the Ribs cartilagine|ous, becau&s;e between the bone of the Brea&s;t and the Ribs, there is a Cartilage.</P>
<P>This bone is (according to &s;ome) compounded of &s;even bones, to which on both &s;ides are united the &s;even true Ribs; and according to &s;ome others, it is of fifteen, that is &s;even on each &s;ide, and one in the middle; and according to others, it is of twenty one, to wit, of &s;even in the middle, and of &s;even Cartilages on both &s;ides, to which the true Ribs are uni|ted.</P>
<P>Their figure is crooked, like an half-Moon; their &s;ub&s;tance, and quantity, and place appear; the Ribs have Colligancy with the fir&s;t twelve Spondiles below the Neck, and with the afore&s;aid bones
<PB N="132" REF="78"> of the Brea&s;t, and with the Pan|nicles covering them; their com|plexion is cold and dry; their helps appear; they may &s;uffer pa&s;|&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>You &s;hould &s;ee the Anatomy of them be&s;t, if in one undivided, you would attend them onely, not having re&s;pect to the Spiritu|al members.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Pannicle</HI> Pleura. <NOTE PLACE="marg">Pleura no|men tenet de co&s;tis ita dictae, &s;ub quibus lo|cum habet.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>BEtween the Members contai|ning, is placed a Pannicle im|mediately cleaving to the Ribs, and the bones of the Brea&s;t, which is called <HI>Pleura,</HI> who&s;e &s;ub&s;tance is Sinnowy, hard, and &s;ubtile, from which do ari&s;e the Panni|cles, immediately covering the Members in that Belly; its figure is plain, extended throughout in the circumference of the Brea&s;t, and it is al&s;o extended about the <HI>Diafragma</HI> throughout, toward the upper part of it, firmly cleaving to it; its quantity appears from that which hath been &s;aid; it ta|keth
<PB N="133" REF="78"> up the whole concavity of the Brea&s;t, excepting a certain part of it before, which is taken up of the <HI>Media&s;tinus.</HI></P>
<P>Its number, and &s;ituation, Colli|gancy, and complexion, are appa|rent; its helps are to cloathe and defend the Members of the Brea&s;t, and to fa&s;ten its bones together; and to mediate between the bones and the Members contained in the Brea&s;t, le&s;t that which is &s;oft, &s;hould be hurt of that which is very hard; it endureth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; you &s;hall not &s;ee that Pannicle <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>in|ter&s;epire ita&abque; la|tine dici|tur Sep|tum tran&s;ver &s;um in|ter &s;pi|ritualia &amp; natu|ralia di|videns.</HI></NOTE> perfectly, unle&s;s inc<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">&s;ing the Ribs, you open the Brea&s;t, in that man|ner which &s;hall bee &s;poken of be|low.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Septum tran&s;ver&s;um, <HI>or</HI> Diafragma, <HI>the Midriff.</HI></HEAD>
<P>THe parts containing being &s;een, the contained do follow; and fir&s;t, is to be &s;een a Pannicu|lar mu&s;cle, called <HI>Diafragma,</HI> Secondly, the Pannicle <HI>Media&s;ti|nus,</HI> Thirdly, the Pannicle cal|led
<PB N="134" REF="79"> <HI>Cap&s;ula,</HI> and <HI>Receptaculum Cordis,</HI> the Receptacle of the Heart; after tho&s;e Members &s;hall be &s;een the Heart, and the re&s;idue of the parts contained in the Brea&s;t.</P>
<P>I &s;ay, that within the body between the upper and the mid|dle belly is a certain &s;ub&s;tance pannicular and fle&s;hy, fa&s;tned to the Back about the twelfth Spon|dile; which is fa&s;tned to the Back toward the fore-part, al|waies by the extremities of the fal&s;e Ribs, untill it is terminated and bound to the end of the low|er <HI>Furcula</HI> of the Brea&s;t; and &s;o it divideth the natural members from the vital; and this member is called <HI>Septum tran&s;ver&s;um,</HI> and <HI>Paries,</HI> and <HI>Phrenes,</HI> and <HI>Diafrag|ma;</HI> and <HI>Galen</HI> in his Book <HI>de Voce &amp; Anhclitu,</HI> calleth it <HI>Percordium,</HI> which is a Mu&s;cle, and not a Pan|nicle, yet it executeth the office of a Pannicle in defending the Heart and the upper members from the &s;tinking vapours fuming up from the members of nutrition; its
<PB N="135" REF="79"> fle&s;hy part is at the extream parts of it; and its Chord is in the center of it, united to the Lungs, becau&s;e by that Situation it &s;er|veth to move it.</P>
<P>To this is the Pannicle <HI>Pleura</HI> fa&s;tned throughout toward the upper part; and in the &s;ame man|ner the <HI>Sifac</HI> is fa&s;tned to it be|low; it is perforated toward the Back by the Vein <HI>Chilis</HI> a&s;cending, from which there do remain in it two Veins nouri&s;hing it, one on the right, the other on the left; the Artery <HI>Aorta</HI> de&s;cending, doth al&s;o perforate it toward rhe Back; and the <HI>Gula</HI> or <HI>Merum,</HI> which is immediately fa&s;tned to the Ven|tricle toward the Lower Bel|ly.</P>
<P>Its &s;hape and quantity appear; its Sub&s;tance, Colligancy, and Situation are &s;poken of; yet it is fa&s;tned to the Heart by &s;mall Ar|teries, and to the Brain by three pair of Nerves, whereof two come from the <HI>Nuca,</HI> and one from the Brain, and tho&s;e appear &s;ometimes notable.</P>
<PB N="136" REF="80">
<P> Its complexion is hot and moi&s;t, its helps are in part &s;poken of; yet <HI>Galen</HI> &s;aid, that in it is the begin|ning of re&s;piration, and of all the &s;trength of the body; and the&s;e helps hee fir&s;t found out; it help|eth al&s;o in expelling from the Sto|mach, and from the Inte&s;tines, and from the Matrix &s;ome mat|ters contained in them; it al&s;o provoketh laughter (according to &s;ome) by moving the minde in ticklings be&s;ide the will. It &s;uf|fereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; its &s;o|lution is deadly.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Media&s;tinus. <NOTE PLACE="marg">Media&s;ti|nus eo quod hunc ventrem medi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> di|vidit.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>AFter the Anatomy of the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> cometh the Pan|nicle <HI>Media&s;tinus,</HI> &s;o called, be|cau&s;e it divideth the void places of the Brea&s;t in the middle, accord|ing to the length; it hath al&s;o other names; for the &s;eeing of which, fir&s;t, &s;eparate the bones of the Brea&s;t from the Ribs, on the right &s;ide, and on the left; in like man|ner (le&s;t you &s;hould hurt the parts
<PB N="137" REF="80"> contained in the Brea&s;t) &s;eparate al&s;o the <HI>Diafragma</HI> before, from the bones of the Brea&s;t; and you &s;hall ob&s;erve that Pannicle to di|vide the Brea&s;t from the bottome to the top, and from before back|ward: its &s;ub&s;tance is pannicular, its figure and quantity appear, its Situation is &s;poken of; in num|ber they are two Pannicles, nota|bly di&s;tant toward the fore-part, having in them a notable hollow|ne&s;s; but toward the Back it ap|peareth one onely; it hath Col|ligancy with the <HI>Pleura,</HI> from which (according to &s;ome) it hath its Original; it hath al&s;o Colligancy with the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> and with the Back, and with the Lungs, by means of a Pan|nicle ri&s;en from the <HI>Pleura;</HI> it hath al&s;o Colligancy with the <HI>Meri,</HI> witne&s;s <HI>Avicen,</HI> and al&s;o with the bones of the Brea&s;t; it hath Colligancy al&s;o with the Brain by Nerves, with the Heart by Arteries, with the Liver by Veins; its complexion is cold and dry; its helps are to divide the
<PB N="138" REF="81"> Brea&s;t and the Lungs through the middle, that if hurt &s;hould happen to one part, it might not happen to the other; it al&s;o defendeth the upper <HI>Furculaes:</HI> from it there is al&s;o a con&s;ervation of the heat of the Heart; it endureth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Cap&s;ula Cordis. <NOTE PLACE="marg">In qua ut in cap&s;ula Cor inclu|ditur.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, you mu&s;t put away the formo&s;t bones of the Brea&s;t, &s;e|parating them from the former part of the Pannicle <HI>Media&s;tinus,</HI> which leave in its place, untill you have &s;een the Anatomy of the Lungs; take away al&s;o the tops of the Ribs on both &s;ides, that yee may have large room for the &s;eeing of the other parts, and in that Section you &s;hall well con&s;i|der the bones of the Brea&s;t, and al&s;o the <HI>Pleura;</HI> but leave the <HI>Diafragma</HI> whole, where you can, fa&s;tned in its place, e&s;pecially to the Back, that the Nerves coming to it from above, may bee &s;een,
<PB N="139" REF="81"> and that the Colligancy of the <HI>Gula</HI> or <HI>Meri</HI> with it might bee &s;een.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e things being taken away, you &s;hall &s;ee the Lungs, in the middle whereof is one Pannicle, fa&s;tned to the <HI>Media&s;tinus,</HI> which is hard and gro&s;s, that it might the better defend the Heart from outward things; the &s;hape where|of is even as the Bowel contained of it, called, the Heart, which is hollow, and like a Pouch, and therefore it is called <HI>Cap&s;ula,</HI> a little Coffer, in which there is the Heart it &s;elf, and water in a no|table quantity bedewing it, and hindring, le&s;t it &s;hould bee dried up by its &s;trong heat; which if it be exhau&s;t, there is cau&s;ed <HI>Mor|bus Cardiacus,</HI> or the pa&s;&s;ion of the Heart; whereby a living crea|ture is brought to a con&s;umption, as it hapned to <HI>Galens</HI> Ape; this <HI>Cap&s;ula</HI> is very &s;en&s;ible; and per|haps was perfectly bred at the fir&s;t with the Heart. Its &s;ub|&s;tance, &s;ituation, &s;hape, and helps have been &s;poken of; in number
<PB N="140" REF="82"> it is one, its quantity appeareth, it is fa&s;tned to the pannicular roots of the Heart, and to the <HI>Pleurs,</HI> and <HI>Media&s;tinus,</HI> and <HI>Diafragma,</HI> by their Pellicles, to the Liver by Veins, to the Heart by Ar|teries, to the Brain by Nerves; its native complexion is cold and dry, but influent, hot, becau&s;e it is next the Heart; it &s;uffereth pa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>Leave in their place the afore&s;aid <HI>Cap&s;ula,</HI> and <HI>Media&s;tinus,</HI> and <HI>Diafragma,</HI> untill you have &s;een the Anatomy of the de&s;cending Nerves, which as they de&s;cend to the lower belly, do &s;end bran|ches to the afore&s;aid Members, as it &s;hall be &s;poken hereafter.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Heart.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Cor a Cura quia in eo omnis &s;olli|citude &amp; &s;cienti<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">au|&s;a manet.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>AFter the <HI>Cap&s;ula,</HI> the Heart doth occur; in the Anatomy of which, and al&s;o of the Lungs, and of &s;ome parts of the Head and Neck, I will proceed more largely, by rea&s;on of their artifi|cial compo&s;ition and operation.</P>
<PB N="141" REF="82">
<P> For the dignity of the Heart is of more value than other parts, for of al the members it is the mo&s;t principal, and is called, <HI>Sol Micro|co&s;mi,</HI> the Sun of the little world, for it illuminateth the other mem|bers by its Spirit, for this hath a &s;pecial heat; it doth certainly pant, and hath motion as a living creature; therefore it is reported to bee the fir&s;t thing formed in young ones in the womb, after that the Brain and Liver, the eies (as it plea&s;eth &s;ome) but very &s;low|ly; but that the&s;e do dye fir&s;t, but the Heart la&s;t; this member one|ly is not putrified by hurts; neither is it free from the puni&s;hments of life, but being notably hurt, it pre|&s;ently bringeth death, and the life remaineth in that, though the o|ther parts be corrupt; and for this cau&s;e that creature liveth not, in who&s;e Heart there may be found a hurt, as it is in other parts.</P>
<P>And creatures which have a little Heart, are bold; but they are fearful which have a great one; as by the proportion to Mice, to
<PB N="142" REF="83"> the Hare, to the A&s;&s;e, to the Stagg, and to all fearful creatures, or through fear hurtfull; but a great Heart endued with much Spirit, doth make them more bold than others.</P>
<P>It is reported, that &s;ome men have been born with a hairy Heart, and the&s;e are more bold and &s;tronger than others; as for Exam|ple, <HI>Ari&s;tomenes Me&s;&s;anius,</HI> which &s;lew three hundred <HI>Lacedemoni|ans,</HI> and hee, when he was woun|ded and taken, at length e&s;caped, getting away through a Cave of Foxes; being taken the &s;econd time, hee being adventurous, e|&s;caped; the third time being en|&s;nared, the <HI>Lacedemonians</HI> cut o|pen his Brea&s;t for the cau&s;e of &s;eeing his man-hood, and his Heart was found hairy. All crea|tures al&s;o have a Heart that have a Midriff and blood; Witne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> 2 <HI>de Hi&s;tor. cap.</HI> 15. but in &s;ome it cannot bee di&s;cern|ed by rea&s;on of its &s;mal|ne&s;s.</P>
<P>The Situation of the Heart
<PB N="143" REF="83"> is in the middle of the Brea&s;t within the Lungs; in man onely it declineth to the left Papp, with its lower part; le&s;t it &s;hould meet with the bones of the Brea&s;t, which are not carinated, as in Bea&s;ts, but compre&s;&s;ed into breadth.</P>
<P>It hath the &s;hape of a <HI>Pyramidis,</HI> but the gibbous part is not chiefly &s;uch, becau&s;e it is hot, following the form of fire; but becau&s;e it is a perfect mixt body, having life, it po&s;&s;e&s;&s;eth a &s;hape competent to its work.</P>
<P>Its upper part wherewith it rea|cheth to the upper members, and is fa&s;tned to the Back, is broad; and this part is the more noble of the parts of the Heart, becau&s;e the life of a living creature is con|&s;erved by the means of two Ori|fices of Arteries of the left &s;ide, coming from that part; but the bottom doth gather it &s;elf into a &s;harp figure, and goeth out almo&s;t into a &s;words point; and in the former part it is eminent.</P>
<P>Al&s;o its gibbous part is toward
<PB N="144" REF="84"> the upper parts of the Brea&s;t; and it is of &s;uch a &s;hape, that its up|per and lower building might bee good; and that there might not be a &s;uperfluity in it, apt to hinder its continual motion, and that in the end of it, it might be gathered into one point, that that which is hurt with the touching of the bones, might be the lea&s;t of the parts of it, that it might take the le&s;s hurt.</P>
<P>Its &s;ub&s;tance is of &s;imple fle&s;h, every where &s;olid, but it hath part of its point, and the left &s;ide of it of gro&s;&s;er fle&s;h, that it might con&s;erve the Spirit placed there, and that it might equal the weigh|tine&s;s of the blood contained in the right Ventricle with its weight, who&s;e walls are lighter than of the left Ventricle&punc;</P>
<P>In its hollow places are very many white Ligaments, (there being many Caruncles and Pel|licles, or doors of the Vein <HI>Chi|lis)</HI> and they are fa&s;tned to the <HI>Vena Arterio&s;a.</HI></P>
<P>Al&s;o the Heart is involved in a
<PB N="145" REF="84"> &s;ubtile and firm membrane, with &s;ome fatne&s;s, which do keep and &s;trengthen the &s;ub&s;tance and heat of it, and being dried, they hinder it.</P>
<P>In the top of it, where it cleav|eth to the Back, are two tugged and hollow Pellicles, called <HI>Au|riculares,</HI> which are united to the hou&s;es or Ventricles of it, to wit, to the right and left, taking and keeping the &s;uperfluent Spirit, and blood, (like a good S<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eward) and re&s;toring it in nece&s;&s;ities.</P>
<P>Nature hath ordained tho&s;e <HI>Auriculae,</HI> that they filling up places of the Hearts greatne&s;s, might receive the Blood and Spi|rit &s;ometimes over-flowing in the Heart, by which it might have had filled up the places of other members near unto it.</P>
<P>Al&s;o by its greatne&s;s it had been heavy, unfit for motion; and like|wi&s;e if it &s;hould bee very great, it would often be empty, by rea|&s;on of the want of Spirit and Blood, and con&s;equently weak, as <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> fearful creatures, having a
<PB N="146" REF="85"> great Heart, to wit, wanting Blood and Spirit in the proporti|on.</P>
<P>Its roots are fa&s;tned to the top of it, which are &s;olid, and hard; and as it were, cartilagincous, that its continual motion upon the&s;e might be nimble.</P>
<P>In the Heart al&s;o are Fibers of many &s;hapes, and placed after a diver&s;e manner, that it might &s;u|&s;tain continual and &s;trong moti|ons, which are natural, and not voluntary; and therefore there is not any lacert in it.</P>
<P>In the upper part of it about the out&s;ide, is one Vein, proceeding from <HI>Chilis</HI> obliquely, branching it &s;elf to the lea&s;t parts towards the <HI>Mucro,</HI> which nouri&s;heth it.</P>
<P>There al&s;o are two pul&s;ant Veins, proceeding from <HI>Aort<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">&punc;</HI> &s;preading abroad toward the out|&s;ide; one is in the &s;ame place wherein is the afore&s;aid Vein not pul&s;ant, which giveth life to i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">; another is &s;pread in the right Ven|tricle, and bringeth the vital virtue to it; it al&s;o concocteth and gi|veth
<PB N="147" REF="85"> life to the blood continually, entting in there, and by means of that the Liver is vented by the <HI>Chilis</HI> in its gibbous part, and con|&s;erveth its own vitality.</P>
<P>It hath a three-fold <HI>Sinus</HI> or hol|low place, or little hou&s;e, or V<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|tricle; the right is bigger than <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> left, and the left cometh unto the extreamity of its point; but the right is ended a little below that place.</P>
<P>Between them is a wall, gro&s;s and thick, called of <HI>Galen, Dia|fragma,</HI> in which are many &s;mall holes, going from the right <HI>Si|nus</HI> into the left, being broader from the right than to the left; tho&s;e holes are dilated, while&s;t that the Heart is abbreviated and opened, and they are &s;hut up while&s;t it is lengthened and &s;hut, by this means the blood being ra|rified and prepared, goeth from the right unto the left, where it is compleatly turned into the vital Spirit.</P>
<P>The&s;e Orifices are counted of Phy&s;icians for the middle <HI>Sinus.</HI>
<PB N="148" REF="86"> <HI>Galen,</HI> witne&s;s <HI>Avicen,</HI> calleth that <HI>Sinus,</HI> a ditch, and pa&s;&s;age, and not a Ventricle, that it might be the Receptacle of the nutriment wherewith the Heart is nouri&s;hed; which nutriment is thick and &s;trong, like to the &s;ub&s;tance of it, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">d it is the mine of the Spirit, begotten in it of &s;ubtile blood; and it prevaileth, that the more tem|perate blood is in the middle Ven|tricle.</P>
<P>But the right <HI>Sinus</HI> hath two Veins, one whereof who&s;e Tu|nicle is &s;imple, is bigger than the other Veins, coming from the Li|ver; it is called, <HI>Chilis,</HI> and <HI>Conca|va,</HI> and <HI>Audax a&s;cendens,</HI> and this is very great, becau&s;e it giveth blood to all the other Veins with|in and without the Heart, taking nothing from them, and therefore it bringeth more blood into the Heart than it can carry back; it is al&s;o very great, that it may contain much blood, oftentimes flowing and flowing back; and th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> it may bring it to the Heart in a &s;hort &s;pace, that it may the more com|modiou&s;ly
<PB N="149" REF="86"> be con<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">cted by it.</P>
<P>Thls blood &s;o concocted, is di|vided into three parts, one part of the &s;ubtile cholerick, beingle&s;s than the re&s;t, goeth to the nouri&s;hing of the Lungs.</P>
<P>The other more and &s;ubtiler than the afore&s;aid, reacheth through the perforations of the <HI>Diafragma</HI> unto the left <HI>Sinus,</HI> where it is made Spirit.</P>
<P>But the re&s;t of it not &s;o &s;ubtile, and which is al&s;o far more than the re&s;t, pa&s;&s;eth through the &s;ame <HI>Chilis</HI> to all the parts of a living creature, and nouri&s;heth them, oftentimes going in and out in the right <HI>Sinus,</HI> that it might be per|fectly concocted, and might receive life.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;s <HI>Avicen</HI> placeth a fourth part in the middle Ventri|cle, which he &s;aith is temperate, but this is unknown to my eies; perhaps becau&s;e in the middle wall of the Heart there pierceth blood, nouri&s;hing it; but it turn|eth into the &s;ub&s;tance of the thing nouri&s;hed, becau&s;e there (in my
<PB N="150" REF="87"> judgement) there is not blood without the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ins, unle&s;s in the right and left Ventricle.</P>
<P>The upper Orifice of this Vein is terminated at the Heart; whil&s;t the Heart is dilated, and draweth the blood, it is opened, and whil&s;t it is re&s;trained, it is &s;hut, expel|ling the blood; but it is not &s;hut whol<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y, becau&s;e in part it remain|eth open&punc; therefore nature alwaies reteineth in it (as a trea&s;ure and mine of heat) &s;ome portion of &s;ervent blood&punc; which at length changeth the Blood that cometh in into its own nature, by uniting it &s;elf with it.</P>
<P>And this Orifice is opened and &s;hut of three Sinnowy or Liga|mental Pellicles, who&s;e colour is white, being fa&s;tned with their upper extremities to the walls of the afore&s;aid <HI>Sinus,</HI> by white and &s;olid Ligaments.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e Pellicles named <HI>O&s;tiola,</HI> are wholly opened at the in&s;ide of the <HI>Sinus,</HI> giving way to the blood, entring in, and are &s;hut at the out&s;ide, but not wholly, and
<PB N="151" REF="87"> tho&s;e Pellicles are &s;olid and hard (and in like manner are the Pel|licles of the arterious Vein) left in the great and continual motions of the Heart, there might happen to them di&s;ruption, becau&s;e they are fa&s;tned in the top of them to Ligaments, continually extending them.</P>
<P>But the Pellicles of the Artery <HI>Aorta,</HI> and of the Arterial vein, are le&s;s hard than they; becau&s;e they are not any thing extended by Li|gaments, and therefore they are without fear of breaking.</P>
<P>Another Vein goeth to the Lungs; the name of this is <HI>Vena non pul&s;ans,</HI> or <HI>quieta,</HI> it is al&s;o called <HI>Vena Arterialis;</HI> and it is called a Vein, becau&s;e it carrieth blood for the nouri&s;hing of the Lungs; and it is called <HI>Arterialis,</HI> becau&s;e it hath two Coats, that it might be &s;trong and compact, becau&s;e of the Cholerick and &s;ub|tile blood flowing in it, and le&s;t it &s;hould bee broke by rea&s;on of its continual motion; in who&s;e Ori|f<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ce are three Pellicles or doors,
<PB N="152" REF="88"> &s;hutting them&s;elves wholly with|in the <HI>Sinus,</HI> and opening them|&s;elves without, giving way to the blood going out. In the Dilatation of the Heart they are altogether &s;hut, le&s;t the blood &s;hould flow back unto the Lungs; but in the con&s;triction they are opened, and the Veins cleave to the walls, nei|ther are they any where el&s;e uni|ted by Ligaments, as the mo&s;t are.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the&s;e is pan|nicular; their &s;hape is like to the vacuity which is within the letter <HI>C</HI> They are therefore called <HI>O&s;tifola C formia;</HI> they have al&s;o that Cir|cular form which a mans nail hath; which Pellicles are with their Circular part fa&s;tned to the body of the Vein.</P>
<P>But the left <HI>Sinus</HI> more noble than the re&s;t (becau&s;e the middle and the right do &s;ervice fir&s;t to it; it al&s;o excelleth the re&s;t by rea|&s;on of the Spirit contained in it) hath in the top or it two Veins: one not much le&s;s than the afore|&s;aid great <HI>Chilis,</HI> which is as the
<PB N="153" REF="88"> &s;tock of a Tree, di&s;tributed through the whole body; and this is pul&s;ant and double-coated, who&s;e thickne&s;s (witne&s;s <HI>Ero&s;ilus)</HI> is &s;ix-fold to a Vein; and this is called <HI>Arteria Aorta,</HI> and the great Artery; who&s;e inner Coat is hard|er than the outer&punc; becau&s;e it meeteth with percu&s;&s;ion, and the &s;ub&s;tance of the Spirit, for the keeping of which it is intended.</P>
<P>That &s;ame carrieth the Vital &s;pirit to the whole body of a li|ving creature, and keepeth it in life</P>
<P>For by that Artery (&s;aid <HI>Ga|len)</HI> all the members except the Lungs, do in&s;pire and expire, le&s;t their liveline&s;s &s;hould bee &s;uffoca|ted; but the Veins are as the &s;tore|hou&s;es of meat, needing neither to dia&s;tolize nor &s;y&s;tolize; and therefore the body of them is &s;ubtile, porous, and &s;oft; but the Lungs do in&s;pire and expire by rea&s;on of the motion of the Heart and Brea&s;t.</P>
<P>This Artery or its branches, are &s;eldom without the <HI>Chilis</HI> accom|panying
<PB N="154" REF="89"> them, and <HI>Aorta</HI> a&s;cend|ing a little above the Heart, is di|vided into two parts; one part is made oblique below, and de&s;cends, which in the Brea&s;t, and in the lowe&s;t Belly, &s;endeth forth many <HI>Fibraes</HI> from it, even unto the feet, and giveth life unto the members of them; under that branch being made oblique below, they do a&s;cend by the left Nerves of the voice, which are called <HI>Re|ver&s;ini;</HI> and this place is called, <HI>Flexor,</HI> and <HI>Girgilius,</HI> of which it &s;hall bee &s;poken in another place.</P>
<P>Another part a&s;cending about a part of the Lungs, and the glan|dule <HI>Timum,</HI> giveth life unto, and filleth with Spitit the upper part of the Brea&s;t, the Arms, the Neck, and Head, and the parts of them,</P>
<P>And alwaies tho&s;e Arteries which are fa&s;tned to the Veins, by many pores or little Fibraes, are united or joyned together, and the Vein receiveth into it the Ar|tery, and on the contrary, the
<PB N="155" REF="89"> Artery the Vein; and from the Vein doth pa&s;s blood into the Artery, which is likewi&s;e made &s;piritual in nece&s;&s;ity, and from the Artery into the Vein doth pa&s;s the Vital &s;pirit, concocting the blood thereof, and con&s;erving it in its virtue; al&s;o the Tunicles are nouri&s;hed, and receive life from that which is contained in them; and this Artery is le&s;s above the Heart than below; Witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> 16 <HI>de Utili: Cap.</HI> 11. and it is made &s;o becau&s;e there are more parts from the Heart of a living creature below, than are above it; and this Artery is &s;o much great|er de&s;cending, than that which a&s;cendeth by the Back, by how much the multitude of the lower parts exceedeth the upper; and in this is known not a little ju&s;tice of nature: the Vein <HI>Chilis</HI> de|&s;cending mu&s;t al&s;o be bigger than the a&s;cending for the &s;ame cau&s;e.</P>
<P>In the Orifice of this pul&s;ant Vein, which is called <HI>Auritium,</HI> are al&s;o the three gates <HI>C formia,</HI> opening and &s;hutting them&s;elves
<PB N="156" REF="90"> at the &s;ame time, and in the &s;ame manner, in which the Arterial vein is opened and &s;hut.</P>
<P>There is in that Ventricle a|nother Vein, not pul&s;ant, but qui|et, called <HI>Arteria Venalis;</HI> and it is called an Artery, becau&s;e it carrieth and recarrieth the Spirit or Ayr to the Heart, and from the Heart to the Lungs; from whence it is &s;ent without the Brea&s;t; and it is called a Vein, becau&s;e it hath a &s;ingle Coat.</P>
<P>In the Orifice of this are one|ly two Pellicles or doors, fa&s;tned after the &s;ame manner, and in|compleat; and they are opening and &s;hutting them&s;elves in the di|latation and con&s;triction of the Heart, with which they make the doors, being in the Orifice of the Vein <HI>Chilis;</HI> al&s;o this Arterial vein carrieth more Ayr to the Heart than it can bring out; be|cau&s;e by the blood and Ayr brought in by it, is the vital &s;pi|rit engendred, which by the Ar|tery <HI>Aorta,</HI> pa&s;&s;eth to all the parts of a living creature.</P>
<PB N="157" REF="90">
<P> By the afore&s;aid things the Colligancy of the Heart, and the complexion and helps of it appear; its quantity may be &s;een; in num|ber it is one, although it is repor|ted, that the Heart of an Ape had two heads, but prodigiou&s;ly; it is al&s;o reported, that the Par|tridges in <HI>Paphlagonia</HI> have two Hearts. Every kinde of di&s;ea&s;e may happen to it, but it endureth them not if they continue long.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Lungs.</HEAD>
<P>THe Heart being &s;een, cometh the Lungs, called in Latine <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Flabellum dicitur a flando. Sic Venti|labrum a ventilando.</NOTE> <HI>Flabellum,</HI> and <HI>Ventilabrum,</HI> and in Greek <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg"><HI>Grece e|tiam</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>a</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>&s;uf|fior, &s;uffla|tur enim ut follis spiri|tum tra|hens &amp; e|mittens.</HI></NOTE> <HI>Pneumon,</HI> for this is the Artificer of breathing, and the work-&s;hop of Ayr; this is nouri&s;hed by Ayr, as the body is with Meat; this filleth the hol|lowne&s;s of the Brea&s;t, round a|bout the Heart with its five Coats or Lobes, whereof two are on the left &s;ide, and three more on the right; of them three one is le&s;s than the re&s;t, cleaving to the
<PB N="158" REF="91"> Back, as it were, in the middle; which hath little pipes, but almo&s;t no motion; and this is the Mat or Pallet to the <HI>Chilis</HI> a&s;cending; and about that Lobe toward the top of it, there is al&s;o certain glan|dulous fle&s;h, which al&s;o with the afore&s;aid Lobe, is a Pallet or Co|verlet of the afore&s;aid Vein, and this fle&s;h is of a notable bigne&s;s, and is called of Authours, <HI>Mo|rum,</HI> and <HI>Timum;</HI> and of the Vulgar it is called, <HI>Animella,</HI> and <HI>Laticinium,</HI> and it is in u&s;ual meats of a rank ta&s;te, e&s;pecially that which is found in Claves, and in milk Kids.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the Lungs is mixed of thin, light, &s;oft, and red fle&s;h, inclining to whitene&s;s, like to the coagulated froth of blood, and it con&s;i&s;ts of three ve&s;&s;els or pipes, entangled as in a net, through all the parts thereof, in the &s;ame manner, that the branch|es of the Vein <HI>Chilis</HI> are in the Liver; and this compo&s;ition may be like to a hony comb, and al&s;o to a Sponge; therefore it is capa|ble
<PB N="159" REF="91"> of blood and Ayr, for the Lungs is as it were a certain &s;to<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e-hou&s;e of Ayr to the Heart, fit to &s;erve to both motions, to wit, dilatation and con&s;triction.</P>
<P>Certainly its fle&s;h is rare, that there might be much blood, and Ayr continually in it. Two ve&s;|&s;els in it, which contain it, do &s;hew the multitude of the blood, which are bigger in the Lungs than in any other member like unto it, the Heart and Liver excepted, in which the ve&s;&s;els containing blood are greater, &s;urely not for them|&s;elves, but becau&s;e they give Spi|rit and blood to all the mem|bers.</P>
<P>This blood in the Lungs is much, becau&s;e the abounding plen|ty of it is di&s;&s;olved by rea&s;on of the continual motion, which a great quantity doth continually oppo&s;e; and it is &s;ubtile, that it might pa&s;s &s;uddenly to all the parts of the Lungs to nouri&s;h it&punc; and it is al&s;o &s;ubtile, that it might be light, le&s;t by its heavine&s;s it &s;hould hinder the motion of the Lungs.</P>
<PB N="160" REF="92">
<P> Al&s;o the long &s;ubmer&s;ion of a living creature in the water with|out choaking, &s;heweth that there is alwaies a great quantity of Ayr in it, and the &s;ending forth of a long and continual voice and bla&s;t, hindring from the receiving of new Ayr, or when one abhor|reth it by rea&s;on of &s;tink, or other cau&s;es, yet this Ayr in the afore|&s;aid drownings and &s;tinks, is kept in the mouth, and in the jaws, the Ton&s;ils helping with their Pel|licles.</P>
<P>The help of this Ayr continu|ally drawn, is, that by that being fir&s;t altered, the Heart might bee cooled and contemperated in ne|ce&s;&s;ities; and al&s;o that the Heart might have vent, left it &s;hould be choaked.</P>
<P>The utility of it al&s;o is, that not out of a little part thereof might be engendred Spirits nece&s;&s;ary for the being and wel-being; and it is a help of the expul&s;ion of the abounding hot and &s;moaky mat|ter which is drawn; it is for the entring in of the Ayr that is le&s;s
<PB N="161" REF="92"> hot&punc; <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eing altered fir&s;t in the Lungs, and then in the members through which it pa&s;&s;eth.</P>
<P>This &s;moal<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">y air, as it were an adu&s;ted &s;uperfluity of &s;pirit, is driven by the pul&s;ant Vein into the branches of the <HI>Trachea,</HI> in the con&s;triction of the He<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">; and af|terwards goeth forth <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">nce from aliving Creature by the <HI>Trachea,</HI> and by the no&s;trils and mouth, the &s;y&s;tolative motion of the Lungs helping it.</P>
<P>But the air going into the Heart hath the beginning of alteration in the No&s;trils, in the mouth, in the jawes, in the <HI>Trachea,</HI> and in the branches of it di&s;per&s;ed in the Lungs; in like order which one feeding on meat and drink hath in the mouth, in the <HI>Gula,</HI> and in the Ventricle and Liver.</P>
<P>For the alteration of the Lungs in the air is compared to the alte|ration of the Liver in <HI>Chi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">us,</HI> for by the Liver is the Bloud made of <HI>Chilus,</HI> which receiveth a perfect concoction in the Heart, but the &s;pirit is prepared by the Lungs, of
<PB N="162" REF="93"> air which is made truly vital in the Heart, this going to the up|per parts in the <HI>Rete mirabili,</HI> or in the lea&s;t branches of Arteries a|bout the Brain, is again altered; from whence entring the Ventri|cles of the Brain, the Animal &s;pi|rit is ma<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> perfectly true, which is a brig<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">, light, and pure &s;pi|rit.</P>
<P>Al&s;o the fle&s;h of the Lungs is light, le&s;t it &s;hould hinder the motion of it; it is al&s;o &s;oft, that it might defend the ve&s;&s;els thereof from breaking; and it is reddi&s;h clear, declining to whitene&s;s, be|cau&s;e of the dominion of the Air over it, with which it is nouri&s;hed, and al&s;o becau&s;e of the coldne&s;s thereof.</P>
<P>A thin Pannicle doth cover this &s;ub&s;tance of the Lungs, being bred of many Membranes proceeding from the Pipes thereof, and from the Pannicles of the Bre&s;t; by means whereof it is &s;en&s;ible.</P>
<P>The Pipes of the Lungs are three, one whereof (as al&s;o the re&s;t) growing alwayes le&s;s, de|&s;cendeth
<PB N="163" REF="93"> to all the parts of it, even unto the Pannicle inclu&s;ively en|volving it, from the <HI>Faringa,</HI> or <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> through the foremo&s;t part of the Neck united to the <HI>Gula;</HI> this is hard and alwayes o|pen, and al&s;o bigger than the re&s;t, and it is compounded of very ma|ny Cartilagea, each whereof is united one near to the other by pannicular ligaments, and this is called <HI>Trachea,</HI> and <HI>A&s;pera ar|teria,</HI> and <HI>Laringa,</HI> and <HI>Bronchi|um:</HI> its Cartilages in the Lungs are entire, and al&s;o annilar, but in the Neck they are incompleat, and in the manner of a <HI>C.</HI> From their Magnitude and Figure it is judged in the Hawkings of them, whether there bee Ulcers in the extream parts of the Lungs, or in the middle, or in the neck.</P>
<P>Between the&s;e Cartilages, and in all the <HI>Trachea</HI> within and with|out&punc; there is a Pannicle of a mean &s;ub&s;tance, perfectly circular, fa&s;t|ned to the jawes and mouth, in which are Vills lengthning and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ortning the <HI>Trachea</HI> in the
<PB N="164" REF="94"> motions of the Lungs.</P>
<P>The helps of this Pannicle is al|&s;o to defend tho&s;e Cartilages from the going in of extraneal things; it is al&s;o a pacifier of the voyce in the going out.</P>
<P>This Pipe doth not carry bloud as others, but only Air; al&s;o by this alone the unnatural things contained in the bre&s;t are purged out, having entred into it in the time of the dilatation of the Lungs by the thin Pannicle in|volving it, therefore is there cau&s;ed an expul&s;ion of Sanies, and other unnatural things to the mouth, and without; the Heart not being troubled.</P>
<P>This Pipe al&s;o po&s;&s;e&s;&s;eth a mid|dle &s;ituation among the re&s;t; on the right &s;ide of it is the quiet Vein, but on the left &s;ide the Pul|&s;ant Vein, but the Pul&s;ant Vein toward the former parts, without the Heart, doth immediately enter into the &s;ub&s;tance of the Lungs, le&s;t by rea&s;on of the motion of it, becau&s;e it is &s;ubtile, it &s;hould re|ceive &s;olution; but the Vein
<PB N="165" REF="94"> not pul&s;ant, becau&s;e it is double|coated, and &s;trong, doth not im|mediately enter the Lungs, but fir&s;t compa&s;&s;ing about the <HI>Tra|chea,</HI> it al&s;o entreth the Lungs, reaching toward the hinder parts.</P>
<P>In this Bowel, onely the pul|&s;ant Vein hath not without cau&s;e changed &s;ub&s;tance with the not pul&s;ant; for the Vein not pul&s;ant, called Arterial, in other mem|bers is &s;ingle, in the Lungs double-coated; fir&s;t, le&s;t it &s;hould bee broken by the continual motion thereof; &s;econ<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">ly, that it might al&s;o contain &s;ubtile blood, nou|ri&s;hing the fle&s;h of the Lungs, and al&s;o the <HI>Trachea.</HI></P>
<P>But the pul&s;ant Vein, called the venal Artery, is of a &s;ingle coat, nimble in motion, that it might obey dilatation and con&s;triction in a &s;hort &s;pace; this bringeth Ayr to the Heart, and carrieth it out; in it al&s;o there is &s;piritual blood, nouri&s;hing the Lungs, (as &s;ome would have it) but it is rather gi|ving it life; its branches are uni|ted or joyned together with the
<PB N="166" REF="95"> branches of the <HI>Trachea,</HI> through which the Lungs giveth Ayr to the Heart; but the Heart not be|ing unthankfull, giveth life and nutrition unto that.</P>
<P>The branches of this Vein are &s;o narrow, that the blood cannot pierce through them to the <HI>Tra|chea,</HI> and therefore they are pa&s;|&s;able to the Ayr, but impa&s;&s;able to the blood; but if they be no|tably opened, the blood floweth from them to the <HI>Trachea;</HI> and perhaps (as &s;ome would have it) from the branche <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">f the Vein not pul&s;ant, blood al&s;o floweth into the <HI>Trachea,</HI> whereby is cau&s;ed &s;pitting of blood, without the &s;olution of the Veins of the Brea&s;t; neverthele&s;s the pul&s;ant Vein is more apt to this.</P>
<P>Every one of the afore&s;aid ve&s;|&s;els in their fir&s;t entrance of the Lungs, is divided into five bran|ches, always growing le&s;s through|out all the parts thereof, and mul|tiplying their branches; two are in the left &s;ide, and three on the right, whereof one le&s;s than the
<PB N="167" REF="95"> re&s;t goeth to the little Lobe on the right &s;ide, cleaving more to the Back; which (as wee &s;aid be|fore) is a Coverlet to the <HI>Chilis</HI> a&s;cending.</P>
<P>The &s;hape of the Lungs is like unto an Oxes hoof; in number &s;ome think that they are two members united into one, in &s;uch wi&s;e, that it appeareth one Lung, with five Lobes, divided into two like parts, that one being hurt, the other might remain firm; in the hinder part it is longer than be|fore, following the &s;ituation of the Midriff; in number it is one; the quantity of it, the &s;ituation, and colligancy appear; its complexion is hot from the part of its con|tents and place; but by accident, becau&s;e of the Flegms remaining i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> it, it is cold; its helps are to &s;erve the Heart by preparation and carrying; it &s;erveth al&s;o to the breathing, and to the voice, and in like manner to &s;peech, and its little Lobe &s;erveth to the <HI>Chi|lis</HI> a&s;cending; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="168" REF="96">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of &s;ome parts of <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Collum ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>membrum</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <HI>&s;ecundum&punc; eminentiam quia capitis ba&s;is aut fulcrum, a|lii a colle quia a&s;cen|dit ab hu|meris collis more.</HI></NOTE> the Neck, and of the pul&s;ant and quiet Veins, inclu|&s;ively a&s;cending from the Liver and the Heart, even unto the Head and Hands.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een in the Section of parts, the <HI>Trachea</HI> &s;hould fir&s;t occurre, and the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and al&s;o the <HI>Gu|la;</HI> neverthele&s;s the&s;e for the pre|&s;ent cannot well be &s;een, unle&s;s the Anatomy of the Neck, and &s;ome parts of the Face be &s;et be|fore; which being &s;een, wee will &s;peak of the parts afore&s;aid: the Lungs therefore being di&s;patch|ed, re&s;erve &s;ome of the upper fle&s;hy part of it, for the &s;eeing of the Trunck of the <HI>Trachea Arte|ria</HI> (laying a&s;ide the re&s;t) except the fifth Lobe of it, which cleaveth to the Back; keep al&s;o a certain glandule neer unto it, which is called <HI>morum</HI> and <HI>timum,</HI> that the
<PB N="169" REF="96"> &s;ituation of the <HI>Chilis,</HI> and the a&s;cendent Artery upon the&s;e may be &s;een, to which the&s;e two mem|bers are a coverlet; you &s;hall al|&s;o keep the Heart and its <HI>Cap&s;ula,</HI> and the Pannicle <HI>Media&s;tinus,</HI> and the Stomach, and al&s;o the Midriff, for the enquiring of other things of them.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e things being kept, for better orders &s;ake, I come fir&s;t un|to the &s;peech of the Neck, and I term the Neck to be an Organi|cal member, noble, and very ne|ce&s;&s;ary to a man for the members contained in it, which witne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle,</HI> 3 <HI>de partibus, Cap.</HI> 3. is made for the <HI>Trachea,</HI> &s;erving to the Lungs, and for the <HI>Gu|la.</HI></P>
<P>But <HI>Galen</HI> in his eighth book <HI>de juvamentis, Cap.</HI> 1. &s;aith, that it is principally for the Lungs, becau&s;e creatures wanting a Neck, want Lungs, as Fi&s;hes: but he addeth, that the Neck is the way of tho&s;e mem|bers which de&s;cend from above downward &amp; of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hem which a&s;cend from below upward; tho&s;e which
<PB N="170" REF="97"> de&s;cend, are the Nerves, the <HI>Gu|la,</HI> &s;ome mu&s;cles, and the <HI>Nuca;</HI> but the a&s;cending, are the pul|&s;ant Veins, and the quiet: and the <HI>Nuca</HI> is contained of the Spon|diles, that it may bee &s;afe from outward hurts; and that hollow|ne&s;s which is between the parts of the Veins and Arteries, is filled by glandules remaining there; and all tho&s;e are kept of their Co|verings and Ligaments, after that they are all covered with the Skin; and that which is compounded of all tho&s;e, is the Neck, which is placed for the Cane of the Lungs, by which is made the voice and breathing; al&s;o the Neck in &s;ome creatures is in&s;tead of a Hand, be|cau&s;e they take their meat from the earth by the help of the Neck, by rea&s;on of the length of their feet. But of this &s;ort the Neck &s;erves for the Cane of the Lungs, and by means of it the Nerves do reach to the Arms, and to the Hands, and to the <HI>Diafragma,</HI> and to other members, the <HI>Nuca</HI> being their guide; and therefore for the
<PB N="171" REF="97"> Original of the Nerves were the Spondiles placed between the Brea&s;t and the Head, of which the Neck is compounded. The&s;e things <HI>Galen</HI> &s;peaketh, which ne|verthele&s;s &s;aith not whether the <HI>Trachea</HI> a&s;cend or de&s;cend; and although hee may &s;ay, that the <HI>Gula</HI> doth de&s;cend, yet perhaps it doth a&s;cend, neither can its de|&s;cent bee proved more than its a|&s;cent; neither of the <HI>Trachea;</HI> be|cau&s;e they have not a manife&s;t be|ginning, as Veins and Arteries, and as Nerves.</P>
<P>Wee may therefore &s;ay for the pre&s;ent, that the Neck is taken for that part upon which the Head is &s;u&s;tained and turned, which &s;er|veth to the upper Belly, to the middle, and al&s;o to the lower, by means of Nerves de&s;cending from the Brain, and from the <HI>Nuca;</HI> the &s;ituation of which is before from the upper <HI>Furculaes</HI> of the Brea&s;t, and behinde from the up|per Spondile of the Ribs, and on the &s;ides from above the Shoul|ders, unto the bone of the Head
<PB N="172" REF="98"> called <HI>Ba&s;illare;</HI> and commonly the hinder part of it is called, <HI>Cer|vix,</HI> of which &s;hall bee &s;poken &s;omewhere el&s;e; but the former part is called <HI>Collum,</HI> and becau&s;e this member is principally for the <HI>Trachea,</HI> it &s;hall bee the nobler o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the&s;e parts, for the nobility o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> which the Anatomy of the Neck is to bee placed with it; and be|cau&s;e the <HI>Trachea</HI> is a part of the Lungs, which is of the more principal parts of the middle Bel|ly, &s;poken of before; therefore the Anatomy of the Neck for the pre&s;ent, commeth with the Anatomy of the middle Belly.</P>
<P>This part named <HI>Trachea,</HI> is called of many, <HI>Guttur,</HI> and <HI>Fa|ringa;</HI> although <HI>Faringae</HI> (accor|ding to &s;ome) are the Veins which do &s;well in great voices, and tho&s;e Veins are called of <HI>Cel&s;us, Gran|ges,</HI> and <HI>Fragitides,</HI> and of &s;ome, <HI>Sfragitides;</HI> and tho&s;e Veins with the <HI>Arabians</HI> are called, <HI>Guidez,</HI> and <HI>Apopleticae,</HI> and <HI>Somni,</HI> and of &s;ome <HI>Pen&s;iles,</HI> and <HI>Spermatici,</HI> and <HI>Juveniles,</HI> and <HI>Jugulares,</HI> and
<PB N="173" REF="98"> <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">anicae;</HI> and of <HI>Galen in libro de <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">. part.</HI> they are called <HI>Fagoti|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> becau&s;e they are near unto <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> pa&s;&s;age<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of the meat, and of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e <HI>Carotides,</HI> or <HI>Somni;</HI> but <HI>Cel|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> calleth the Arteries onely that <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ain there, <HI>Carotidas,</HI> called &s;o of <GAP DESC="foreign">, which is <HI>Somnus,</HI> &s;leep; <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ecau&s;e according to &s;ome, for <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he mo&s;t part, there is an opila|tion made in the branches of tho&s;e Arteries, cau&s;ing &s;leep, and al&s;o the Apoplexy.</P>
<P>And of tho&s;e Veins there is on both &s;ides one immediately under the Skin, which is com|monly called, <HI>Guidez manife&s;ta;</HI> al&s;o on both &s;ides under &s;ome no|table mu&s;cles of the Neck, is one Vein, which is called <HI>Guidez oc|culta,</HI> and <HI>Profunda,</HI> the hidden and deep <HI>Guidez,</HI> which is fellow to the Artery <HI>Carotida.</HI></P>
<P>With tho&s;e profound Veins and Arteries, there is on both &s;ides a&s;&s;otiated one Nerve of a nota|ble greatne&s;s, which is called, <HI>De&s;cendens,</HI> from which do ari&s;e on both &s;ides the <HI>Rever&s;ives;</HI> of all
<PB N="174" REF="99"> which &s;peech &s;hall be made <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+tle below.</P>
<P>Al&s;o the former part of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Neck, is called of &s;ome <HI>Jug<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> and of &s;ome <HI>Gula;</HI> althoug<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> well; becau&s;e <HI>Gula</HI> is the p<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of meats and drinks; and <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+gulum</HI> is that part which is im<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">+diately above the upper <HI>Fur<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">+laes</HI> of the Brea&s;t; neverthele<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;ome call the afore&s;aid <HI>Furcula<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> Jugulum,</HI> and <HI>Clavis,</HI> and <HI>Clid<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"></HI> and <HI>Clidia;</HI> the extreamity o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the&s;e <HI>Furculaes</HI> toward the <HI>Spa|tulaes,</HI> is called <HI>Epomis;</HI> but the other part toward the middle of the Brea&s;t, is called, <HI>Paras<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|gis.</HI></P>
<P>The afore&s;aid things being no|ted, the Anatomy of the mu&s;cles, moving the Neck and Head, &s;hould occurre after the Skin: but wee cannot have the perfect de|mon&s;tration of them, unle&s;s the Anatomy of tho&s;e Nerves, Veins, and afore&s;aid Arteries &s;hould bee de&s;troyed; therefore wee will bee &s;ilent of the&s;e, referring the Rea|ders to <HI>Galen,</HI> and to <HI>Avicen,</HI> and
<PB N="175" REF="99"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">er Authours; for the&s;e mu&s;|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e many in number, and di|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> placed, and therefore they <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> be &s;een with diligence, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> finding out of which, you <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> attend to them onely, be|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hey are Anatomized with <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">culty; and for this <HI>Galen,</HI> 12 <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">l. part. Cap.</HI> 8. where hee <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">eth of the&s;e mu&s;cles, &s;aid, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oncerneth him to be diligently <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">re-exerci&s;ed, who &s;tudies cer|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">inly to follow the&s;e things here <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oken of; he &s;aith al&s;o in the &s;ame <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">lace, that &s;peech only is not &s;uffi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nt in Anatomy, but there is re|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">red touching and &s;eeing, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">refore let there be refuge to the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">fore&s;aid Authours, becau&s;e wee &s;hould attend to the Neck and Head onely, in which are many mu&s;cles, as well about the Spon|diles as el&s;ewhere, which in a common Anatomy cannot bee &s;een.</P>
<P>For the Head, by means of the Neck with its bones and mu&s;|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">les, hath many motions, where|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> &s;ome, witne&s;s <HI>Avicen, prima</HI>
<PB N="176" REF="100"> <HI>partitione primi libri,</HI> are prop<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> to the Head, and &s;ome comm<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> to it, and to the five Spondiles <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the Neck; by which there i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> compound motion of the decli<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+tion of the Head and Neck to<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+ther; and tho&s;e motions doe <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+ther bow forward or backwa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> or on the right, or on the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> and between them is a motion <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> conver&s;ion or turning about; a<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> tho&s;e mu&s;cles are many and great, becau&s;e the Po&s;ition of them is of many &s;hapes; and al&s;o, becau&s;e they have great, and almo&s;t con|tinual motions; therefore <HI>Gal<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"></HI> (in the place afore,) &s;aid, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> they compa&s;s about the Head <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> every &s;ide, which they move un<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> any part that you would decli<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> it; concerning the number <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> them, there is di&s;cord betwe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <HI>Avicen</HI> and &s;ome of his Compan<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|ons contrarying him.</P>
<P>Therefore the enquiry of them being partly left alone, inci&s;e the skin from the &s;ides of the neck, laying bare the lateral and ante|riour mu&s;cles, above which i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+mediately
<PB N="177" REF="100"> under the skin you &s;hall note the Vein <HI>Guidez manife&s;ta,</HI> which you re&s;erved unhurt; after that inci&s;e tho&s;e great Mu&s;cles, de&s;cending obliquely from the ea<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s even unto the upper <HI>Furcu|laes,</HI> towards the middle of the Brea&s;t; under which on both &s;ides is one <HI>Glandule,</HI> to the form as it were of an Almond; which is fil|ling the empty places there remai|ning between the Veins and Ar|teries, about the lower part of the <HI>Epiglottis;</HI> and therefore it is cal|led <HI>Aequatrix partium colli,</HI> the equal divider of the parts of the Neck; which al&s;o it moy&s;tneth in nece&s;&s;ities; you &s;hall al&s;o ob|&s;erve under tho&s;e glandules on both &s;ides one notable Vein <HI>Gui|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ez;</HI> and in like manner one Artery fellow to it, which are cal|led <HI>Occultae,</HI> and <HI>Apopleticae,</HI> ma|ny names of which are &s;poken of above.</P>
<P>Neer unto the afore&s;aid Arte|ries and Veins you &s;hall al&s;o note one Nerve, on both &s;ides, com|pounded of many Fibers; the&s;e
<PB N="178" REF="101"> Nerves are called de&s;cending, and the rever&s;ive Nerves doe &s;pring from the&s;e, of which a fair en|quiry &s;hall be made below.</P>
<P>Keep tho&s;e Nerves, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 word"> branches of the afore&s;aid Ar<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="4 letters"> and either Vein, to wit, the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">+den, and the manife&s;t, untill th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters"> you have &s;een the Veins and A<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">|teries a&s;cending from the Heart, and from the Liver, even unto that place, for the &s;eeing of which the Work-man may return back again about the region of the gib|bous part of the Liver, and there hee will note a great trunk of the Vein <HI>Chilis</HI> a&s;cending; which in its a&s;cen&s;ion fir&s;t perforateth the Midriff, and there &s;endeth for<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters"> many little Veins on both &s;id<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters"> whereof two doe feed the Mid<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters"> but the re&s;t doe nouri&s;h the lower ribs, and the members near unto them. But a very great branch of it a&s;cending reacheth even unto the Heart, being every way loo&s;e, without an Artery fellow to it, and by that branch the gibbous part of the Liver is vented, and perhaps vivified.</P>
<PB N="179" REF="101">
<P> This branch is divided into three parts, one whereof much le&s;s than the re&s;t entreth about the roots of the Heart, and is di&s;per|&s;ed through the &s;ub&s;tance thereof, and nouri&s;heth it.</P>
<P>Another bigger than the re&s;t is united to the right man&s;ion of the Heart, and bringeth bloud ve|ry plentifully to it.</P>
<P>From that branch (according to &s;ome) that Vein called <HI>Arte|rialis,</HI> which nouri&s;heth the Lungs, taketh its original: but of the&s;e Veins wee have &s;poken &s;omewhat in the Section of the Heart.</P>
<P>The third Branch of the afore|&s;aid, which is al&s;o notable, a&s;cen|deth al&s;o above from the region of the Heart, under which is a certain glandulous fle&s;h called <HI>Morum,</HI> and <HI>Timum,</HI> and this, to|gether with the fifth lobe of the Lungs which cleaveth to the back, is (as wee have &s;aid be|fore) a Mattre&s;&s;e, or Bed to the afore&s;aid Branch, a&s;cending even unto the highe&s;t <HI>Furcula</HI> of the Brea&s;t; where this Vein is parted
<PB N="180" REF="102"> into two branches, reaching tran&s;|ver&s;e towards the <HI>Spatulaes</HI> on the right &s;ide, and on the left; in that &s;ame manner al&s;o doth the great Artery, called <HI>Aorta A&s;cendens</HI> reach tran&s;ver&s;ly toward the <HI>S<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|tulaes;</HI> and that you may the bet|ter &s;ee tho&s;e Veins and Arteries, lay a&s;ide the upper <HI>Furcula,</HI> yet warily, le&s;t you loo&s;en the mem|bers near unto them.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e things being di&s;patched, you mu&s;t &s;ee the afore&s;aid Veins and Arteries, noting fir&s;t that e|very one of them is divided into two Branches, one whereof as well of the Vein as Artery a&s;cend|eth by the Neck on both &s;ides to|wards the Head, from which doe ari&s;e all the Veins of the Neck cal|led <HI>Guidez,</HI> which you &s;hall keep to be better &s;een afterwards.</P>
<P>Another Branch al&s;o on both &s;ides is divided into five parts, one of them nouri&s;heth the upper Ribs, and one the place of the <HI>Spa|tulaes,</HI> and one the deep mu&s;|cles of the Neck, and one pene|trateth in the upper Spondiles of
<PB N="181" REF="102"> the Neck, and from thence pa&s;|&s;eth to the Head, and the branches of the pul&s;ant Vein do a&s;&s;ociate them.</P>
<P>Another branch greater than all the afore&s;aid five, reacheth to the <HI>Axilla,</HI> or Armpit, and this is divided into four parts, one of them is &s;pread in the mu&s;cles pla|ced above the Brea&s;t, which move the <HI>Spatulaes,</HI> and one entteth in the loo&s;e fle&s;h, and in certain Pan|nicles of the <HI>Axillaes,</HI> and one goeth from the upper part of the Brea&s;t about the Teats, de&s;cend|ing toward the <HI>Abdomen;</HI> and this (according to &s;ome) nouri&s;h|eth them, and in part carrieth the matter of milk to them; and this (as wee have &s;aid el&s;ewhere) is coupled in the <HI>Abdomen,</HI> with a Vein a&s;cending from the <HI>Ingui|na,</HI> and from the Matrix to the Teats; and of that branch <HI>Galen</HI> &s;peaketh, in 14 <HI>de utilit. part. cap.</HI> 8. &s;aying, That from the <HI>Thorax</HI> do reach Veins to the <HI>Hypocondria,</HI> and to the whole <HI>Epiga&s;trion,</HI> and are coupled with Veins which are
<PB N="182" REF="103"> carried from the lower parts to the Matrix, having Colligancy, that when the living creature is increa&s;ed in the Matrix, they might bring in the nouri&s;hment for it; which being born, the<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> puff up the Teats again; wherefore it hapneth, that the <HI>Men&s;trues,</HI> and to give &s;uck, cannot well be toge|ther.</P>
<P>But another branch greater than the afore&s;aid, is divided on both &s;ides into three branches; one reacheth to the mu&s;cles which are in the <HI>Spatulaes,</HI> and one to the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Axillaes,</HI> but ano|ther bigger than the afore&s;aid, rea|cheth by a neer part toward the <HI>Adjutorium,</HI> and this goeth unto the little hand; this branch is cal|led <HI>A&s;ellaris,</HI> and <HI>Ba&s;illica,</HI> which being flebotomized, helpeth in di&s;ea&s;es of the Brea&s;t, by rea&s;on of its neer Colligancy unto the true Ribs, and to the whole Brea&s;t; this Vein is al&s;o called of the Vulgar, the Liver vein, be|cau&s;e it is neerer to it than the <HI>Ce|phalica.</HI></P>
<PB N="183" REF="103">
<P> But of the fir&s;t branches (which I &s;pake that you &s;hould keep) from which are made the <HI>Guidez,</HI> there a&s;cendeth on both &s;ides one, and before they do much a&s;cend, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hey are divided into two parts on both &s;ides; one of them is called, <HI>Guidez manife&s;ta,</HI> the ma|nife&s;t <HI>Guidez,</HI> becau&s;e it is neer unto the Skin, ea&s;ily apt to bee &s;een, which in one living &s;welleth in a &s;trong voice; but the other, becau&s;e it is below &s;ome mu&s;|cles, is called, <HI>Guidez profunda &amp; &s;ubmer&s;a,</HI> the deep and over|whelmed <HI>Guidez.</HI></P>
<P>And indeed the manife&s;t <HI>Gui|dez,</HI> pre&s;ently when it a&s;cendeth above the <HI>Furcula,</HI> is divided in|to two parts on both &s;ides, where|of one a&s;cendeth, but the other is involved about the <HI>Furcula,</HI> from which do ari&s;e many branches, nouri&s;hing the parts neer unto them, and &s;ome of tho&s;e bran|ches do again a&s;cend, and are u|nited again with the afore&s;aid fir&s;t branch of the manife&s;t <HI>Gui|dez;</HI> but before they are united,
<PB N="184" REF="104"> one notable branch reacheth to the <HI>Spatula;</HI> and by the out&s;ide, un|der the Skin of the Adjutory, is terminated even unto the little hand; and this is called, <HI>Spatularis, Humeralis,</HI> and <HI>Cephalica,</HI> becau&s;e it helpeth the Head, by rea&s;on of the neer Colligancy that it hath with its <HI>Guidez,</HI> that nou|ri&s;heth the Head; but of that Vein, <HI>Cephalica,</HI> and al&s;o of <HI>Ba&s;ilica</HI> and of the Artery fellow to it, it &s;hall be &s;poken more amply in the particular Anatomy of the great and little Hand.</P>
<P>And the afore&s;aid manife&s;t <HI>Guidez</HI> on both &s;ides notable, is immediately under the Skin a|bove the mu&s;cles of the Neck, which with its branches doth nou|ri&s;h the upper and lower Mandi|ble, and the Tongue, and the Head, a&s;cending on the out&s;ide, a|bout the Ears.</P>
<P>And &s;ome would have that tho&s;e branches of the manife&s;t <HI>Guidez,</HI> which are about the Ears, &s;hould be called, <HI>Venae Spermati|cae,</HI> becau&s;e they &s;ay, that the
<PB N="185" REF="104"> Sperm cometh by them from the Brain; and they are moved from the &s;ayings of <HI>Hippocrates,</HI> in his Book <HI>de aere &amp; aqua,</HI> which &s;aith, that who&s;oever have the Veins behinde the Ears cut, they are al|together deprived of all Genera|tion; neverthele&s;s there are &s;ome that think, that &s;uch Veins are from the branches of the profound <HI>Guidez,</HI> which nouri&s;h the mu&s;|cles remaining between the fir&s;t and &s;econd Spondile of the Neck; and &s;ome which &s;ay, that <HI>Hippocra|tes</HI> did under&s;tand by the Veins the very Arteries, becau&s;e they are more fit for good Sperm than the Veins; neverthele&s;s <HI>Hippocra|tes</HI> &s;aith in the &s;ame place, that Sperm al&s;o cometh from the whole and <HI>Avicen,</HI> 20 <HI>tertii cap.</HI> 3. &s;aith, that <HI>Galen</HI> knew not whether the inci&s;ion of the&s;e Veins may cau&s;e barrenne&s;s to incurre or no: ne|verthele&s;s he &s;aid, but it &s;eemeth to mee that it doth not matter that the Sperm &s;hould bee of the Brain onely, although the nouri&s;h|ing of it be of the Brain; never|thele&s;s
<PB N="186" REF="105"> it is gathered by the good Anatomy of the Spermatick ve&s;|&s;els, that the inci&s;ion of the&s;e Veins behinde the Ears maketh not barren, by rea&s;on of the Sperm de&s;cending by them; ne|verthele&s;s tho&s;e Veins being cut, may weaken the Brain &s;o, that it may not duly &s;end the Ani|mal &s;pirit for conception; and this the profound <HI>Guidez</HI> may rather do than the manife&s;t, and the Ar|teries may rather do this than the Veins, becau&s;e they are the carriers of the Spirit; but either is po&s;&s;ible.</P>
<P>But the profound <HI>Guidez,</HI> on both &s;ides neer to the <HI>Meri</HI> or <HI>Gu|la,</HI> a&s;cendeth below the afore&s;aid mu&s;cles which you cut, and in its a&s;cent &s;endeth forth branches, nou|ri&s;hing the <HI>Gula,</HI> and the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Faringa;</HI> they al&s;o nouri&s;h the mu&s;cles remaining between the fir&s;t and &s;econd Spondile of the Neck, from which (according to &s;ome) the Spermatick Veins re|cited of <HI>Hippocrates,</HI> do ari&s;e, which are behinde the Ears, of
<PB N="187" REF="105"> which there is yet a controver|&s;ie.</P>
<P>They al&s;o nouri&s;h the <HI>Pericra|nium,</HI> a&s;cending by it from the bottom, even unto the top of the Head; and there by perforating the <HI>Cranium,</HI> they de&s;cend to the <HI>Dura,</HI> and <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> carrying nouri&s;hment to them.</P>
<P>Al&s;o from the afore&s;aid pro|found Vein, doth ari&s;e one branch on both &s;ides, piercing the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> in the direct of the com|mi&s;&s;ure <HI>Lambda;</HI> and being born up of the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> it a&s;cen|deth even unto the top of the Head; and from that in the &s;ame place do go forth many branches through the pores of the Skull, which al&s;o do nouri&s;h the <HI>Peri|cranium;</HI> neverthele&s;s the greater part of the afore&s;aid branches a|&s;cending within the Skull with the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> do pa&s;s into the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> with which al&s;o do pa&s;s &s;ome branches of the afore&s;aid manife&s;t <HI>Guidez,</HI> piercing the Skull on the top of the Head from the outward to the inward part,
<PB N="188" REF="106"> and from hence they pa&s;s to the &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, and nou|ri&s;h that.</P>
<P>Al&s;o &s;ome of the afore&s;aid Branches in the direct of the <HI>Com|mi&s;&s;ure Sagittalis,</HI> and <HI>Lambda,</HI> doe enter into the <HI>Dura mater,</HI> be|ing doubled in that place; and this place is as it were a pre&s;&s;e of which the bloud is pre&s;&s;ed out from the afore&s;aid Veins, into a certain large place being near there, to|wards the out&s;ide, which is called <HI>Platea Fovea, Palmentum,</HI> and <HI>La|cuna;</HI> about which <HI>Platea</HI> are cer|tain Veins &s;ucking the bloud pre&s;|&s;ed out into it, which out of the &s;ame doe nouri&s;h the center of the Brain; and all tho&s;e Veins within the skull, together with the Arte|ries, are tho&s;e of which it is right|ly called <HI>Secundina;</HI> and other|wi&s;e it is called <HI>Pia Mater.</HI> But the afore&s;aid Arteries called <HI>Carotides,</HI> being in the Neck, near to the Veins <HI>Guidez,</HI> and the de&s;cendent Nerves, a&s;cending on the &s;ides of the Neck on both &s;ides, doe reach with &s;ome Branches di&s;per&s;ing
<PB N="189" REF="106"> here and there before, and al&s;o behind, and to the Tongue, and to the upper Mandibles, and the lower; and in the whole face, and in the hinder part of the Head, and &s;ome notable ones about the Ears, in the Temples, doe reach with their Branches to the top of the Head; and &s;ome al&s;o reach|ing to the mu&s;cles about the com|mon juncture, are &s;pread abroad to the Neck, and to the Head, where there is a great hole, from which the &s;pinal Marrow goeth forth; it may bee from tho&s;e bran|ches <HI>Hippocrates</HI> &s;aid, that Sperm de&s;cendeth from the Brain, be|cau&s;e the Ancients did call the Ar|teries al&s;o Veins; and therefore <HI>Avicen</HI> &s;aid, twenty <HI>tertii,</HI> that the&s;e Veins were continued to the Nuke, that they might not bee farre off from the Brain, in which there is light milkey bloud, which goeth fir&s;t to the Reins, forth|with after that to the Veins reach|ing to the Te&s;ticles; and one no|table Branch of the&s;e Arteries on both &s;ides pierceth the bone, <HI>Ba|filare</HI>
<PB N="190" REF="107"> toward the former part, and is united to the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> giving life to the Brain, and carrying &s;pirit to the Ventricles thereof.</P>
<P>From that Branch a&s;cended on both &s;ides immediately above this bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> (according to the Hinges of Phy&s;ick) is made the <HI>Retentirabile;</HI> which is (according to them) of a notable magnitude, which is before, behind, and on the &s;ides.</P>
<P>And the afore&s;aid Veins nou|ri&s;hing the Brain in their a&s;cent mu&s;t bee &s;u&s;tained of &s;ome &s;olid body, as is the <HI>Pericranium,</HI> and <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> becau&s;e they cannot a&s;cend by them&s;elves for their &s;in|gle and &s;oft coat, and the bloud in them is more apt to de&s;cend than to a&s;cend, becau&s;e it is heavie.</P>
<P>But the Arteries are not joyned to any &s;olid body, but &s;tanding by them&s;elves do a&s;cend too with|in the Skull, becau&s;e they are double coated and hard.</P>
<P>And it was not nece&s;&s;ary that they &s;hould a&s;cend, and after|wards turn their heads downward
<PB N="191" REF="107"> as the Veins, becau&s;e their bloud is light, and more apt for a&s;cen|ding than de&s;cending.</P>
<P>Yet you &s;hall better &s;ee the branches of tho&s;e Veins, and al&s;o of &s;ome Arteries in the Anatomy of the Members following.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of Veins and Ar|teries hath been &s;poken of in ano|ther place; their complexion is judged from the compo&s;ition of them; their &s;hape is known, they have Colligancy with the whole body; their bigne&s;s is al&s;o known; they are bigger in one body than in another; But the &s;ituation of many of them is often varied; in number they are unperceivea|ble, becau&s;e many of them are hidden; their helps are to feed all the members; they al&s;o &s;uffer pa&s;|&s;ions of all &s;orts, but there often hapneth to them a &s;treightned o|pilation, cau&s;ed from the fulne&s;s of bloud, which if it bee made in the branches of the Veins <HI>Guidez,</HI> there always followeth profundity of &s;leep, the Apoplexie, and ex|tream &s;uffocation.</P>
<PB N="192" REF="108">
<P> That Vein <HI>Guidez</HI> is &s;ometimes flebotomized, yet &s;eldome in our Region and Age; its inci&s;ion hel|peth the Lepro&s;ie not confirmed, and in a &s;trong &s;quinancy, in a &s;harp <HI>A&s;tma,</HI> in &s;traightne&s;s of breath|ing, in hoar&s;ne&s;s of voice cau&s;ed by &s;uper-abounding of blood in an Apo&s;tume of the Lungs, for evacuation and diver&s;ion &s;ake, for the antecedent cau&s;e, in the begin|ning and augmentation; never|thele&s;s this inci&s;ion of the Veins <HI>Guidez</HI> is to bee made by a lear|ned hand, with a Flebm or Lan|cet, having &s;ome Ob&s;tacle neer the point, le&s;t all the &s;ides of the Vein be opened, for the&s;e Veins are &s;lippery in the touching of them, becau&s;e they are not annex|ed to the fle&s;h, as many others, as well al&s;o becau&s;e of the &s;oft and &s;lippery glandules being under them; as al&s;o, le&s;t the Flebm &s;hould prick a Nerve or other members placed there.</P>
<P>But the manner of flebotomi|zing the&s;e Veins, is thus; fir&s;t, let the lower Belly of the Patient
<PB REF="108">
<PB REF="109">
<PB N="193" REF="109"> be bound, between the <HI>Ilia</HI> and <HI>Hy|pochondria,</HI> with a girdle decently binding; let him al&s;o hold his mouth &s;hut in expelling the air from the Brea&s;t; then let the Patient decline his head to the contrary &s;ide that is to bee let bloud; be|cau&s;e by doing &s;o the Vein &s;wel|leth as a Chord extended, and with a fit in&s;trument holding the Vein firm with the hand, or other de|vice, the Vein mu&s;t be peirced in the more eminent place.</P>
<P>Authors commend &s;uch a Secti|on to bee made according to the breadth, neverthele&s;s I would doe it obliquely, and let not the quan|tity of bloud bee &s;uperfluous, nei|ther let it bee done the &s;econd time; and let the Work-man have with him powders con&s;tringent for &s;topping of Bloud, as <HI>Bole-Ar|monick, Sanguis Draconis,</HI> the hairs of a Hare, Mummy, the barks of Frankin&s;ence, Aloes, and the like, and among all let him have Vitriol, or Colcotar, al&s;o Soot is prai&s;ed, and burnt Beans, and Paper burnt, Skins, and
<PB N="194" REF="110"> the likc to the&s;e, the white of an Egge well beaten being always laid over, and with decent Liga|ture, and the Patient lying with his head lifted up for eight days, with light &s;leep, and decent diet; as farre as it &s;hall &s;eem good to the lawful Phy&s;ician.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the de&s;cending and the Rever&s;ive Nerves.</HEAD>
<P>THe Anatomy of the Veins a|&s;cending <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Nervus ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>quod ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>nuto, &amp; flecto: quia Nervi in&s;tru|menta volunta|rii mo|tus.</HI> Gal&punc;</NOTE> from the Liver up|ward being di&s;patched, in which al&s;o many things have been &s;po|ken of the Arteries a&s;cending, I return to the de&s;cendent Nerves, from which the Rever&s;ives doe a|ri&s;e; and I &s;ay, that in the lateral parts of the Neck, a little under the Ears, between or under &s;ome Mu&s;cles, are notable Veins, and Arteries (as it was manife&s;ted before) to which on both &s;ides there doth adhere one notable Nerve called De&s;cendent; the&s;e Nerves the Ancients did call <HI>Apo|plecticos:</HI> and not well, becau&s;e
<PB N="195" REF="110"> they did not know the operations of them, witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> in his Book <HI>De Voce &amp; anhelitu:</HI> And the&s;e Nerves doe ari&s;e principally from the &s;ixth pair of the Nerves of the Brain, and they ri&s;e al&s;o from the third, and de&s;cend perpendicular|ly, becau&s;e in &s;uch &s;ort they mu&s;t move the members.</P>
<P>The&s;e Nerves are compounded of many branches, whereof &s;ome by de&s;cending (witne&s;s <HI>Galen)</HI> are &s;pread abroad to the Heart, and to its <HI>Cap&s;ula,</HI> to the <HI>Media&s;ti|nus,</HI> and likewi&s;e to the Brea&s;t in the roots of the Ribs, and &s;ome notable enough to the mouth of the Stomach, and to the <HI>Diafrag|ma,</HI> and &s;ome le&s;&s;er to the Liver, to the Spleen, to the Kidnies, and to other &s;en&s;ible members of the lower Bellies, to which al&s;o doe goe certain Nerves obliquely de|&s;cending from the Nuke, and from tho&s;e Nerves de&s;cending &s;ome no|table branches are again turned back upward, which are called <HI>Rever&s;ivi,</HI> and <HI>Retro Redeuntes,</HI> which are commonly called the
<PB N="196" REF="111"> Nerves of the Voyce, and they reach toward the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> bind|ing them&s;elves with certain of its mu&s;cles, who&s;e heads are placed at the lower parts of its body.</P>
<P>Some branches al&s;o of the a|fore&s;aid de&s;cendent Nerves (be|&s;ides tho&s;e Rever&s;ives) doe goe likewi&s;e by de&s;cending to &s;ome of the Mu&s;cles of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> the heads whereof are turned upward, and they are Rever&s;ives (as it plea&s;eth &s;ome) with their mu&s;cles they &s;hut the cartilage <HI>Cymbalaris,</HI> and <HI>Glotida,</HI> but the mu&s;cles of the de&s;cending Nerves doe move other Cartilages, and al&s;o they open the <HI>Cymbalaris.</HI></P>
<P>From the &s;eventh pair al&s;o, and from the <HI>Nuca,</HI> doe come Nerves to the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> which doe move it obliquely, (witne&s;&s;e <HI>Galen.)</HI></P>
<P>Tho&s;e Nerves are two; one right, the other left, neverthele&s;s they are divided into very many Fibers, or branches, as it appears, becau&s;e of the many members to which they goe.</P>
<PB N="197" REF="111">
<P> Their quantity and colour is apparent; their complexion and &s;ub&s;tance is &s;uch as of other Nerves, yet the Rever&s;ives are drier and harder, becau&s;e they are to bear notable, and as it were con|tinual motions, e&s;pecially when they &s;hut the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> to which &s;hutting there is required a &s;tron|ger motion than to the opening of it, becau&s;e there are more mu&s;cles opening than &s;hutting it; al&s;o the motion of the Heart, of the Lungs, and of the Brea&s;t doth open it; and therefore that &s;uch Nerves &s;hould bee &s;trong, Nature hath &s;et them afarre off from the moy&s;t Brain, from which by how much the more they are di&s;tant, by &s;o much the more drier are they; and they pa&s;s near unto the Heart about the Artery, where perhaps by rea&s;on of its heat they doe obtain drine&s;s and hardne&s;s, and they are turned back upward, that by drawing downward they might &s;hut the <HI>E|piglottis,</HI> which when they are re|laxed, many other mu&s;cles helping, the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> is opened.</P>
<PB N="198" REF="112">
<P> Their &s;ituation is on the &s;ides of the Neck de&s;cending to the afore|&s;aid members, but the Nerves which are called <HI>Rever&s;ivi,</HI> in the left &s;ide begin to bee turned back to the upper parts, when they meet with the great Artery <HI>Aorta</HI> in the place a little above the Heart, where that Artery is fir&s;t forked, and beginneth to bee turned back through the Brea&s;t to the lower members, about which great branch de&s;cending is made the motion of the attraction, and re|laxation of tho&s;e Nerves, and that bifurcation of the Artery is to tho&s;e Nerves as a wheel upon which water is drawn from a Well with a cord; and this place as well on the left as on the right, about which the&s;e rever&s;ive Nerves are moved, or to which they are joyned in their motion, is called of <HI>Galen, Diablum,</HI> and <HI>Flexor;</HI> it is al&s;o called of &s;ome <HI>Girgilus,</HI> and <HI>Bachan,</HI> and <HI>Galen</HI> in his eighth Book, <HI>De juvamentis, cap.</HI> 2. doth re&s;emble that rever|&s;ion of the Nerves, to tho&s;e that
<PB N="199" REF="112"> with Hor&s;es in a Camp are turned back to the way from which they fir&s;t came, and &s;aith, that it is as it were a turning back of a thing upon a &s;mall wheel; and in the &s;eventh, <HI>De Utilitate, cap.</HI> 14. hee &s;aith, that he fir&s;t of all found out tho&s;e Nerves placed in that man|ner, and their Mu&s;cles, having the heads of them downward.</P>
<P>He &s;aith al&s;o, that that rever&s;i|on of tho&s;e Nerves &s;heweth, that the Nerves have their original from the Brain, and not from the Heart, as <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> did think, for if the Nerves &s;hould have their beginning from the Heart, tho&s;e Rever&s;ives &s;hould come from it, and not from the Brain, as it ap|peareth to &s;ence.</P>
<P>And to tho&s;e Rever&s;ive Nerves of the right &s;ide Nature hath al&s;o made the <HI>Girgilus</HI> (or that wheel which &s;hee made in the left &s;ide) of one &s;ufficiently noted branch of the Artery a&s;cending, being obliqued toward the right Arm|pit, about the upper <HI>Furcula</HI> of the Brea&s;t of the right &s;ide, which
<PB N="200" REF="113"> Artery goeth to the right Arm, to which branch it hath joyned o|ther Pellicles remaining there, that it might bee &s;trong, becau&s;e this branch is not &s;o great as is that a|bout which the rever&s;ive Nerves of the afore&s;aid left &s;ide are turned back.</P>
<P>And under that branch of the right &s;ide, fortified of the afore|&s;aid Pellicles, doe the right rever|&s;ive Nerves a&s;cend by the Neck; and as well tho&s;e of the right as of the left are by a&s;cending, implan|ted to the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Epiglot|tis</HI> with many branches, as it ap|peareth to &s;ence, by means of which they move the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> or <HI>Laringa</HI> voluntarily, as a Ri|der, by means of his Bridle and Reigns, moveth the Hor&s;e when he li&s;t.</P>
<P>The helps of the afore&s;aid de|&s;cending Nerves are to give &s;ence, and &s;ome motion (accor|ding to &s;ome) to the members to which they goe in their de&s;cent, concerning which it was &s;poken before; and the helps of the Re|ver&s;ives
<PB N="201" REF="113"> are for the giving of the Voyce; and therefore they are cal|led <HI>Nervivocis,</HI> the Nerves of the Voyce, as well the de&s;cending as the Rever&s;ives doe &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; and if their complexi|on bee notably changed, as &s;ome|times it hapneth in the uncover|ing of them by rea&s;on of an Ul|cer, e&s;pecially of the de&s;cending, and happily of the Rever&s;ives, the Voyce is lo&s;t, and their other ope|rations, if they bee not taken a|way, they are at lea&s;t dimini&s;hed; and if the Rever&s;ives only &s;hould bee wholly cut on both &s;ides, the Voyce and the Speech is lo&s;t; but if in one &s;ide only, the half of the operations is hurt; but if the de|&s;cending bee cut, of which the Rever&s;ives bee parts (according to &s;ome) tho&s;e Five Operations will bee hurt, of which <HI>Galen</HI> maketh mention, 4 <HI>Interiorum, cap.</HI> 15. to wit, <HI>Exitus aeris &acirc; pectore cum anhelitu,</HI> a going forth of air from the Brea&s;t with pain|ful breathing; and <HI>Flamen &s;ine ictu &s;eu &s;trepitu,</HI> a bla&s;t without
<PB N="202" REF="114"> &s;troak or noi&s;e; and <HI>flamen<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">um &s;trepitu,</HI> a bla&s;t with noi&s;e; and <HI>Vox,</HI> the voice; and <HI>Loquela,</HI> the &s;peech; yet &s;ome will have it, that by the inci&s;ion of the de&s;cen|ding Nerves, the voice alone, and that bla&s;t with the &s;troak is lo&s;t; but concerning tho&s;e Nerves look upon our Commentaries.</P>
<P>The&s;e things being &s;een, leave the rever&s;ive Nerves in their place in the Neck, that by them you may the better &s;ee the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> to which they are fa&s;tned; leave al&s;o the upper part of the Ventricle, and all the <HI>Gu|la</HI> or <HI>Meri,</HI> and that upper part of the Lungs, which you kept for the &s;eeing of the <HI>Trachea;</HI> leave al&s;o &s;uch a part of the Veins and Arteries, reaching to the Arms and to the Head, that you may &s;ee the Anatomy of them in their place; but you may ca&s;t away the Heart and the other members of the lower and middle Belly, which have fir&s;t been &s;een, &amp; kept for the &s;eeing of the Veins, Arteries, and Nerves &s;poken of before; &amp; before
<PB N="203" REF="114"> we do further proceed in the pre|&s;ent order of Anatomy, &s;ome things are to be &s;poken of the Face, and of &s;ome parts of it; afterwards we &s;hall come to the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and <HI>Gula,</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Face.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>qua&s;i</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>hoc e&s;t quod an|tror&s;us videat. Ga&s;. Bauhi.</HI></NOTE></HEAD>
<P>THe Face, called <HI>Facies</HI> of the <HI>Romans,</HI> and of the <HI>Greeks</HI> * <GAP DESC="foreign">, which is onely to man, is the former part of the Head known to all: this part &s;hould ra|ther come to bee Anatomized with the upper Belly than with the middle, but for the pre&s;ent wee &s;peak of it by the way, be|cau&s;e in a common Anatomy the <HI>Gula</HI> or <HI>Meri</HI> cannot be &s;hown, unle&s;s there be fir&s;t mention made of &s;ome parts of the Face, and <HI>Facies</HI> is &s;aid, <HI>qua&s;i faciens hominem,</HI> making the man; for by it is the knowledge and di&s;tinction of e|very per&s;on.</P>
<P>This part called <HI>Facies,</HI> is al&s;o called <HI>Vultus a Volvendo,</HI> of row|ling, and &s;o called a <HI>Volendo,</HI> of
<PB N="204" REF="115"> Willing, becau&s;e by it the affec|tions of the minde are known, in which the colour of it is chan|ged, either for ba&s;hfulne&s;s, or for &s;ome fault committed, or for fear, or &s;ickne&s;s; neverthele&s;s there are &s;ome who&s;e countenance is &s;eldom changed, and tho&s;e are called <HI>Vul|tuo&s;i,</HI> brazen faced.</P>
<P>Al&s;o the countenance is changed from age to age, and the Face dif|fers from the countenance in that, becau&s;e the Face is alwaies the &s;ame, and the countenance is changed; albeit the Face may change its colour and quantity by age; and the knowledge of the Face is much con&s;idered of the <HI>Phy&s;iognomi&s;t;</HI> it is al&s;o con&s;idered of the Phy&s;ician; as in the fir&s;t Progno&s;tick you &s;hall fir&s;t con&s;i|der the Face of the &s;ick man, for it helpeth in the knowing of many di&s;ea&s;es, as the Lepro&s;ie, the <HI>Peri|plemonia,</HI> the yellow Jaundice, <HI>ca|chexia,</HI> and the time of <HI>Men&s;trues</HI> in a woman; in that they are al&s;o known that counterfeit &s;ickne&s;s, but not alwaies.</P>
<PB N="205" REF="115">
<P> Its &s;ituation is under the former hairy part of the Head; its &s;ub|&s;tance is of more rare and &s;oft Skin, than any other Skin of the body, of the vapours a&s;cending to it from the whole; and for comeline&s;s &s;ake, under that Skin are many Mu&s;cles and Veins, pul|&s;ant and quiet, Nerves, Panni|cles, Ligaments, Cartilages, and Bones; in number it is one Orga|nical member.</P>
<P>The number of the parts of it, is the Forehead, the Temples, the Ears, the Eyebrows, the No&s;e, the Eyes, the Eyelids, the <HI>Cilia,</HI> or hair of the Brows, the Cheeks, <HI>Maxillae,</HI> or <HI>Mandibulae,</HI> the Jaws, which are here <HI>Synonymaes,</HI> the Mouth, and the ball of the Cheeks, the Lips, <HI>Gela&s;ini,</HI> the foreteeth, <HI>Mystax,</HI> the <HI>Mu&s;ta|che,</HI> the trench or hollow place under the No&s;e, and the Chin, with its trench; its quantity, its figure, and Colligancy are appa|rent; its complexion is &s;uch as is the complexion of the parts of it; its helps are al&s;o to be gathered
<PB N="206" REF="116"> from its parts; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Forehead, and the other parts</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Frons a ferendo quod ani+mi indi|cia prae &s;e ferat Ca. Bau|hi.</NOTE> <HI>of the Face, the No&s;e, the Eyes, the Eyelids, the</HI> Cilia, <HI>and the Mouth, with the parts thereof excepted.</HI></HEAD>
<P><HI>FRons</HI> the Forehead, is all that middle upper part of the Face without hairs, which is above the Eyes; neverthele&s;s it is &s;aid of &s;ome, that the Eyes are in the Forehead; and therefore witne&s;s <HI>Varro,</HI> it is called, <HI>Frons a foratu Oculorum,</HI> from the boaring of the Eyes.</P>
<P>Under the Skin of the Fore|head, is dilated one mu&s;cle, ha|ving its Fibers according to the length of the body, by which it moveth the Eyebrows; in the Forehead are al&s;o wrinckles, rea|ching according to the breadth of it, according to the &s;ituation of which, Empericks do cut their Ab&s;ce&s;&s;ions, (but ill) becau&s;e then the Eyebrows do fall; therefore
<PB N="297" REF="116"> the inci&s;ions in the Forehead ought to be made according to the length of the body.</P>
<P>In the Forehead are &s;ome Veins which are cut in diver&s;e di&s;ea&s;es, and Hor&s;-leeches al&s;o are applied to them; under the afore&s;aid mu&s;cle is the <HI>Os Frontis,</HI> called <HI>Corona|le.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Temples.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Tempora dicuntur qua&s;i ae|tatis tem+pus &amp; annos &s;u|a canitie &amp; maci|lentia prodant.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>ON the &s;ides of the Forehead, are the Temples, called in Latine * <HI>Tempora,</HI> which is times, becau&s;e in them are known the years of many living creatures; for they fir&s;t wax gray in man, but not alwaies; they are al&s;o made hollow in the long continuance of time; in the Temples are little bones, &s;omewhat long, reaching overthwart the Head, which do keep the Temporal mu&s;cles with|in them, and the Skull; the&s;e bones are called of <HI>Avicen, O&s;&s;a paris;</HI> and beyond the afore&s;aid mu&s;cles in the Temples, there are al&s;o &s;ome Arteries, and notable
<PB N="208" REF="117"> Veins, which in &s;ome di&s;ea&s;es are inci&s;ed.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Eyebrows.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Superci|lium qui &s;upra ci|lium na|&s;cuntur crines; cilium vocatur vel a cil|leo quod &s;epiusmo|vetur vel a celo quod ce|let ocu|lum.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P><HI>SUpercilia</HI> the Eyebrows, are known to all, who&s;e &s;ituation is in the ending of the Forehead; they are bred together with a man for ornament &s;ake, intended of nature, that they might defend the Eyes from du&s;t falling, and from rain, and the like; its hairs do not increa&s;e as tho&s;e of the Head, for a good ends &s;ake.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Intercilium, <HI>or the &s;pace between the Brows.</HI></HEAD>
<P>IN the bounds of the Forehead is a certain &s;pace between, di|viding the Eyebrows in the mid|dle of them, it al&s;o divideth the Forehead from the No&s;e; and to this part as to a center, are bounded the No&s;e, and the low|er and middle part of the Fore|head; this part is called <HI>Glabel|la,</HI> or <HI>Glabra;</HI> for <HI>Glaber</HI> is inter|preted,
<PB REF="117">
<PB REF="118">
<PB N="209" REF="118"> <HI>Sine pilis,</HI> without Hair; this place is al&s;o called, <HI>Lepor na|&s;i,</HI> the comeline&s;s of the No&s;e: in that place do often begin <HI>Eri|&s;ipilas,</HI> called by another name, <HI>Gutta Ro&s;ea.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Malis, <HI>the Cheeks.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Mala con|tract. ex maxilla Ci|cerone, vel ex mali &s;i|militudine.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P><HI>MAlae</HI> are tho&s;e round parts in the Face, which are al&s;o called <HI>Poma,</HI> and they are below the Eyes on the &s;ides of the No&s;e, and they are onely to mankind; and they are properly called <HI>Genae,</HI> although the greater part of the Face may be called <HI>Gena.</HI> The Skin of this part is thinner than a|ny other part of the Face, which is ea&s;ily made red, and changeth its colour in the affections of the mind, which commonly in well complexioned people is of a Ro|&s;et colour; tho&s;e <HI>Malae</HI> do adorn the Face, and they are a defence to the Eyes, and to the No&s;e; and each of them hath one broad mu&s;|cle, firmly united to its Skin, which are &s;erviceable to them and
<PB N="210" REF="119"> to the Lips; as &s;hall bee &s;aid hereafter in the Section of the Lips.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Barba, <HI>called</HI> Gena, <HI>the Beard.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Gena La|tin: a ge|nero ibi ca|pilli gene|rantur.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>IN the Face al&s;o is a barbarous part, which hath a proper name, and is called, <HI>Gena, a</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>genero,</HI> to beget, becau&s;e the Hairs are created there; this part al&s;o of &s;ome is called <HI>Mystax,</HI> or <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">From whence may come our En|gli&s;h word <HI>Mu&s;tachio.</HI></NOTE> <HI>Mu&s;tax.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Mentuma memini Ci ceroni quod quibu&s;dam ejus inter recordan|dum aliquis u&s;us e&s;&s;e vi|deatur.</NOTE> Mentum, <HI>the Chin.</HI></HEAD>
<P>IN the lower part of the Face is <HI>Mentum</HI> the Chin, &s;o called <HI>ab Eminendo,</HI> from appearing a|bove the re&s;t; for it is eminent a|bove the <HI>Gula;</HI> (it is al&s;o called, <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Pol|luci &amp; Ruffo</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>quod pili ibidem floreant.</HI></NOTE> <GAP DESC="foreign">) from <HI>Mentum</HI> its di&s;|ca&s;e is called <HI>Mentagra;</HI> its upper part beginneth from the root of the upper Lip, and hath an end in the lowe&s;t part of the Face; and in re&s;pect of its place it may bee cal|led
<PB N="211" REF="119"> <HI>Mentum,</HI> becau&s;e they that are <NOTE PLACE="marg">Mentum vult qua&s;i &agrave; miti di|duci.</NOTE> lowe&s;t ought in all things (if they are not) to be mild.</P>
<P>In the middle of the Chin is a certain hollowne&s;s, called of &s;ome <HI>B<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ccula,</HI> and <HI>Buccella,</HI> a little Cheek, it is al&s;o called <HI>Typos.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of Gela&s;inis.</HEAD>
<P>ON the &s;ides of the mouth, on <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Martiali Gela&s;inus <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"></HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>rideo maxi|me onim apparent ri&s;u.</HI></NOTE> both &s;ides in the skin (in &s;ome per&s;ons, and e&s;pecially in Boyes, and in Women) is a cer|tain little pit, which appeareth in <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">aughter, which &s;heweth grace and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">omline&s;s, and therefore tho&s;e pits <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">re called <HI>Umbelicus Veneris,</HI> and <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ela&s;inus,</HI> the&s;e are al&s;o called, <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">mbelicus Veneris, Venus</HI> Navel, becau&s;e they are like to the hol|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">owne&s;s found in the leaves of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">erb called <HI>Venus Navel,</HI> and <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ayledon.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="212" REF="120">
<HEAD>Of the hollow pit under the No&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>UNder the No&s;e, in the mid|dle of the upper Lip is a cer|tain little valley, which <HI>Lactanti|us Firmianus</HI> for the &s;imilitude of its hollowne&s;s, calleth <HI>Lacuna,</HI> a <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Polluci &amp; Ruffo qua&s;i amatorium &s;ive amabi|le dixeris vel amoris illecebra velut e&s;&s;et quoddam in amore illecta|me<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">tum.</HI></NOTE> Ditch, it is called of &s;ome <HI>Philtr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">,</HI> and <HI>Sperion,</HI> and <HI>Hy&s;pia;</HI> concer|ning the No&s;e, the Eyes, the Eye-brows, the Eye-lids, the Mouth, and its parts; it &s;hall bee &s;poken in their place, beginning with the Anatomy of the mouth.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the Mouth, an<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the parts thereof.</HEAD>
<P>THat therefore the <HI>Trachea Epiglottis,</HI> and <HI>Gula</HI> may be<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> fitly <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Os Sca|lig. ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>vox.</HI></NOTE> &s;hewed, as we have promi&s;ed I come to the Section of the Mouth, and the parts of it; and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;ay, that the Mouth is that hollow part in the face, being immediatly within the Lips, by which th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> meat and drink, and in part ai<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">
<PB N="113" REF="120"> doe fir&s;t enter within the body, and by which Spittles and Voyces goe forth, and in which the Speech is formed, and it is called <HI>Os,</HI> as it were <HI>O&s;tium,</HI> the door to the afore&s;aid things, letting them in and out.</P>
<P>But the Cheek or Cheeks <HI>Buc|ce,</HI> are tho&s;e parts in the face or mouth which may naturally bee puffed up of the breath, that is, that hollowne&s;s of the mouth which is puffed up of the breath, being brought back from the Lungs, and retained in the mouth the lips being &s;hut.</P>
<P>The parts of the Mouth are the Lips, the Teeth, the Gums, the Jaw-bones, the Palate, the Uvea, the Tongue, the Ton&s;ils, and the Fauces.</P>
<P>From the afore&s;aid things doth appear the &s;ub&s;tance, &s;ituation, and figure of the Mouth; its quan|tity is known to all; in number it is one member; the number of the parts of it is &s;poken of; its Col|ligancy is taken from its parts, and al&s;o its helps; its complexion is
<PB N="214" REF="121"> &s;uch as are its parts; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Lips.</HEAD>
<P><HI>LAbia,</HI> which are al&s;o called <NOTE PLACE="marg">Labrum a lavando, quidam, eo quod in eo lavationem infantium &s;olitum e&s;t fi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">r<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">: haud improprie labium &agrave; labor dici puto quod ex iis verba elabuntur.</NOTE> <HI>Labra;</HI> the Lips in &s;ome are gro&s;s, in &s;ome thin; gro&s;s doe commonly argue rudene&s;s of wit; the more prominent part of the Lip is named <HI>Prochilum;</HI> the con|tinual joyning of them is called <HI>Pro&s;tomion,</HI> or <HI>Pro&s;tomia,</HI> and tho&s;e which have their Lips hanging o|ver, and likewi&s;e their Teeth, are called <HI>Brochi;</HI> in the middle of the Lips is a clift which is proper|ly called <HI>Os,</HI> the mouth.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the Lips is compounded of Mu&s;culous fle&s;h, skin, and a Pannicle continued to the <HI>Gula;</HI> the union of the&s;e parts is &s;o compacted, that one can very hardly bee &s;eparated from the o|ther, and it is &s;uch, le&s;t through the gro&s;ne&s;s of it, its nimble moti|on &s;hould bee hindred, which &s;erves for every difference of pla|cing, and therefore in them there
<PB N="215" REF="121"> are four proper Mu&s;cles, and two common to them, and to the balls of the face. And the proper are lit|tle, according to the bigne&s;s of the Lips, which before they are uni|ted to the skin are chained toge|ther one to another, &s;o that their parts are un&s;eparable without the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ending of them, one pair where|of hangeth obliquely under the apples of the face toward the Lips; al&s;o the other two hang obliquely from the lower Mandible toward the Lips.</P>
<P>And although there are only four mu&s;cles in the Lips, neverthe|le&s;s there are eight motions, wit|ne&s;s <HI>Galen,</HI> 11 <HI>De Utili. cap.</HI> 16. to wit, four Strait, and four Ob|lique, for every one of them while it is moved moveth Ob|liquely, becau&s;e the &s;ituation of e|very one of them is oblique, but when two of them are equally moved, they move rightly, as it is in the opening of them, in which there is one right motion; but the other right motion in the Lips, is when they are &s;hut, or pre&s;&s;ed to|gether
<PB N="216" REF="122"> to one another.</P>
<P>There are al&s;o two other right motions in the Lips, one is, when they are turned outward, and the other when they are fol|ded inward; and tho&s;e motions are made of &s;trait Fibers, &s;ome whereof innermo&s;t are within tho&s;e mu&s;cles of the Lips, and &s;ome are outward; and when the outermo&s;t are extended, then the Lips are turned outward, and when the innermo&s;t, then they are folded under or inward; and how the Oblique motions are made of one Mu&s;cle only, and the right of more, it is ea&s;ie to judge, if you look into the &s;huttings of a Pur&s;e, which when they are drawn to|gether rightly, and uniformly, they open the mouth of the Pur&s;e, and when only one of them is drawn, the mouth of the Pur&s;e is moved over-thwart.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;s <HI>Avicen,</HI> although hee &s;peaketh of the afore&s;aid &s;itu|ation of the Mu&s;cles, &s;etteth down but four Motions, as there are four Mu&s;cles; and &s;aith, that
<PB N="217" REF="122"> four Motions is &s;ufficient for them; hee &s;aith, that every part of them when it is moved, moveth to its own part, and when two, they are moved to two parts, and are di|lated to two; they have there|fore a perfection of their motion to four parts, neither have they any other motion be&s;ides them.</P>
<P>And as well <HI>Galen</HI> as <HI>Avicen</HI> doe &s;peak of the proper motion, becau&s;e the motion common to the Cheeks, and Lips, is made of two broad Mu&s;cles, which are in either Mandible; and the broad ones are bigger than the afore&s;aid, and tho&s;e, witne&s;s <HI>Galen,</HI> are out|ward from the Cheeks unto the &s;pine of the Neck, unto which doe pa&s;s Nerves from the Brea&s;t, and from the Clavicles, that is, from the upper <HI>Furcu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">aes</HI> of the Brea&s;t, which are implanted into the Cheeks, and into the lower Lip by right Fibers, and &s;ome other Fi|bers, reaching al&s;o from the Cla|vicies obliquely, and &s;ome other more oblique than the afore&s;aid, a&s;cending from the <HI>Scapulaes</HI> to
<PB N="218" REF="123"> the &s;ides of the Lips are implanted in the Cheeks; and moreover, &s;ome other do reach from the place behind the ears (which &s;ometimes they move) unto tho&s;e Mu&s;cles; neverthele&s;s tho&s;e mu&s;cles are not manife&s;tly known, although they have a multitude of Nerves almo&s;t from all the parts of the Neck; yet they are known if the Lips and the balls of the face bee moved, when the Mandibles are &s;hut to their uttermo&s;t power; not becau&s;e the bony parts of the Cheeks may be moved, but their afore&s;aid fle&s;hy mu&s;culous part is moved with the skin, which is pro|perly for the only motion of the Lips; to which part, and al&s;o to the very Lips the afore&s;aid Broad Mu&s;cles doe goe, which move the Lips, and the Cheek-balls, and this is called the common motion that is of the Lips, and of the Cheek-balls.</P>
<P>Some al&s;o would have that the Cheek-balls in their upper part be &s;omewhat moved of the Broad Mu&s;cle moving the fore-head, and
<PB N="219" REF="123"> &s;ome &s;ay, that tho&s;e Broad Mu&s;|cles moving the Cheeks and the Lips, doe al&s;o help the chawing.</P>
<P>And the motion of tho&s;e mu&s;|cles are be&s;t &s;een in tho&s;e which are living, e&s;pecially in them that are lean, and therefore I make mention of them, omitting the Anatomy of many mu&s;cles, be|cau&s;e they may not bee &s;een in tho&s;e that are living, neither bee &s;hewn in a common Anatomy; I will al&s;o declare the Anatomy of the Tongue, and Mandibles for the &s;ame cau&s;e.</P>
<P>The&s;e Lips within them&s;elves, and al&s;o the whole mouth are co|vered with a Pannicle, covering the <HI>Gula,</HI> or <HI>Meri,</HI> and the Sto|mach, and for this the lower Lip doth tremble when one is ready to Vomit: but this Pannicle is har|der and thicker in the mouth than any where el&s;e, and gro&s;&s;er in the <HI>Meri</HI> than in the Ventricle, and always as it de&s;cends it is made more &s;oft and &s;ubtile, becau&s;e in the mouth it fir&s;t meeteth with meats &s;omewhat hard, which as
<PB N="220" REF="124"> they de&s;cend are alwayes made &s;ofter, witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> 4. <HI>De utilit,</HI> and according to that of <HI>Avicen,</HI> that one feeding, receiveth &s;ome dige&s;tion by chawing.</P>
<P>The Figure, &s;ituation, quanti|ty, and number of the Lips doe appear; their complexion is &s;et down hot; they have Colligancy with the Brain by Nerves, with the Liver by Veins, with the Heart by Arteries, and therefore &s;ometimes in the compre&s;&s;ion of them the effects of the mind are known; the Lips al&s;o are &s;tretch|ed out, and re&s;trained voluntari|ly; they have al&s;o Colligancy with the Ventricle, and <HI>Meri,</HI> and with the whole body by means of the Skin; their helps are many, they are fir&s;t for the defence of the Teeth, and for the good form of the Face, for the expre&s;sing of the Speech, for the taking of meat and drink, and they are to the mouth as a door to a hou&s;e, ne|ce&s;&s;arily opening and &s;hutting them&s;elves; they al&s;o hinder the Air from entring cold to the
<PB N="221" REF="124"> Heart by it &s;elf, and by accident; they al&s;o retain the Air brought back from the Lungs in nece&s;&s;i|ties.</P>
<P>They endure pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts, and among others they &s;uf|fer <HI>Ragadias,</HI> Chaps, and often|times Cancers and trembling in <HI>Cri&s;i&s;es,</HI> and in Feavers by parti|cipation from the Brain, and from the Ventricle.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Teeth.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, you may fir&s;t open the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Dens qua&s;t edens, ab <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|dendo.</NOTE> mouth as much as you can, by cutting the Cheeks on each of the &s;ides, that you may the bet|ter &s;ee the Teeth and the Gums; fir&s;t noting the &s;ub&s;tance of the Teeth which is bony, and is har|der than a bone (witne&s;s <HI>Cel&s;us)</HI> neverthele&s;s &s;ome &s;ay, that they are of the nature of fle&s;h and bone, both becau&s;e they feel, and be|cau&s;e they are renewed again; they al&s;o doe encrea&s;e all the time of their endurance for their ends
<PB N="222" REF="125"> &s;ake, becau&s;e if they &s;hould not encrea&s;e they would not la&s;t, and the chawing would bee nought, from whence the life would bee &s;hort.</P>
<P>In number they are thirty two, to wit, in one rank, neer un|to either Cheek there are placed &s;ixteen, they are al&s;o oftentimes twenty eight only, becau&s;e then the four hinder teeth are wanting, which of <HI>Avicen</HI> are called <HI>Neg|negid.</HI> and the&s;e are two in ei|ther &s;ide, and &s;ometimes they want &s;ix in all, and the <HI>Negnegids</HI> are the la&s;t in coming, which are cal|led al&s;o the Teeth of under&s;tan|ding, of &s;en&s;e, and of wi&s;dome, becau&s;e in &s;ome they are bred in Man-hood, or in Old age; and witne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> 2. <HI>De Natura &s;eu de Hi&s;toriis animalium;</HI> the Male have more Teeth than the Female, as it appeareth in the Sex of Women, of Sheep, of Sows, and of &s;hee Goats.</P>
<P>The names of them are other of <HI>Cel&s;us,</HI> other of <HI>Galen,</HI> other of <HI>Ari&s;totle,</HI> other of <HI>Avicen,</HI> other
<PB N="223" REF="125"> of <HI>Mundinus;</HI> and fir&s;t the&s;e are the names of <HI>Avicen,</HI> for in every part, whether in the upper, or in the lower, or in the middle of the mouth toward the fore-part, be|ginning in the middle, there are fir&s;t two equals &s;omewhat broad, called <HI>Duales;</HI> at the &s;ides of which on both &s;ides is one, which of <HI>Mundinus</HI> is called <HI>Inci&s;ivi,</HI> and of <HI>Avicen</HI> are called <HI>Quadru|pli,</HI> yet <HI>Galen</HI> called the <HI>Duales Inci&s;ivos,</HI> which two <HI>Duales,</HI> and two <HI>Inci&s;ivi, Cel&s;us</HI> calleth <HI>Qua|ternos,</HI> and <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> called all the&s;e <HI>Acutos,</HI> that they may cut, and it agreeth with <HI>Galen;</HI> on the &s;ides of them, on both &s;ides is one, which are commonly called <HI>Cyno|dentes,</HI> or <HI>Canini,</HI> Dog-teeth; and of &s;ome they have been called <HI>Gela&s;ini,</HI> becau&s;e they appear in laughter more than the re&s;t,</P>
<P>Then all the re&s;t (according to <HI>Avicen)</HI> are <HI>Molares, Grinders,</HI> called a <HI>Molendo,</HI> from grinding; which in &s;ome (according to him) are on both &s;ides four, on the &s;ides of the Dog-teeth, and in
<PB N="224" REF="126"> &s;ome they are five, and in tha manner they are thirty two, or twenty eight, numbring them thus; two Duales, and two Qua|druples, or Inci&s;ives, and two Dog-teeth, all which are &s;ix, and the Grinders (according to <HI>A|vicen)</HI> are ten, or eight; if ten in either part, to wit, in the up|per or in the lower, they are in all &s;ixteen, and as &s;o, they are thir|ty two, but if they be eight, they are in either part fourteen, and &s;o they are twenty eight.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;s <HI>Mundinus</HI> in the number thirty two, placeth two Duales above, and &s;o many be|low, and two Inci&s;ives, and two Dog-teeth, and four Molares, and &s;ix Maxillaries, yet neither <HI>Galen,</HI> nor <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> doe appoint particu|lar names of all the Teeth, but <HI>Cel&s;us</HI> appointeth four Dog-teeth, on either &s;ide two, next to the <HI>Quaterni</HI> above, and as many be|low; <HI>Cel&s;us</HI> al&s;o appointeth eight Maxillaries above, and eight be|low, to wit, four on both &s;ides next to the Dog-teeth.</P>
<PB N="225" REF="126">
<P> Their &s;hape is diver&s;e, for &s;ome have only one &s;harp head, and one root, as all the Duales, and the Quadruples, or Inci&s;ives, and the Dog-teeth.</P>
<P>But the lower Molares have at the lea&s;t two heads, and two roots, and &s;ometimes three, and as ma|ny heads, and e&s;pecially the far|the&s;t; but the uppermo&s;t have at the lea&s;t three heads, and as many roots, and &s;ometimes four, and e&s;pecially the farthe&s;t, which are as it were a wall holding the o|thers firm; and the roots of the upper Teeth are crooked, that they may bee the &s;tronger, le&s;t they &s;hould fall by their own weighti|ne&s;s; and the holes in which they are fa&s;tned are wondrou&s;ly fitted to them.</P>
<P>And from the Jaw-bone doth ari&s;e for every Tooth one round additament, fa&s;tning the Tooth by means of the &s;trong Liga|ments; and tho&s;e additaments <HI>Galen</HI> called <HI>Prae&s;epia,</HI> which are not only in the place of the Gums, but in the extream of their roots.</P>
<PB N="226" REF="127">
<P> And the Molares have more roots than the re&s;t, becau&s;e their operation is more continual than the re&s;t, and becau&s;e in chawing they are not moved upward and downward only, but they are mo|ved laterally, or circularly.</P>
<P>All the Teeth have &s;ome &s;ence, (witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> and <HI>Avicon)</HI> their quantity and &s;ituation are appa|rent; they have Colligancy with the Mandibles and Gums, and with the Brain by the Nerve; their complexion is known, their helps are to prepare the meat for the Stomach; they al&s;o accent the Speech; they are al&s;o the weapons of Nature.</P>
<P>They &s;uffer every kind of Di&s;|ea&s;e which other Bones doe &s;uffer, in them there is pain, commotion, corro&s;ion, putrefaction, conge|ling, alteration of colour, and e|longation from their Natural place.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="227" REF="127">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Gingivis, <HI>the Gums.</HI></HEAD>
<P>AFter the Teeth are to be &s;een the Gums, <HI>Gingivae,</HI> &s;o cal|led, a <HI>Gignendis dentibus,</HI> from the begetting of Teeth; and they are &s;imple fle&s;h, hard, in which the Teeth are infixed; in them there are &s;o many holes as there are Teeth.</P>
<P>In number they are two the one above, the other below; their &s;hape appeareth, which follow|eth the &s;hape of their Jaw-bone; their &s;ituation al&s;o appeareth, and their quantity, and their Colli|gancy; their helps are to make f<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">m the Teeth, and to cloath the Bones of the Mandible about them, and with their heat to com|fort them, and to them that want Teeth they doe afford the help of chawing; they have al&s;o a notable &s;ence by their Colligancy with the Brain, by means of the Nerves di&s;per&s;ed through them; they en|dure pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="228" REF="128">
<HEAD><HI>Of</HI> Palatum, <HI>the Palate.</HI></HEAD>
<P>AFter the Gums, according to <NOTE PLACE="marg">Palatum quod labiis dentibu&s;que qua&s;i palis munitum &s;it.</NOTE> the true method of univer&s;al Anatomy, doth occur the Palate; which is a part of the mouth, wit|ne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle, primo de Hi&s;toriis, cap.</HI> 11. and is that part of the mouth either open or &s;hut which is above the tongue.</P>
<P>This part is bony, ordained of the bones of the upper Mandibles, neverthele&s;s it is covered with &s;ome fle&s;h, with its pannicle co|vering it, in which there are &s;ome Nervs giving the &s;en&s;e of Ta&s;ting and this part in the mouth is re|&s;embled to the hollowne&s;s of the roof of a Vault, or to the cover|ing of a Furnace, and therefore it it is called <HI>Caelum,</HI> and <HI>Altum oris,</HI> the highe&s;t part of the mouth; and it is called <HI>Palatum, quia in apertione oris palam o&s;tenditur,</HI> be|cau&s;e in the opening of the mouth it is &s;hewed openly to us; or, <HI>quia manife&s;te latum videtur,</HI> becau&s;e it &s;eemeth manife&s;tly broad; and
<PB N="229" REF="128"> the Palate, witne&s;s <HI>Galen,</HI> is as it were a bell lying before the <HI>Larin|ga,</HI> or <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> in which is made the founding of the Voyce, in which by the means of the Nerves is the notable Sen&s;e of Ta&s;ting.</P>
<P>Its &s;ituation, its figure, its quan|tity, and number, and Colligan|cy appear; its complexion is cold, becau&s;e it is bony by predomina|tion; in that member there is not any hole &s;erving the Collatory, as &s;ome doe think, by which the &s;u|perfluities of the Brain &s;hould bee purged out, but &s;uch a hole or holes are in the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> a|bove the No&s;trils, as &s;hall be &s;po|ken in another place.</P>
<P>The helps of it are, that the mouth being &s;hut, and al&s;o open, the Air might be retained there to this purpo&s;e, that it might warm it if it bee cold, le&s;t being &s;o it might hurt the Heart in its en|trance; it al&s;o retaineth Air, by which the Heart is refre&s;hed in nece&s;sities; it al&s;o helpeth in the retaining the Vocal air, and there|fore the Palate is rugged for this,
<PB N="230" REF="129"> that the air may goe forth full o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;urges; the Palate al&s;o by its hol|lowne&s;s helpeth the revolution of meat in the mouth in the time of chawing; by means of its hol|lowne&s;&s;e al&s;o the Tongue is mo|ved more nimbly for its operati|ons; it al&s;o helpeth dige&s;tion with its pellicle, the pellicle of the whole mouth helping it, and i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> may be the Spitle mixed with meats in chawing.</P>
<P>It &s;uffereth Pa&s;sions of all &s;orts, and among other Di&s;ea&s;es it &s;uf|fereth in Feavers the <HI>Colam,</HI> or <HI>Al|colam.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the &V;vnla,</HI> or <HI>Uvea.</HI></HEAD>
<P>IN the ending of the Palate a|bout the Fauces, towards the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Ex Uvae &s;i|militudine.</NOTE> head, right again&s;t the root of the Tongue is one member, fle&s;hy, of a rare &s;ub&s;tance, covered with the membrane, who&s;e quantity and &s;hape is equalled to the grane of a Grape, and therefore it is called <HI>&V;va, Uvigena,</HI> and <HI>Uvigera;</HI> it is al&s;o called <HI>Columella,</HI> and al&s;o
<PB N="231" REF="129"> <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">mna,</HI> and of &s;ome <HI>Gargare|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">, Gargar,</HI> and <HI>Gurgulio,</HI> it is al&s;o called <HI>Fundibulum;</HI> never|thele&s;&s;e this member encrea&s;eth more than naturally in length and breadth, by humidity filling it, and &s;ometimes it is like unto a Mou&s;e tayl, as I have often &s;een; and &s;ometimes it is indurated, and &s;ometimes &s;tranguleth, witne&s;&s;e <HI>Ari&s;totle.</HI></P>
<P>Man only hath this member; its &s;ub&s;tance is &s;poken of, in which there are &s;ome Veins, and Arte|ries, and therefore if it receive &s;o|lution it notably induceth bloud; its complexion is warm and moy&s;t; its number, &s;ituation, and Colligancy appear; this member giveth way to things that are &s;wallowed; neither hath it volun|tary motion, therefore it is with|out mu&s;cles; it helpeth in the breaking and altering the air, and according to &s;ome in the tuning the Voyce; it al&s;o hindreth thir|&s;tine&s;&s;e, by hindring air from en|tring the Fances violently.</P>
<P>It &s;uffereth Pa&s;sions of all &s;orts,
<PB N="232" REF="130"> and e&s;pecially corro&s;ion, and mo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|lification, in which there is often required Cautery.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Tongue.</HEAD>
<P>THe Tongue is &s;ometimes ta|ken <NOTE PLACE="marg">Lingua ex lingo, qua parte lin|gimus.</NOTE> for the variety of Lan|guages, as the <HI>Greeks,</HI> the <HI>Arabi|ans,</HI> the <HI>Latines,</HI> and of that kind; it al&s;o &s;ignifieth many other things, but for the pre&s;ent it is ta|ken for a member contained in the mouth, and it is called <HI>Lingua &agrave; ligando,</HI> of binding, becau&s;e it is bound from one end to another within the lower Mandibles.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of this member is naturally rare, fungous, and &s;oft; it is al&s;o &s;oft by accident, be|cau&s;e of the Humidities de&s;cen|ding from the Head, and from the Stomach to it; al&s;o the glandu|lous fle&s;h in the root of it (in which there are fountains of Spi|tle) doth moy&s;ten it, by means of the Spitle; it hath al&s;o a mul|titude of Nerves, as well for the Sen&s;e of touching and ta&s;te, as for
<PB N="233" REF="130"> the motion; tho&s;e that give the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">a&s;te come from the third pair of the Nerves of the Brain, but tho&s;e that give the motion come from the &s;eventh, and the&s;e Nerves are notable, becau&s;e the Tongue hath need of an excellent &s;ence, and al|&s;o motion; it al&s;o needeth very much heat and nouri&s;hment, therefore it (and in like manner the Yard) hath more and greater pul&s;ant and quiet Veins than any other member like to it in big|ne&s;s; and the Nerves that give it motion are di&s;tinct from them that give it &s;en&s;e, but tho&s;e which give the &s;en&s;e of Feeling, doe al&s;o give Ta&s;ting, and the ta&s;ting is more ea&s;ily corrupted than the feeling, becau&s;e the ta&s;ting is a more &s;ubtile vertue than the fee|ling; and the &s;ituation of the Nerves of &s;en&s;e is &s;uperficial, but the &s;ituation of the Nerves of mo|tion is nearer the Center more or le&s;&s;e, according to the place of the mu&s;cles, which are commonly appointed nine, to wit, four pair and one &s;ingle, with which it is
<PB N="234" REF="131"> moved to every difference of po|&s;ition; and the Tongue in its roo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter"> is large, gro&s;s, and &s;trong, but in the former part it is &s;ubtile and &s;harp, that it might be more fit for motion.</P>
<P>Of the afore&s;aid mu&s;cles two are on the &s;ides of the Tongue, of both &s;ides one, which are cal|led Latitudinal, proceeding from the &s;harp bones of the Head, pla|ced behind the Ears, from which place al&s;o in part doe come the Fi|bers of one mu&s;cle, which is com|mon for the motion of the Lips, and for the motions of the Apples of the Face, and the&s;e bones are called <HI>Sagittalia,</HI> and <HI>Acularia;</HI> there are al&s;o two called Longi|tudinals, beginning from the up|per part of the bone <HI>Lambda;</HI> which are continued with the middle of the Tongue; and there are two other mu&s;cles which move the Tongue overthwart, procee|ding from that &s;ide which is the lower of the two &s;ides of the bone <HI>Lambda,</HI> and tho&s;e doe penetrate between the afore&s;aid Longitu|dinals,
<PB N="235" REF="131"> and Latitudinals.</P>
<P>There are al&s;o two others con|verting it, and turning it upward, and the Fibers of them are &s;pread abroad in breadth under the afore|&s;aid, and the&s;e are continued with the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">one of the lower Mandible; neverthele&s;&s;e <HI>Avicen</HI> 12. <HI>anima|lium</HI> &s;aith, that tho&s;e la&s;t are a|bove the others; after that there is one mu&s;cle called &s;ingle, which continueth the Tongue to the bone <HI>Lambda,</HI> and draweth the one to the other, and this mu&s;cle driveth the Tongue to the out|ward parts, by lengthening it, it al&s;o draweth back, and &s;hortneth i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">.</P>
<P>Yet there are many that &s;ay, that the Tongue is not moved to the outward parts voluntarily, but meerly naturally from the imagi|nation, as the Yard; and &s;ome &s;ay that it, and al&s;o the Yard are moved of mu&s;cles, and of the imagination together, and &s;ome of the imagination only, which by means of the &s;pirit cau&s;eth a win|dine&s;&s;e, dilating, and erecting the
<PB N="236" REF="132"> Yard, and in like manner the Tongue, with bringing it o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> of the mouth; but the&s;e thing<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> are handled of <HI>Galen, Pr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> de motibus liquidis,</HI> and of <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|vicen, Prima primi,</HI> in the Chap|ter of the mu&s;cles of the Tongue, and there the Expo&s;itors doe re|&s;olve the doubts, which &s;ee.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Bone of the Tongue.</HEAD>
<P>THe Tongue in the root of it hath a bone to which it is knit and fa&s;tned, and &s;tandeth firm, as upon his <HI>Ba&s;is</HI> in his many motions; and this bone is qua|drilateral, or four-&s;ided, not very hard, but it is as it were Cartila|gineous, and it is called <HI>Os</HI> <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg"><HI>Hyoides Latini cum Graecis ap|pellant, id&abque; voce con|tractiore, &s;i|quidem</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>dicen|dum e&s;&s;et, quod</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>literae for|mam ex pri|mat, voca|tur</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>&s;ed quia ubi confun|ctum e&s;t &amp; &s;inum facit, non i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">a a|cuto angulo terminatur, rectius illud &ngr; figurae quam &lgr; &s;imile di|cemus.</HI> Columbus De o&s;&s;ib. 1. 1.</NOTE> <HI>Hyoi|deum,</HI> and <HI>Lambda,</HI> or <HI>Lambe,</HI> be|cau&s;e it is like to that Greek let|ter; two of the &s;ides of it are to|wards the Tongue, which are in the form of the afore&s;aid Letter two forked, and two al&s;o &s;o for|med bigger than the fir&s;t, are to|ward the Cartilage <HI>Deltalis,</HI> or Target Cartilage of the <HI>Epiglottis;</HI>
<PB N="237" REF="132"> which they embrace, and are fa&s;t|ned to it, le&s;t it &s;lide here and there, that this bone might the better make firm the other mem|bers fa&s;tned to it; and it is not on|ly fa&s;tned to the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> but al|&s;o to the <HI>Meri</HI> by &s;ome Liga|ments.</P>
<P>And this bone was not of a ve|ry long, or of a &s;traight Figure, be|cau&s;e the weightine&s;s of the Tongue had drawn it to one &s;ide only, and then there had not been good &s;peech, nor good chawing; and this bone is called <HI>Hyoideum</HI> of <HI>Galen,</HI> and <HI>Os Lambdae,</HI> and of <HI>Avicen</HI> Alfahic.</P>
<P>The helps of this bone are of <HI>Galen</HI> &s;et down many, although it bee a little bone; fir&s;t, many mu&s;cles doe come from it to the Tongue, and &s;ome mu&s;cles al&s;o of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and &s;ome doe goe from it to the <HI>Spatula,</HI> and &s;ome to the Brea&s;t, and &s;ome to the Mandibles; from that al&s;o, or from its Ligaments doe ari&s;e the Chords of the mu&s;cles neer unto it, and it is al&s;o a defence of the Tar|get
<PB N="238" REF="133"> Cartilage of the <HI>Laringa,</HI> and this bone is the principal founda|tion upon which the Tongue is turned in its motions.</P>
<P>This Bone hath three conjuga|tions of mu&s;cles proper unto it, to wit, one pair proceeding from the extremities of the lower Mandi|ble, toward that part with which it is continued to the root of the Tongue, whereof the one is on the right, the other on the left, and that pair whil&s;t it is contra|cted draweth it toward the Man|dible.</P>
<P>The &s;econd pair ari&s;eth under the Chin, and pa&s;&s;eth to that bone under the Tongue, and is fa&s;tned to it toward the upper part, to wit, toward the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and that bone, this draweth to part of the Mandible.</P>
<P>The third pair ari&s;eth from the Needle-like additaments of the bone of the Head, to wit, from the two &s;harp bony extremities, which are behind the Ears, and tho&s;e mu&s;cles are continued with the end of that bone, which is to|ward
<PB N="239" REF="133"> the Tongue, and they draw it to the upward parts back|ward.</P>
<P>All the other mu&s;cles conti|nued to this bone are common to it, and to the members to which they goe.</P>
<P>Under the Tongue it &s;elf are two notable Veins, on either &s;ide one, which in many di&s;po&s;itions are let bloud (e&s;pecially in the Synanche or Squincy) which are red, &s;ometimes black, and &s;ome|times green, and they are called of &s;ome <HI>Raninae.</HI></P>
<P>Under the Tongue al&s;o where it is fa&s;tned to the mouth, are cer|tain notable Caves divided into two parts, which are called the O|rifices, or Mouthes, or fountains of Spitle, which of <HI>Avicen</HI> are called <HI>Generativa &s;alivae,</HI> the en|genderers of Spitle, in which a &s;tile or pin of a Table-book doth ea&s;ily enter; the&s;e Orifices are o|pened and &s;hut like a Pur&s;e, as the Spitle encrea&s;eth and dimini&s;heth; the&s;e fountains are terminated to the afore&s;aid kernelly fle&s;h placed
<PB N="240" REF="134"> in the root of the Tongue, from which a &s;pitly moy&s;ture doth con|tinually &s;weat out into the afore|&s;aid fountains.</P>
<P>Under the Tongue al&s;o is a cer|tain pellicle, in the middle of it reaching long-wayes, which is called of our Vulgars <HI>Il filello,</HI> which in &s;ome is great, and the Widwives or Chirurgions doe cut that in the age of infancy, which if it be not cut maketh them hard of &s;peech.</P>
<P>The complexion of the Tongue is hot and moy&s;t; its &s;hape, and &s;i|tuation, and Colligancy doth ap|pear from what hath been &s;aid; its quantity is con&s;picuous, for witne&s;&s;e <HI>Ari&s;totle,</HI> one is broad, a|nother narrow, another mean, but that is laudible which is mea&s;ured in its Longitude and Latitude, ac|cording to the ability of &s;peak|ing.</P>
<P>In number, although it may &s;eem one member, yet there are two members, neverthele&s;&s;e they appear one compounded of two likes; for commonly Nature hath
<PB N="241" REF="134"> created the Sen&s;es double, that if hurt &s;hould happen to one part, the other part might remain un|hurt; and it was not divided &s;en|&s;ibly into two parts di&s;tant from one another for the chawing and &s;peech, but it is united by means of one Pannicle covering it, ne|verthele&s;&s;e this Pannicle is divided in length into two &s;ides, below and above, yet united and very firmly fa&s;tned to the Tongue, and this Pannicle is continual with the pannicle covering the Stomach, and <HI>Meri,</HI> and the whole mouth within &s;ide.</P>
<P>The helps of the Tongue are principally for the di&s;tinction of Voyce, and for the joyning of Letters, and therefore <HI>Galen</HI> in his Book, <HI>De voce &amp; anhelitu</HI> &s;aid, there are three members appoin|ted for the Voyce and Speech, to wit, the <HI>Trachea,</HI> the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and the <HI>Tongue,</HI> and every one hath glandules tempering it with <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oy&s;ture.</P>
<P>And the glandules of the <HI>Tra|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hoa</HI> are in the Neck moy&s;tning it,
<PB N="242" REF="135"> and making the parts of the Neck even.</P>
<P>And the glandules of the <HI>Epi|glottis</HI> are tho&s;e which are called <HI>Arcae aeris,</HI> che&s;ts of air.</P>
<P>There is al&s;o a certain far ker|nelly fle&s;h about that, covering of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> which is called <HI>Glo|tida,</HI> which is a principal organ of the Voyce; but the Tongue hath glandules to which Veins doe pa&s;&s;e, carrying Spitle to them, but the re&s;t are without a Vein but are filled of their own accord with moy&s;ture flowing to and a|gain unto them, and in the <HI>Epi|glottis</HI> is engendred moy&s;ture, with which it is moy&s;tued: &s;ome moy|&s;ture al&s;o floweth unto it from the Head.</P>
<P>The Tongue al&s;o helpeth for the di&s;cerning of ta&s;te, it al&s;o helpeth for the turning of meat in the mouth, &s;o that every part of it may be brui&s;ed; it al&s;o helpeth &s;wallowing; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ion<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="243" REF="135">
<HEAD>Of the Amigdals, or Almonds.</HEAD>
<P>IN the upper part of the Tongue on the &s;ides about the root of it, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Ex Amyg|dalorum &s;imilitudino</NOTE> are certain kernally or glandulous fle&s;hes, on either &s;ide one, called of many <HI>Amigdalae, Almonds,</HI> which together with the afore&s;aid <HI>Uvea,</HI> and <HI>Gal&s;amach,</HI> and al&s;o <HI>Aifahic,</HI> are placed of <HI>Avicen</HI> (9. <HI>tertii)</HI> among the parts added to the throat, and by the throat, the interpreter of <HI>Avicen,</HI> under&s;tan|deth the &s;pace in which are the pa&s;|&s;ages of the meat, and of breath|ing (but not well) becau&s;e <HI>Gut|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">r,</HI> the Throat, is taken of the La|tines for the <HI>Trachea arteria,</HI> it is al&s;o taken for the former part of the Neck, which is from the Jaws to the <HI>Jugulum,</HI> and therefore <HI>Cel|&s;us</HI> &s;aid that the Veins <HI>Granges,</HI> that is, <HI>Guidez,</HI> are in the right and left &s;ide about the <HI>Guttur,</HI> or Throat, and <HI>Pliny</HI> being witne&s;&s;e, the throat is &s;o much in a man, as of|tentimes &s;welleth up in a Di&s;ea&s;e, and this tumour is called <HI>Botium,</HI>
<PB N="244" REF="136"> and al&s;o <HI>Struma,</HI> although <HI>Stru|ma</HI> may al&s;o manife&s;t <HI>Scrophul<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">,</HI> and &s;ome other tumours.</P>
<P>Therefore that &s;pace which is behind the <HI>Uvea,</HI> and the afore&s;aid <HI>Almonds,</HI> and <HI>Gal&s;amach,</HI> and <HI>Al|fahic,</HI> is called <HI>Faux;</HI> and <HI>Faux,</HI> or <HI>Guttur</HI> in the rule of <HI>Avicen,</HI> 9 <HI>Tertii,</HI> is not any member, but is that vacuity to which the top of the <HI>Gula</HI> or <HI>Meri</HI> is terminated, in the termination of which toward the fore-part is the <HI>Uvea,</HI> and the <HI>Almonds,</HI> and <HI>Alfahic,</HI> and <HI>Gal&s;a|mach;</HI> but in its upper terminati|on is that hollowne&s;s which is ter|minated by above the Palate, to the No&s;e, and to the bone <HI>Ba&s;i|lare,</HI> towards the <HI>Anfractus,</HI> or turnings, being under the Colato|ry, of which, &s;peech &s;hall be made hereafter.</P>
<P>And the afore&s;aid <HI>Glandules,</HI> of which wee intend for the pre&s;ent, are commonly called <HI>Ton&s;iles,</HI> and <HI>Cel&s;us</HI> calleth tho&s;e <HI>Glandulaes,</HI> and <HI>Mundinus Fauces</HI> (although not well) and the Greeks call them <HI>Antiadas,</HI> and <HI>Parhitmia.</HI></P>
<PB N="245" REF="136">
<P> The &s;ub&s;tance of the&s;e Al|monds is fle&s;hy and &s;inowy, to wit, with Pellicles, with which it is fa&s;tned on the &s;ides coming from the root of the Tongue toward the Palate, and by means of them the afore&s;aid <HI>Amigdales</HI> are united to the Palate, and tho&s;e Nervous pellicles, together with the <HI>Glan|dules,</HI> are as it were little hollow ears, and therefore they are cal|led <HI>Arca</HI> a Che&s;t, or the Store|hou&s;e of Air, for tho&s;e Che&s;ts are notable in the Bea&s;ts <HI>Cynocephalis,</HI> within which they keep not only air, but &s;ometimes (as I have &s;een) meat, as are Che&s;tnuts, Chiches, Filberds, Beans, or the like, yet tho&s;e <HI>Amigdales</HI> with their pellicles may bee &s;een better in one than in another, but better in a living Creature, becau&s;e in a dead Creature they are drawn back and tho&s;e Che&s;ts keep the air more in the going out than in the coming in, that all might not goe forth from the pa&s;&s;age of the Heart, and the Creature peri&s;h, and that in drownings in waters,
<PB N="246" REF="137"> and in &s;tinkes it might be refre&s;hed by the air retained.</P>
<P>And tho&s;e Pellicles only (ac|cording to &s;ome) are tho&s;e which <HI>Avicen</HI> calleth <HI>Gal&s;amac,</HI> or <HI>G<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">l|zama,</HI> but in my judgement they are not but the aforenamed Che&s;ts&punc; becau&s;e <HI>Avicen</HI> &s;aith, that above the <HI>Gal&s;amac</HI> is the <HI>Alfahic,</HI> to wit the bone <HI>Lambda;</HI> and this bone is annexed to the Tongue and to the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> before, under tho&s;e Pellicles, and if tho&s;e Pelli|cles are <HI>Golmaza,</HI> or <HI>Gal&s;amac,</HI> the writing of <HI>Avicen</HI> is corrupted, to wit, that which &s;aith, And the <HI>Alfahic</HI> is above the <HI>Gal&s;amac</HI> neither is there any other member there toward the Palate unle&s;s the <HI>Uvea,</HI> and the pellicles of the <HI>Glan|dules</HI> (of which &s;peech hath pa&s;t) which make an arch for the retai|ning of air, and therefore <HI>Gal&s;a|mac</HI> is not there, (but in my judgement) <HI>Gal&s;amac</HI> is the <HI>Epi|glottida,</HI> to wit, that pellicular co|vering which &s;hutteth the <HI>Epiglot|tis,</HI> le&s;t meats and other extraneal matters might enter into it, as wee &s;hall &s;peak anon.</P>
<PB N="247" REF="137">
<P> From that which hath been &s;aid, the helps of the <HI>Amigdales</HI> do lye open; their Colligancy, al&s;o &s;hape, quantity, and number doe appear; their &s;ituation is be&s;t &s;een when the tongue is depre&s;t, and the mouth opened in the furthe&s;t part of it; their complexion is hot and moy&s;t.</P>
<P>They &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts, and now adaies they are Apo&s;tu|mated, indurated, and ulcerated in a certain Endimious di&s;ea&s;e, which of the Vulgar is called <HI>Mor|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">u<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Gallicus;</HI> and they doe ea&s;ily receive Rhumes from the Head, and in them is cau&s;ed the fal&s;e <HI>Squinantia,</HI> or <HI>Synanche,</HI> which is called <HI>Branconcellus,</HI> and therefore it is &s;aid,</P>
<Q><L>Ad fauces Branchus, ad nares Coriza catarrus:</L>
<L>If the Catarre doth come unto the Jawes,</L>
<L>'Tis Branchus cald; Coriza to the No&s;e.</L></Q>
<P>It is al&s;o called <HI>Dragonzellus,</HI>
<PB N="248" REF="138"> and perhaps corruptly, and at <HI>Bono|nia Strangog<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oni,</HI> becau&s;e they are apt to &s;trangle, they are al&s;o cal|led <HI>Gaioni.</HI></P>
<P>You &s;hall &s;ee tho&s;e <HI>Amigdales,</HI> and al&s;o the Tongue better, the Mandibles being excoriated in that manner, as &s;hall bee &s;poken here|after, becau&s;e I will place the A|natomy of their Mu&s;cles, and of the members of the whole Face, and al&s;o of the whole cane of the Lungs, that they may bee &s;een as the Workman li&s;t, becau&s;e they are &s;eldome &s;hewn in a common di&s;&s;ection.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the lower Mandibles, or Jawes.</HEAD>
<P>THe <HI>Amigdales</HI> being &s;een, it &s;eems good to me to deter|mine <NOTE PLACE="marg">Mandibulae ex manden|do, virt. officii.</NOTE> of the two lower Mandi|bles, that the re&s;t of the Neck may bee more fitly and diligently A|natomized; of the upper it &s;hall be &s;poken in their place, and the Mandibles are taken of me for the pre&s;ent for tho&s;e bones of the
<PB N="249" REF="138"> Head in which the Teeth are in|fixed.</P>
<P>And fir&s;t it is to bee noted, the skin covering their Mu&s;cles, which in men is commonly full of hairs; after which are their proper mu&s;|cles, &s;erving to three motions, to wit, to the motion of opening the mouth, and to the motion of &s;hut|ting it, and to the motion of chawing and grinding; the moti|on opening maketh the lower Mandibles to de&s;cend, and &s;hut|ting elevateth them; and the grinding motion maketh them turn about, and decline to two parts; it is therefore nece&s;&s;ary that the motion of &s;hutting &s;hould be by mu&s;cles which de&s;cend from above, and draw to the upper parts; and the motion of opening is made on the contrary manner, and that of grinding with tran&s;|ver&s;ion.</P>
<P>The Mu&s;cles &s;hutting are two, great ones, and having great Chords, which are called the mu&s;|cles of the Temples, becau&s;e they are fa&s;tned to the Temples be|tween
<PB N="250" REF="139"> the <HI>Craneum,</HI> and the <HI>O&s;&s;a Paris,</HI> and in a man they are &s;mall|le&s;t they &s;hould burden the Head, and al&s;o becau&s;e a man chaweth things not very hard, and tho&s;e mu&s;cles have great Chords, ter|minated to the lower extremity of the Mandibles, and they are very &s;oft becau&s;e they are neer the Brain, from which they have three Nerves, two from the third pair, and one from the fourth, and by con&s;equence the &s;olution of them is very bad&punc; and there|fore <HI>Galen,</HI> 11 <HI>De Utili, cap.</HI> 3. &s;aith, If therefore as <HI>Hippocrates</HI> &s;aid, tho&s;e parts which are near, and common, and prime, are mo&s;t of all maligned, but there is not any nearer than the Temporal mu&s;cles, neither doth any other mu&s;cle communicate more with the Brain by more Nerves; it is good rea&s;on to hearken out the beginning of their pa&s;sions; and for their nobility, Nature hath placed them in the hollowne&s;s of the Temples between the bones, keeping them on every &s;ide; the
<PB N="251" REF="139"> mu&s;cles of the Eyes are al&s;o very noble, becau&s;e they are near to the Brain, but they have not &s;o many Nerves as the other, and tho&s;e two Temporal mu&s;cles are holpen of two other mu&s;cles, which doe goe unto the afore&s;aid Mandibles, by the inner part of the Cheek, and the Chords of tho&s;e Tempo|ral mu&s;cles doe not ari&s;e from the end of the mu&s;cle, but from the middle of it, that they may bee &s;tronger.</P>
<P>But the mu&s;cles opening doe a|ri&s;e from a place called in Arabick <HI>Alhiliricti,</HI> which are two bones called <HI>Acuta, Acularia,</HI> and <HI>Sagit|tantia,</HI> added to the hinder part of the Head, and tho&s;e bones are behind the Ears, and the&s;e two mu&s;cles de&s;cending are united, and are made one mu&s;cle, afterwards they are &s;eparated, and of them is made a Chord that they may bee &s;trong; after that they are again branched, and are filled with fle&s;h, and the mu&s;cle is made; after that it meeteth with the reflection of the Mandibles, and when it is contrac|ted
<PB N="252" REF="140"> it draweth the Mandible backward; and becau&s;e the Man|dibles are heavie, de&s;cending of them&s;elves, two mu&s;cles only doo &s;uffice them.</P>
<P>But the chawing mu&s;cles are two, on either &s;ide one, which are triangular, and very &s;inowy under the balls, and they are &s;uch that in the contracting they might have diver&s;e motions, &s;o that by them the grinding and chawing might be compleat, and tho&s;e mu&s;cles with one of their <HI>Ba&s;is</HI> are about the <HI>O&s;&s;a Paris,</HI> and with one other toward the balls of the Face, and with another toward the Mandi|bles; yet every angle of the afore|&s;aid mu&s;cles is mo&s;t firmly mixed with a part of the Face in the di|rect of them, that they might move the Mandibles diver&s;ly, and &s;ome would have it (witne&s;s <HI>Ga|l<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n)</HI> that every one of tho&s;e mu&s;|cles &s;hould be three mu&s;cles, and that gibbo&s;ity which is in the balls of the Face, is of tho&s;e mu&s;cles in part.</P>
<P>The Tongue al&s;o, be&s;ides
<PB N="253" REF="140"> tho&s;e mu&s;cles helpeth the chawing by turning about the meat.</P>
<P>And the mu&s;cles lifting up the Mandibles are great, becau&s;e they have a great motion, and they are &s;oft, becau&s;e they are next to the Brain.</P>
<P>And the mu&s;cles depre&s;&s;ing are &s;mall, becau&s;e it is more ea&s;ie to depre&s;s the Mandible than to ele|vate it, and to hold it being ele|vated.</P>
<P>But the chawing mu&s;cles are mean, becau&s;e the circumduction or turning about of the Mandibles is more ea&s;ie than the elevation, and more hard than the depre&s;|&s;ion.</P>
<P>Some will wonder that Nature made the Teeth of chawing grea|ter, and more than they of inci|&s;ing; it is to be &s;aid, that Nature hath prepared not only teeth to out the meat, but &s;he hath ordai|ned Rea&s;on and Art, which &s;hee u&s;eth for the cutting of meats; Shee hath al&s;o made the chawers greater, and more, becau&s;e the chawing action is &s;tronger, and
<PB N="254" REF="141"> more permanent; which chaw|ing Art doeth not for the mo&s;t part (unle&s;s by accident in &s;ick people) as &s;hee doth the cutting of meats.</P>
<P>The mu&s;cles being &s;een, that you may the better &s;ee the <HI>Os Lambdae,</HI> and the head of the <HI>Meri,</HI> and the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> you &s;hall cut the skin tran&s;ver&s;ly from ei|ther corner of that Fi&s;&s;ure which is called the Mouth, and the afore|&s;aid mu&s;cles toward the Ears, in which Section con&s;ider (if you can) the afore&s;aid mu&s;cles, and al&s;o the other parts of the Face, excepting the No&s;e, the Eye-lids, the Eyes, and the Ears, fleaing the skin with diligence from them, which being &s;een you &s;hall lay bare the bones of the lower Man|dibles from their upper junctures unto the middle of the chin, in which they are firmly united by one juncture; the afore&s;aid bones are al&s;o united on both &s;ides to the Head, by one loo&s;e juncture a|bout the ears; you &s;hall al&s;o note their Situation, Number, Figure,
<PB N="255" REF="141"> Colligancy, and quantity; their &s;ub&s;tance, complexion, and helps lye open, they endure pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Anatomy of the Throat, and of the</HI> Gula.</HEAD>
<P>THe Mandibles being &s;een, re|move <NOTE PLACE="marg">Guttur a gutta, quia voces &s;unt qua&s;i gutta fluentes &s;ermonis.</NOTE> them with diligence with a crooked Knife, Saw, or other In&s;trument, wholly from their place, that you may the bet|t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> &s;ee the Throat, and the <HI>Gula,</HI> yet keep the Tongue unhurt, and the bone <HI>Lambda,</HI> that you may &s;ee the Colligancy of the&s;e mem|bers; the Mandibles being remo|ved, ob&s;erve the &s;ituation of the Throat, and of the <HI>Gula,</HI> and of the bone <HI>Lambda,</HI> which is placed near unto the root of the tongue, and the top of the throat; howbe|i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">u may not &s;tirre the&s;e mem|b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">, unle&s;s you &s;hall fir&s;t &s;ee the mu&s;cles of them; but before you may &s;ee them you mu&s;t give way, to the Anatomy of the Throat, and of the <HI>Gula,</HI> for tho&s;e
<PB N="256" REF="142"> members are &s;o fa&s;tned to one a|nother by Pannicles, and Liga|ments, that one cannot be &s;hewed without the other.</P>
<P>The Throat depending under the Jawes even unto the Lungs, po&s;&s;e&s;&s;eth the formo&s;t &s;ituation; fir&s;t, that by its hardne&s;s it might be a defence to the <HI>Gula;</HI> Secondly, becau&s;e by that &s;ituation it is more direct to the Lungs, and &s;o doth &s;erve it better, and more ea&s;ily; Thirdly, it is formo&s;t, becau&s;e the <HI>Gula</HI> is longer than it, which if it &s;hould bee before the throat, it &s;hould either bee obliqued from the end of the Throat unto the Stomack, and the &s;wallowing had been ill; or becau&s;e there &s;hould al&s;o have been &s;ome inconvenient hollowne&s;s from the end of the Throat unto the Stomack, toward the back.</P>
<P>And the Throat is a body very long, round, hollow as a Cane, who&s;e &s;ub&s;tance is compounded of many annular Cartilages, yet they are imperfect circles, like tho&s;e Bracelets called <HI>Armilla,</HI> and they
<PB N="257" REF="142"> are like the letter <HI>C.</HI> and therefore they are called <HI>Cartilagines</HI> C <HI>formes, C</HI> like Cartilages, and <HI>Se|micirculares,</HI> but they are bigger than a half circle, and in the part not Circular they doe meet with the <HI>Gula,</HI> by means of a &s;oft pan|nicle and &s;omewhat hard, being perfectly Sphaerical, covering and fa&s;tning them within and without, and beyond the pannicle, on the in&s;ide covering the throat from the top to the bottom; there are <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Ligaments filling the throat toward the <HI>Gula,</HI> where the Car|tilages are uncompleat, neverthe|le&s;s tho&s;e Cartilages without the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">nicle are properly the in&s;tru|ment of voyce.</P>
<P>The upper part of the throat is commonly called <HI>Epiglottis, Larin|ga,</HI> and <HI>Nodus Gutturis,</HI> and &s;ometimes <HI>Gurgulio,</HI> and it is cal|led <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Bronchii &amp; Gutturis,</HI> but th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e&s;t of it is often called an Ar|te<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> and a Spiritual Organ, or Pipe, and the Vocal Artery, and the &s;harp Artery, and the cane of the Lungs, and it is called <HI>Farin|ga</HI>
<PB N="258" REF="143"> <HI>&agrave; findendis vocihus,</HI> of cleaving of Voyces, or of <HI>Fando,</HI> of &s;peak|ing, and <HI>Gargar,</HI> and <HI>Gargarean</HI> but <HI>Laring a</HI> for the mo&s;t part b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the interpreter of the Books of <HI>Ga|len, De utilitate parti<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">m,</HI> in the Latine tongue; <HI>Laringa</HI> is taken for the upper part of it, but the lower part is commonly called <HI>Trachea,</HI> and <HI>Guttur,</HI> called &s;o, <HI>Garriendo</HI> of chattering, becau&s;e that chattering cometh from thence; and <HI>Avicen, Prima pri<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> capitis, de mu&s;culis gutturis,</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|der&s;tandeth by <HI>Guttur</HI> this mem|ber, but <HI>Nona tertii,</HI> by <HI>Guttur</HI> he under&s;tandeth that &s;pace which is behind the <HI>Palate,</HI> in which the pa&s;&s;age of meat, and of breat which of the Latines is called <HI>Fa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"></HI> or <HI>Fauces.</HI></P>
<P>This member is al&s;o called <HI>Bronchium,</HI> or <HI>Bronchum,</HI> for the likene&s;s of a certain Fi&s;h, and al&s;o of an Earth-worm called <HI>Bronch<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters"></HI> who&s;e body is long, Cartila<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">|ous, or &s;caly and annular, as is Viper.</P>
<P>The lowermo&s;t part of this
<PB N="259" REF="143"> member is divided into two parts, one on the right, another on the left, which entereth into the upper part of the Lungs, and from hence it is divided into infinite Fi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ers unto it all, growing alwayes le&s;&s;e through the whole &s;ub&s;tance of the Lungs, through the center of it to the extreams, carrying and re-carrying &s;pirit to the Heart, in that manner which it appea|red in the demon&s;tration of the Lungs.</P>
<P>This member is not of one Car|riage only, but of many, convex without, and hollow within, uni|ted one near another, at a certain <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">nce by Ligaments, and Pan|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">s; that by meanes of the Fi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">rs of the Pannicles which are longitudinal, and the Nerves of their Mu&s;cles, it might bee exten|ded and drawn back in its moti|ons; and it is moderately hard and light, that it might bee &s;hrill; and in the deprived of &s;ence, that it <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ight re&s;i&s;t outward things hurt|ing it; and it is round, becau&s;e it is le&s;&s;e apt to bee hurt; and their
<PB N="260" REF="144"> Cartilages toward the <HI>Gula</HI> are in|compleat, that by their hardne<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> they might re&s;i&s;t things &s;wallow|ed, therefore the chanel of the <HI>Trachea</HI> is filled behind of the a|fore&s;aid Pannicles and Ligament, which by their &s;oftne&s;&s;e doe give way to things &s;wallowed, and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> this cau&s;e the hollowne&s;&s;e of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> throat within it (its panni<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters"> giving way) &s;erveth the <HI>Gula</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> nece&s;&s;ities, when great mor&s;els are &s;wallowed, and the pannicles <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> the throat doe ea&s;ily obey in &s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">|lowings, becau&s;e the time of breathing and of &s;wallowing is diver&s;e, and not only the thr<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters"> in this &s;erveth the <HI>Gula,</HI> but <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> the <HI>Gula</HI> the throat in breathing becau&s;e in the time of breathing the <HI>Gula</HI> is empty, as the throat is empty of breath in the time of &s;wallowing, becau&s;e the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> is always &s;hut in &s;wallowings&punc;</P>
<P>Al&s;o the hinder part of the throat was not Cartilagineous, but pannicular, that it might bee the more ea&s;ily moy&s;tned by drinking, or by licking with the
<PB N="261" REF="144"> tongue &s;ome moy&s;t thing, as it of|ten hapneth in great heats and in Feavers, and that al&s;o matters <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ontained in <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Brea&s;t might bee more ea&s;ily brought out by hawk|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">gs, as it is in the Pluri&s;ie.</P>
<P>And this member was wi&s;ely <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Cartilagineous, and Pellicu|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> for two rea&s;ons, to wit, for <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> &s;ound or voyce, and for brea|thing, and it doth therefore &s;erve <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> and the Voyce, and it is not &s;till toward the <HI>Gula,</HI> becau&s;e <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> it is &s;oft, and as it were fle&s;hy, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> therefore if the <HI>Trachea</HI> and <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">iglottis</HI> bee not decently dry, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> moy&s;t, there is hoar&s;ne&s;&s;e, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">e&s;s <HI>Galen,</HI> in his Book <HI>De vo|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> anhelitu,</HI> as it is before drink and liquid meat, that the Voyce <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> clear and &s;hrill, but drink being taken by the <HI>Gula</HI> moy&s;tning the <HI>Tra<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hea</HI> next, and united to it, a clear voyce is not uttered, and if i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> be &s;uperfluou&s;ly moy&s;tned with drink or rheum there is cau&s;ed <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ar&s;ne&s;s, and therefore old men rea&s;on of the moy&s;ture of the&s;e <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ts are hoar&s;e, and dry bodies
<PB N="262" REF="145"> have a more clear and &s;hrill voyce than moy&s;t; and if the in&s;tru|ments of the pa&s;&s;ages of the Voyce be opened, then &s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ddenly mu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> air goeth out, and that is <HI>Anbel<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|tus,</HI> the breathing; and if they <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> con&s;trained, with the breathing there is &s;omewhat to bee <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> differing, by the difference of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> in&s;trument con&s;trained; and if <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> <HI>Epiglottis</HI> bee con&s;trained a <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> is made; but if the cane only there is made a certain &s;o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters"> which is between breathing, and voyce, and this is <HI>Roucedo</HI> hoar&s;|ne&s;s, of the&s;e things &s;peaketh <HI>Galen.</HI></P>
<P>From that which hath been <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> the &s;ub&s;tance of the throat doth appear, who&s;e lower pannicle i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;olid and hard enough, that it might re&s;i&s;t Catharres, and evil Hawkings, and the &s;moakie va|pour breathed from the Hearr, and that it may with&s;tand the motions of the throat in the voyce; the &s;ituation, figure, and Colli|gancy, and number, and helps of the throat, and its quantity are
<PB N="263" REF="145"> to be &s;een; its complexion is cold and dry; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the top of the Throat which is called</HI> Epiglottis.</HEAD>
<P>He afore&s;aid things being <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>quod lingulae &s;upere|mineat quae</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>dici|tur Co|lumb.</HI></NOTE> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> &s;een, I come to the top of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">oat, the principal &s;ub&s;tance of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> member is of many Cartila|ges joyned together artificially, and with great diligence, from which the Voyce, and con&s;ervation of life reboundeth; the Mu&s;cles, Liga|ments, and Pannicles covering the whole <HI>Trachea,</HI> doe bind to|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">er the&s;e Cartilages within and without.</P>
<P>This member (witne&s;s <HI>Galen)</HI> is not of one only Cartilage, but of many, unlike in &s;hape and quan|tity, that by the benefit of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> it might bee dilated and con<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">ned for the breathing and voyce; and its Cartilages are at lea&s;t four, whereof one is not a pure Cartilage, therefore Authors the commonly appoint three Car|tilages
<PB N="264" REF="146"> in the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> which are pure; the fir&s;t pure Cartilage is called <HI>Peltalis,</HI> or <HI>Scutalis,</HI> or <HI>Scu|tiformis,</HI> becau&s;e it beareth the form of a Buckler, the convex part of it is forward, but the con|cave is turned to the center of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> that is, to the pa&s;&s;age of air, and this is bigger than the re&s;t, which of us &s;eemeth notably eminent in the former part of the Neck under the skin.</P>
<P>After the <HI>Scutalis,</HI> toward the <HI>Gula,</HI> or <HI>Meri,</HI> is the &s;econd pure Cartilage, which wanteth a name, neither hath it a name of the Greeks, nor of the Latines, and therefore it is called <HI>Cartilage <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">|nominata,</HI> or the Chartilage with|out name; this &s;econd hath its lower part of a perfect circle, with which it is united with the upper circle of the <HI>Trachea Arteria,</HI> be|hind, before, and on the &s;ides, and toward the fore-part it is firmly united with its circular part under the <HI>Scutalis,</HI> and the <HI>Scutalis</HI> hath two notable additions, with which it doth embrace the &s;econd, and
<PB N="265" REF="146"> tho&s;e two united together doe compound the whole circular pore of air before, behind, and on the &s;ides, being altogether cartilagi|neous and hard.</P>
<P>The third Cartilage being al&s;o pure, is commonly called <HI>Cymba|laris,</HI> and of <HI>Galen</HI> is called <HI>Autyoi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">de<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">,</HI> becau&s;e it is fa&s;tned within the &s;econd Cartilage in the top of it, toward the pore of air, right a|gain&s;t the bone <HI>Hyoidea;</HI> this third is &s;o much le&s;s than the &s;econd, as the fir&s;t is greater than the &s;econd, and this Cartilage (in my judge|ment) is not one only, but two, united &s;o that they &s;eem one on|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">, and this in its opening taketh the cour&s;e of the two &s;huttings of a little Book, one whereof is &s;hut again&s;t the other, and they work in a contrary manner in the ope|ning of them, and this Cartilage when it is &s;hut in its upper part, and al&s;o in its lower, maketh the hole wider than in the middle of it, and then it hath &s;uch a hole, or holes, as the trumpet hath in its ends, but greater above than be|low;
<PB N="266" REF="147"> therefore <HI>Galen</HI> &s;aid in his eighth Book, <HI>De juvamentis,</HI> that for the voyce it behoved the <HI>Epi|glottis</HI> to be fir&s;t broad, afterward narrow, and after that again to be made broad; and when this is &s;hut it meeteth with the <HI>Scuta<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">,</HI> and when the parts of it, or the &s;ide<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> are opened, they goe toward the Cartilage that hath not a name.</P>
<P>Above the&s;e three Cartilage<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> is a fourth, which is a body membranous, cartilagineous, and fat, being like to the tongues of Pipes, and therefore <HI>Galen</HI> calleth it <HI>Glotida,</HI> it is al&s;o called <HI>Sublin|guium,</HI> and this is the mo&s;t princi|pal Organ of Voyce; and the <HI>Glotida</HI> is not a member of pure Cartilage, becau&s;e a hard thing is hardly doubled, neither of pure Membrane, becau&s;e in &s;hutting it would be doubled, but it is com|pounded of Membrane and Car|tilage for its decent &s;hutting; and in it there is al&s;o fat, le&s;t it &s;hould be dried as well by the almo&s;t con|tinual motion, as al&s;o by the brea|thing and re&s;piration of the air
<PB N="267" REF="147"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">ing it; this member hath the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> to &s;hut in time of &s;wal|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">ing; and the <HI>Cymbalaris</HI> al&s;o &s;hutteth it; this on the hinder <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word">, but the <HI>Glotida</HI> before, &s;o <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> ordinarily neither in Vomit|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">, nor in &s;wallowings, any thing <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">er into the cane of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word">.</P>
<P>And the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> is not of one <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Cartilage, but of many, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">at it might bee dilated and con|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">ained in the diver&s;ities of for|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ings of the Voyces, and there|fore Nature gave to tho&s;e Car|tilages, and al&s;o to the Throat mu&s;cles &s;erving them, four where|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> doe unite the fir&s;t Cartilage to the &s;econd, and two of them are within, &s;hutting the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and two without.</P>
<P>There are other four which joyn the &s;econd with the third, to wit, with the <HI>Cymbalaris,</HI> two whereof are behind, and tho&s;e o|pen, drawing the <HI>Cymbalaris</HI> to the hinder parts, and two on the &s;ides, drawing that al&s;o to the &s;ides.</P>
<PB N="268" REF="148">
<P> There are two other mu&s;cles a|bout the Cartilage <HI>Scutalis,</HI> with|in the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> which <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> the <HI>Cymba<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">aris.</HI></P>
<P>There are al&s;o two other Mu&s;|cles within the <HI>Epiglottis;</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> the root of the <HI>Cymbalaris,</HI> al&s;o &s;hutting the <HI>Epiglottis;</HI> and the<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> twelve are proper to the Cartila|ges of the <HI>Epiglottis;</HI> joyned <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> none of the adjacent parts, wit<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters"> <HI>Galen,</HI> 7. <HI>Deutilitate.</HI></P>
<P>The <HI>Glotida</HI> al&s;o hath one pair of Mu&s;cles, by means of which it &s;hutteth the top of the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and tho&s;e are &s;tronger than the re&s;t, witne&s;s <HI>Galen,</HI> 8. <HI>De juva|mentis,</HI> and tho&s;e re&s;i&s;t the mu&s;|cles of the Brea&s;t, and other mu&s;|cles opening the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and perhaps (according to &s;ome) that tho&s;e are the two la&s;t immediatly de&s;cribed.</P>
<P>Beyond the afore&s;aid are al&s;o eight other Mu&s;cles, whereof two are proper to the cane of the Lungs, witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> in his Book <HI>De voce &amp; anhelitu,</HI> and tho&s;e are in the channel of the throat,
<PB N="269" REF="148"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> <HI>A<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">cen</HI> &s;aith tho&s;e are at the <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word">.</HI></P>
<P>There is another pair of Mu&s;|cles &s;erving the Throat, yet not <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">incipally, but &s;erving al&s;o to the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">bers by, and this pair conti|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="4 letters">h the third Gartilage with <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> <HI>Gula.</HI></P>
<P>And there are two other, &s;er|ving the Throat, at the ruine of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ch there is cau&s;ed hoar&s;ne&s;s, and in that manner there will bee twenty mu&s;cles &s;erving to the <HI>Epi|glottis</HI> and the Throat.</P>
<P>And from hence is comprehen|ded the error of &s;ome Moderns, which doe beleeve that in the <HI>Fau|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"></HI> there are two proper mu&s;cles &s;erving to them, thinking that <HI>Avicen,</HI> in <HI>Primo primi de mu&s;cu|lis gutturis,</HI> &s;hould by <HI>Guttur</HI> un|der&s;tand the <HI>Fauces,</HI> as he did in <HI>Nona tertii,</HI> but wee deny this; becau&s;e that <HI>Faux</HI> is not any de|terminate member, as wee have &s;poke more largely in our Com|mentaries upon <HI>Mundinus,</HI> and therefore tho&s;e that intend to judge rightly, doe not tru&s;t in
<PB N="270" REF="149"> names, becau&s;e the Interpreters of the <HI>Greek,</HI> and of the <HI>Arabick</HI> in|to Latine (being often ignorant) doe take one thing for another&punc; and by that means almo&s;t all Sci|ences are &s;purious by the variety of Interpreters.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Gula.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the Throat is to <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Gula ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Gu&s;to.</HI></NOTE> &s;hewed the <HI>Gula,</HI> which hol|deth the hinder part to the Throat before the <HI>Spine;</HI> this de&s;cendeth unto the Stomack from the <HI>Fances</HI> by the Neck and Brea&s;t, being contiguous to the Artery <HI>Aorta,</HI> and to the <HI>Spina,</HI> perforating t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> Midriff; this &s;ome Latines doe call <HI>Gula,</HI> the Servant or Steward of Meats; the <HI>Arabians</HI> Meri, the <HI>Greeks</HI> call it <GAP DESC="foreign">, as it were <HI>Ferens come&s;ta,</HI> carrying things <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>ab</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>fero; &amp;</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Edo.</HI></NOTE> that are eaten.</P>
<P>This member being included de&s;cendeth directly unto the fourth Spondile of the Brea&s;t, afterward it is a little obliqued to the right &s;ide, giving place to the <HI>Aorta</HI>
<PB N="271" REF="149"> de&s;cending, le&s;t the motions of the <HI>Aorta</HI> &s;hould hinder things &s;wallowed, and when it is not much di&s;tant from the Midri&s;t it is a little lifted up, le&s;t it &s;hould compre&s;s the Vein <HI>Chilis,</HI> and that it might be the better fa&s;tned for the &s;u&s;taining of the afore&s;aid de&s;cending Nerves, after that a|bout the tenth Spondile it doth a|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">n begin to bee obliqued to the le<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t &s;ide, and &s;o de&s;cendeth obli|qued to the Ventricle.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of this member is fle&s;hy and pellicular, having in the inner Pannicle long Fibers &s;erving for attraction, terminated at the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">in of the mouth, and of the lips, and broad ones in the outer part &s;erving for expul&s;ion, helping the expul&s;ion to the lower, and al&s;o to the upper part, by contracting them&s;elves, and by that means the Long and the Broad Fibers doe help the &s;wallowing, they al|&s;o help Vomiting, and two Nerves doe cleave to the <HI>Gula,</HI> de&s;cending from the Brain, on ei|ther &s;ide one, from which the Re|ver&s;ives doe ari&s;e.</P>
<PB N="272" REF="150">
<P> And the inner Pannicle o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the <HI>Gula</HI> is thicker in the top of it than in the bottom, and thicke<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> there than in the Stomack, an<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> thicker in the Stomack than in the fir&s;t Inte&s;tine, becau&s;e there is no<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> required a re&s;i&s;tance equally &s;trong in touching of the matter dige&s;t|ed, as of the undige&s;ted; and this inward Pannicle is continued to the mouth, that the attraction <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> meats might bee continual, by which means the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> a&s;cend|eth naturally in &s;wallowings&punc; being drawn of the Fibers of the <HI>Meri,</HI> o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <HI>Gula,</HI> by rea&s;on of the &s;trong Col|ligancy of them together; and from hence it is comprehende<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> that the <HI>Meri</HI> is a part of the Sto|mack continued to it with grada|tion.</P>
<P>The <HI>Epiglottis</HI> al&s;o a&s;cendeth, witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> in his Book, <HI>De Voce &amp; A<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">helitu,</HI> becau&s;e in all the in|ward part of the throat is tha<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Pannicle involving, being fa&s;tn<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters"> even unto the extremity of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> mouth&punc; and lips, in which al&s;o there are long Fibers, drawing the
<PB N="273" REF="150"> <HI>Epiglottis</HI> to the upper parts.</P>
<P>And there are &s;ome which &s;ay, t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">t the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> doth al&s;o a|&s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">nd voluntarily, becau&s;e it a|&s;cendeth when wee will, and by that means it will have its moti|on compounded of a voluntary motion, and a natural; but <HI>Galen</HI> thinketh otherwi&s;e in his Book <HI>D<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">motibus liquidis,</HI> holding that <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> <HI>Epiglottis</HI> doth only a&s;cend na|turally, in who&s;e a&s;cen&s;ion the mu&s;cles of the <HI>Glotida</HI> doe nece&s;|&s;ari<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> draw it to the lower parts; and it may bee tho&s;e Mu&s;cles are not moved voluntarily, becau&s;e the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> in his a&s;cent being d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">wn by the afore&s;aid Fibers, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oth draw the <HI>Glotida</HI> with it as other Cartilages; in who&s;e a&s;cent the <HI>Glotida</HI> is nece&s;&s;arily depre&s;t, becau&s;e it is fa&s;tned to its proper Mu&s;cles, which are united with their lower part toward the <HI>Tra|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">a,</HI> and with their upper to the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> it &s;elf, which doe not <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> with the <HI>Glotida,</HI> and there|fore doe draw it downward, and by that means al&s;o (not alwayes
<PB N="274" REF="151"> voluntarily is the <HI>Glotida</HI> &s;hut in &s;wallowing, by the a&s;cen&s;ion of the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> in the afore&s;aid man|ner, whereby it cometh to pa&s;s, that things drank and &s;wallowed pa&s;s not to the <HI>Guttur,</HI> unle&s;s in a time in which the &s;wallowing doth ha&s;ten before the a&s;cen&s;ion of the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> be perfected, and then Nature expelleth the things en|tred into the Cane with a Cough if it can; for it is reported in the Hi&s;tory, that there hapned choak|ing <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Plin. lib.</HI> 7. <HI>c.</HI> 7</NOTE> to <HI>Fabius</HI> the Praetor, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 letter">nd, to <HI>Anacreon</HI> the Poet; to this, with the &s;tone of a Rai&s;on, to the other with a Hair &s;wallowed in Milk; yet the <HI>Glotida</HI> is &s;hut vo|luntarily by its Mu&s;cles, when we will retain in&s;piration and re&s;pira|tion; and in that manner the a|fore&s;aid Mu&s;cles of the <HI>Glotida</HI> doe &s;hut it, &s;ometimes by them&s;elves, and &s;ometimes by accident.</P>
<P>The &s;hape of the <HI>Gula</HI> is ve<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters"> long, dilated in the upper <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 word"> the <HI>Fances</HI> like a trumpet; <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="1 word"> is not like a Cane, for it is like a Gut, who&s;e lower Orifice is con|tinual
<PB N="275" REF="151"> to the Stomack, where hath notable &s;ence by rea&s;on of notable branches of Nerves <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">om the Brain terminated at it; its <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">uantity appeareth; in number it is <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">e member; it is fa&s;tned to the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">outh, and to the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> mo&s;t <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">irmly, &s;o that one is hardly &s;e|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">arated from the other, it is al&s;o <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">a&s;tned to the Throat through|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">, to the Heart by Arteries, to <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he Liver by Veins, and to the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">rain by the afore&s;aid Nerves; <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> complexion tendeth to hot, but <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ot excelling, becau&s;e it is very <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">nnicular; its helps are to carry <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ings &s;wallowed to the Stomack, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">d to bring back many &s;uper|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ous things from it, to without <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e mouth; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions fall &s;orts.</P>
<P>He that de&s;ireth with diligence <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">o have the demon&s;tration of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">hroat, and <HI>Gula,</HI> fir&s;t let him &s;ee <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">tuation of them, beginning <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 span"> lowe&s;t part, noting the <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ula,</HI> and as he goes upward let <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">im <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ore the Colligancy of it <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ith the Throat, &s;eparating them
<PB N="276" REF="152"> with a <HI>Falx,</HI> or other device, ne<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> unto the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> nothing the a fore&s;aid Mu&s;cles, to &s;ome of which hee &s;hall &s;ee the Rever&s;ire Nerves to be fa&s;tned.</P>
<P>The Mu&s;cles being &s;een, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> him &s;eparate the <HI>Gula</HI> in the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> of it from the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> him note its Cartilages, notin<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> al&s;o the &s;ituation of the bo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> <HI>Lambda,</HI> which with its two great+ter additaments embraceth th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Cartilage <HI>Scutalis,</HI> and with i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> le&s;&s;er &s;u&s;taineth the Tongue; aft<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> that the three afore&s;aid Cartilag<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> of the <HI>Epiglottis</HI> may be &s;een, a<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> the fourth Cartilage united wi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> fatne&s;s, and pellicle, called <HI>Gloti<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"></HI> by means of which is made t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> &s;hutting of the <HI>Epiglottis;</HI> after+wards let the Tongue be cut no+ting its afore&s;aid parts; and the<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> things &s;uffice for the Anatomy <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> the middle Belly, in which I hav<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> been prolixe, and not ab&s;urd<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> becau&s;e the&s;e things are deli<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters"> to learners.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="277" REF="152">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the upper Belly.</HEAD>
<P>THe upper Belly is named <HI>Ca|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ut</HI> the Head, <HI>Quia ibi &s;en&s;us</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Grecis dict:</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>cavitate, Bauhin.</HI></NOTE> <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">tium capiunt,</HI> becau&s;e the Sen&s;es <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">e their beginning there, which <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> Greeks call <GAP DESC="foreign">, and the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ad for the pre&s;ent is taken for a<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> that which is &s;u&s;tained by the Neck, in which the Animal mem|bers are contained, that is, the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ain; of the former part of which <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ere is demon&s;tration made of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ome parts, for the better orders <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ke.</P>
<P>This Belly in a man is notable <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> its contents, and it hath parts <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">mmon and proper; of the com|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">o<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &s;ome is before, &s;ome behind, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">l &s;ome on the &s;ides; &s;ome a|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ove, &s;ome beneath; the former <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> is called <HI>Sinciput,</HI> the hinder <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> <HI>Occiput,</HI> the lateral <HI>Tempora,</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> Temples, and the place of the Ears; and the upper part is called <HI>Interciput, Vertex,</HI> and <HI>Cacumen,</HI> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> the lower is called <HI>Ba&s;is capitis,</HI>
<PB N="278" REF="153"> the <HI>Ba&s;is</HI> of the Head, and of its members, whether the Head b<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e for the Brain, or for the Eyes, we have &s;poken in another place.</P>
<P>The parts proper, &s;ome are c<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|taining, and &s;ome contained; t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e containing are all the outwa<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d parts, to wit, fir&s;t the Hairs, which neverthele&s;s are not to bee numbred in the parts of the Hea<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> (unle&s;s unproperly) becau&s;e they are not members, but they are reckoned as a &s;uperfluity, &s;ome|times profitable.</P>
<P>Secondly, is the Skin, which is gro&s;s, &s;omewhat fle&s;hy, th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> the Hairs might bee well fa&s;tned i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> it, and that it might be a defence to the parts below it.</P>
<P>Under the skin is a little fle&s;<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> or none, except in the Fore-hea<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">, and in the Temples.</P>
<P>After the Skin and Fle&s;h is <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> Pannicle compa&s;&s;ing the whol<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> bone of the Head, called in Greek <GAP DESC="foreign">, and in Arabick <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">|mocatim,</HI> and of &s;ome <HI>Zinzi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> mater.</HI></P>
<P>After the <HI>Pericraneum</HI> follow+eth
<PB N="279" REF="153"> the bone of the Head, called of the Latines <HI>Calva,</HI> and <HI>Te&s;ta,</HI> and in Greek <HI>Craneum,</HI> or <GAP DESC="foreign">, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>cor|neum Licophro|ni autem</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>ab impe|rando.</HI></NOTE> becau&s;e it is hard.</P>
<P>The things contained are the hard Pannicle, and the &s;oft Pan|nicle; this is called <HI>Pia mater,</HI> and <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">cundina,</HI> but that is called <HI>Dura <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ater;</HI> and above the mouth, in the bottom of the Head, below the hard Pannicle, manifold u&s;e doth place the <HI>Rete mirabile.</HI></P>
<P>Within the afore&s;aid Pannicles is the medullous &s;ub&s;tance of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ain, with its Ventricles, <HI>Glan|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">les,</HI> Worms, and Nerves ri&s;en from the Brain, yet the <HI>Pia Ma|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">r,</HI> and the <HI>Dura,</HI> are of &s;ome pla|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ed among the parts containing, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ut the No&s;e, and the <HI>Miringa</HI> of the Ears in like manner, and the Eyes al&s;o are placed among the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">rts of the Head contained, but not in the upper Belly, never|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ele&s;s they are contained in the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ead, and &s;o the whole Face is contained in it al&s;o,</P>
<P>Therefore the Hairs are fir&s;t to <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> examined, which are engen|dred
<PB N="280" REF="154"> by rea&s;on of the vaporo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> matter rai&s;ed up from the whole to the Head, as it were over|flowing by rea&s;on of the heat <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> the whole body, and from hence are made the hairs of the He<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">d called <HI>Capilli,</HI> made for their end becau&s;e they are for comline&s;s, as it plea&s;eth &s;ome, and that it might defend the Head from many out|ward things.</P>
<P>The Skin of the Head appear|eth of it &s;elf, this wanteth moti|on unle&s;s in the Fore-head, and the Temples, &amp; it is therefore deprived of Mu&s;cles; it hath al&s;o little &s;en&s;e.</P>
<P>You &s;hall (by excoriating the whole skin from the Head) &s;ee the Pannicle called <HI>Pericraneum,</HI> every way made involving the Head, that the <HI>Dura Mater</HI> mi<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">h<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> be hung up in the <HI>Craneum</HI> by commi&s;&s;ures, and by many other pores of the <HI>Craneum;</HI> this Pan|nicle is al&s;o there, le&s;t the Skull &s;hould meet with the Skin, an<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the fle&s;h of the Head without a <HI>medium,</HI> and that the <HI>Craneum</HI> by means of it might be &s;en&s;ible, and
<PB N="281" REF="154"> that there might inhere to this Pannicle Veins and Arteries, feed|ing the Head on the out&s;ide, and tho&s;e which enter in by the Com|mi&s;&s;ures and other Pores, and tho&s;e which goe out.</P>
<P>After that Pannicle is the Bone called <HI>Craneum,</HI> which lay bare throughout, con&s;idering the form of it, which ought to bee round, that it might be of the greater ca|pacity, and le&s;s apt to be hurt, and it is lightly compre&s;&s;ed on the &s;ides, making the Prow of a &s;hip before, and the Poope behind, that its Ventricles might bee long, &s;er|ving the better to the operations of the under&s;tanding, and every form erring from that is evil, and by how much the more it is differ|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">g from that, it is the wor&s;e; this bone is not one continual, nor hard and thick as are many other, but thin and &s;pongious, not very gro&s;s, and compounded with &s;ome Commi&s;&s;ures or Junc|tures.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;&s;e the joynts of it are not knobby, but with teeth
<PB N="282" REF="155"> like Sawes, and rough, becau&s;e they are not moved, and the Skull is &s;o that its junctures might bee &s;tronger, and that if hurt &s;hould happen to one part, the other might remain unhurt, and al&s;o that the vertue of a Medicine to be applied to the Head, for an of|fence of the Brain, might the bet|ter work its effect; and that the vapours rai&s;ed up from the whole, and from the Brain, might the more ea&s;ily goe forth and bee re|&s;olved; and therefore the upper part of it is thinner than any other part, neither is it very hard there, becau&s;e hurt doth not happen to the top, as to other parts (yet fiery <HI>Mars</HI> hurteth every place) and it is &s;uch le&s;t it &s;hould burthen the body, but it is thicken in the fore-head, becau&s;e it is &s;oft there; neverthele&s;s it hath two tables, within which there is a notable hollowne&s;s, le&s;t it &s;hould burthen the body, and that between them there might be air implanted re|ceiving the favours; and this part is &s;ofter than the re&s;t, becau&s;e
<PB N="283" REF="155"> that which it containeth is &s;of|ter.</P>
<P>But the Bone behind is harder, becau&s;e that which is contained be|hind is harder al&s;o the Bone behind is harder, becau&s;e the eyes cannot defend it with their &s;ight, yet it is thicker and harder in the &s;ides, that it might bee &s;hrill, becau&s;e there within the &s;ub&s;tance of it the Organ of Hearing ought to bee placed.</P>
<P>Al&s;o part of this bone in the hin|der part toward the Neck is thick, gro&s;s, compact, and hard, and al|&s;o on the &s;ides behind the Ears, becau&s;e there are fa&s;tned &s;trong Chords of the Neck, which have great and almo&s;t continual moti|ons; and behind the Ear are cer|tain &s;har<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> eminences called <HI>Clava|les,</HI> and <HI>Aculares,</HI> being very hard, to which many Mu&s;cles are fa&s;tned, moving the members of the mouth, and of the face, and of the neck, which if they had been &s;oft &s;hould not re&s;i&s;t the a|fore&s;aid motions.</P>
<P>And this Bone is al&s;o hard a|bout
<PB N="284" REF="156"> the Temples, becau&s;e there are great Mu&s;cles moving the Mandibles, and therefore all tho&s;e bones on the &s;ides toward the hin|der part are hard as a rock, and are called <HI>Petro&s;a.</HI></P>
<P>Al&s;o the lower part of this <HI>Cra|neum</HI> called <HI>Os Ba&s;ilare</HI> is hard, chiefly in the direct of the Palate, where the Optick Nerves are &s;i|tuated in the form of a Cro&s;s, through which (perforated in that place like a Sieve) the moy&s;t wa|tery &s;uperfluity of the Brain de|&s;cendeth, and this place is com|monly called <HI>Collatorium.</HI></P>
<P>This Bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> in the top of it is not &s;mooth but unequal, which may be&s;t be &s;een in Church-yard, as al&s;o other parts of the Head, and likewi&s;e all the bones of the Body, to the &s;eeing of which let not him have recour&s;e, which is not a lawful Phy&s;ician.</P>
<P>The number of the Bones of the whole Head, and the names of their Commi&s;&s;ures I have very well &s;poken of in my Commenta|ries upon <HI>Mundinus,</HI> therefore I
<PB N="285" REF="156"> let pa&s;s the declaring of many things for brevities &s;ake, e&s;pecially becau&s;e the Writers of them doe not agree.</P>
<P>Part of this Bone hapning fir&s;t, is that in which are the places of the Eyes called <HI>Frons</HI> the Fore|head, which is terminated in the fir&s;t Saw-like juncture meeting it, which is called <HI>Coronalis,</HI> becau&s;e (as it plea&s;eth &s;ome) Kings are crowned in that place, or perhaps becau&s;e this Commi&s;&s;ure beareth as it were a Bow-like, or Circular and Coronal form, de&s;cending from the top of the Head, of both &s;ides, unto the corners of the pla|ces of the eyes, which are toward the ears.</P>
<P>Right again&s;t this Bone is one o|ther Bone terminated in the Saw|like juncture, placed in the hin|der part of the Head, which is called <HI>Commi&s;&s;ura Lambdae,</HI> be|cau&s;e it is like to that Greek Letter which is called <HI>Lambda;</HI> this Com|mi&s;&s;ure hath al&s;o the form of a Bow.</P>
<P>Between the&s;e Junctures is ano|ther
<PB N="286" REF="157"> Commi&s;&s;ure al&s;o like a Saw, placed in the top of the Head reaching from before backward, and this is called <HI>Sagittalis,</HI> be|cau&s;e it goeth &s;trait from every of the afore&s;aid Bow-like junctures to the other, as an Arrow &s;tand|eth to a Bow.</P>
<P>At the &s;ides of this Bone above the two <HI>O&s;&s;a paris</HI> in the walls of the Temples, are two rough Jun|ctures, on either &s;ide one, the lower bones of which doe ride o|ver the upper bones.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t three Junctures are called true penetrating within by a direct line, and tho&s;e la&s;t pe|netrating obliquely are called fal&s;e.</P>
<P>Between tho&s;e lateral Commi&s;|&s;ures a&s;cending toward th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <HI>Sagit|talis,</HI> there is al&s;o on both &s;ides, one other rough Juncture which is &s;eldom &s;een, unle&s;s in heads macerated a good while, or boyled to the uttermo&s;t, between which and the <HI>Sagittalis</HI> are two bones, on either &s;ide one, thinner than the other bones of the Head,
<PB N="287" REF="157"> which <HI>Galen</HI> calleth <HI>O&s;&s;a Bregma|tis,</HI> and <HI>Avicen Prima primi</HI> cal|leth it <HI>Craneum,</HI> that place where the Coronal juncture is joyned with the <HI>Sagittalis,</HI> is called of &s;ome <HI>Bregma,</HI> and <HI>Zuendech,</HI> and <HI>Fontanella capitis,</HI> in which the bone groweth together in Children at the la&s;t; and there are applied Cauteries, and <HI>Cerates,</HI> and other local Medicines for Catarrs, and many other Di&s;ea&s;es; in o|ther parts of the Head al&s;o are many other Junctures, of which &s;peech is not made, becau&s;e Phy|&s;icians have not &s;o much regard of them as of the afore&s;aid.</P>
<P>From that which hath been &s;aid hath appeared the &s;ituation, &s;ub|&s;tance, and &s;hape of the Head; its quantity lyeth open, its helps and Colligancy are in part, and &s;hall be &s;poken of; in number it is one; the number of the parts is &s;poken of, and al&s;o of the Commi&s;&s;ures of the <HI>Craneum,</HI> whereof three are like Saws, penetrating directly in|ward, the re&s;t are like Scales, pe|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">etrating obliquely.</P>
<PB N="288" REF="158">
<P> Its complexion is the complexi|on of the parts compounding it; it &s;uffereth pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts, which if they be in the coverings, and in the Brain it &s;elf are judged ill, more or le&s;s, according to the place and quality of the Di&s;ea&s;e.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Dura Mater.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid parts being &s;een, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Meniux dicta, ex rotundi|tate, &agrave;</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>lu|na.</HI></NOTE> (that the parts contained within the Skull may bee more fitly &s;een) divide the Head from the Neck about the third Spon|dile; after that cut the Skull a lit|tle above the Ears (unto the in|ward circumference of it round a|bout, &s;o that you may not hurt the <HI>Dura Mater)</HI> keeping always the afore&s;aid &s;ituation.</P>
<P>This being done, lift up the whole upper bone cut from its lower part with &s;ome Elevatory fit and &s;trong, becau&s;e it is mo&s;t firmly fa&s;tned to the <HI>Dura Mater</HI> on every &s;ide, as well in the Com|mi&s;&s;ures as in many other pores of it.</P>
<PB N="289" REF="158">
<P> The Skull being lifted up, you &s;hall &s;ee the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> called al&s;o <HI>Miringa,</HI> which is a pannicle &s;omewhat thick, &s;inowy, and &s;trong, yet it is porous, that the vapours may goe forth from the Brain; its figure is plain, extended into a circular form, compre|hending within it the whole me|dullous &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, with the <HI>Pia Mater.</HI></P>
<P>The <HI>Dura Mater</HI> is doubled from the Prow to the Poop accor|ding to the length, and in the di|rect of the Commi&s;&s;ure <HI>Sagittalis,</HI> within the &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, for the quantity of two inches, di|viding the right part from the left; it is al&s;o doubled behind according to the breadth, dividing the hin|der part of the Brain from the for|mer; this &s;econd Duplication is n<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> fa&s;tned together as the other <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word">, becau&s;e the fir&s;t is joyned to|gether by &s;ome Ligaments, and by <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> Veins, &s;o that in it there is a hollowne&s;s apt to hold any thing within it &s;elf, and within that hollowne&s;s from before to
<PB N="290" REF="159"> behind, are many Veins a&s;cen|ded from the afore&s;aid <HI>Guidez,</HI> which are there compre&s;&s;ed of the afore&s;aid Duplication, and being compre&s;&s;ed they doe pre&s;s out bloud unto many little Branches of them, which are continual with the branches of the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> nouri&s;hing the Brain.</P>
<P>Toward the hinder part, in that doubling is a certain hollowne&s;s called <HI>Lacuna,</HI> and <HI>Platea,</HI> and <HI>Fovea,</HI> and <HI>Palmentum,</HI> into which part of this bloud is pre&s;&s;ed, and there is almo&s;t alwaies &s;ome bloud there; for which <HI>Erophilus</HI> called that trench the third Vein, becau&s;e this hollowne&s;s is very long as a Vein; and el&s;ewhere Chords, as in Veins and Arteries; and in that trench there is not found bloud under the form of bloud; and <HI>A|vicen</HI> calleth that doubling <HI>Torc<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|lar.</HI> Its quantity, &s;ituation, Col|ligancy, and complexion doe ap|pear; in number it is one <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">anni|cle; it helps be&s;ides the afore&s;aid, are to cloath the Brain with the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> according to its length,
<PB N="291" REF="159"> breadth, and depth, only by com|pa&s;&s;ing, and by peircing into it, as it appeareth before; it al&s;o helpeth by mediating between the hard Bone, and the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> which is very &s;oft.</P>
<P>It al&s;o helpeth in &s;upporting the Veins which nouri&s;h the Brain, and the members neer unto it; it &s;uffereth pa&s;sions of all &s;orts, its notable &s;olution is evil.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Pia Mater.</HEAD>
<P>UNder that is another thin Membrane woven through|out <NOTE PLACE="marg">Pia vel lenis ma|ter quae media e&s;t inter du|ram ma|trem &amp; cere|brum, ut dura in|ter eam &amp; cra|neum.</NOTE> with very &s;ubtile Arteries and Veins, being immediately fa&s;tned <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">o the Brain, called <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> and <HI>Secundina,</HI> becau&s;e it nou|ri&s;heth the Brain, as the <HI>Secundina</HI> doth the young one; and in my opinion in tho&s;e little Branches of Arteries every where di&s;per&s;ed in <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> the bloud or vital &s;pirit is made &s;ubtile and prepa|red, that in the &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, and in the Ventricles it may bee made animal, as wee have
<PB N="292" REF="160"> &s;aid in our Commentaries upon <HI>Mundinus.</HI></P>
<P>This Membrane is &s;inowy and thin, and is fa&s;tned to the <HI>Dura Mater</HI> in the top of it, from the Prow to the Poop by many little Veins, and with &s;ome Veins about the &s;ides of the Head, and it is fa&s;tned through the whole &s;ub|&s;tance of the Brain which it nou|ri&s;heth; and according to the truth, the two Worms placed within the Ventricles of the Brain, doe draw their beginning from tho&s;e Veins and Arteries, of which the &s;pirit is carried to within the Ventricles, and al&s;o bloud nouri&s;hing the in|ward parts of the Brain; in the walls al&s;o of the Ventricles is &s;ome portion of the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> carrying bloud and &s;pirit, bloud for the nouri&s;hing of the parts neer unto it, but &s;pirit for the operations of the Soul, as the afore&s;aid Worms doe.</P>
<P>From that which hath been &s;aid, doe appear its &s;ub&s;tance, &s;hape, number, Colligancy, and &s;ituati|on, and its quantity appeareth,
<PB N="293" REF="160"> which entreth notably, not only into the Brain without, but al&s;o within the Ventricles, and in ma|ny foldings or turnings, although &s;ome may &s;ay that the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> is not in the hinder Ventricle, by rea&s;on of the hardne&s;s of its &s;ub|&s;tance, neverthele&s;s this part is nouri&s;hed, and therefore it hath Veins although but little ones; its native complexion is cold and dry; its helps appear; it &s;uffereth pa&s;si|ons of all &s;orts, which are wor&s;e than in the <HI>Dura Mater.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">f the Marrow of the Brain.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> doth oc|cur the &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">lled unproperly <HI>Medulla,</HI> or <NOTE PLACE="marg">Medul|la quia in medio o&s;sis vel quod made|faciat o&s;&s;a.</NOTE> Marrow, becau&s;e it doth not nou|ri&s;h or moy&s;ten the bones neer un|to it, as the Marrow of other <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ones, but the bones of the Head are nouri&s;hed that they may con|&s;erve that.</P>
<P>Its &s;ub&s;tance is to be &s;een, &s;ofter before, and above, than behind and below; in quantity it exceed|eth
<PB N="294" REF="161"> the quantity of the Brain of other living Creatures, as well by rea&s;on of the multitude of the a|nimal &s;pirits, as al&s;o that by its cold and moy&s;t complexion it might contemperate them, which come very hot from the Heart.</P>
<P>Its &s;ituation appeareth, and al|&s;o its &s;hape, which is &s;uch above, and throughout, as is the form of the Skull, neverthele&s;s it hath many manife&s;t foldings at the fir&s;t &s;ight, and al&s;o many hidden which are &s;een in the di&s;&s;ection of it, within which the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> annexed to it doth enter th<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> out; its Colligancy appeareth, and will appear by the knowledge of its Nerves.</P>
<P>In number it is one member yet it hath two parts which are not altogether &s;eparated from one another, but notably united.</P>
<P>One part notably exceeding the other in greatne&s;s, is from before un|to behind, filling the whole hollow|ne&s;s of the Skull before, and in the middle from the top to the bot|tom, and behind it filleth only the
<PB N="295" REF="161"> highe&s;t part of the Skull, being al&s;o in the direct of the greate&s;t part of the Bone <HI>Lambda,</HI> and this part is called the former Brain.</P>
<P>The other part farre le&s;s than the fir&s;t, called of <HI>Ari&s;totle Cere|bellum,</HI> and more &s;olid than the fir&s;t, filleth up the hinder and lower part of the Head, and this hath its place in the hinder part of the Head, under the fir&s;t part a|fore&s;aid; but in this hinder part of the Brain called <HI>Cerebellum,</HI> there is not any concavity, or ven|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="4 letters">e (as many note) It is well <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="4 letters">red every where of the <HI>Dura</HI> and <HI>Pia Marer,</HI> and the &s;en&s;e &s;heweth all the&s;e things; the fir&s;t part afore&s;aid is notably divided of the <HI>Dura</HI> and <HI>Pia Mater</HI> into two parts, according to the length of the Head, that is, into the right and left part, that its &s;ub&s;tance and its Ventricles might be di&s;tinct and doubled.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t therefore, remove dili|gently with a Razor in the other of the &s;ides of that Duplication, &s;ide-ways according to the top
<PB N="296" REF="162"> and bottom) the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> to|gether with a notable quantity of the Brain, going down for the &s;pace of three fingers more or le&s;s, according as you &s;hall finde the Ventricles of it.</P>
<P>For in every &s;ide of that doub|ling you &s;hall find one notable hollowne&s;s called a Ventricle, which is extended long-ways, &s;omewhat obliqued, de&s;cending to|ward the hinder part of the &s;ides.</P>
<P>One &s;ide being &s;een, &s;ee like|wi&s;e the other, in which you &s;hall &s;ee the very &s;ame as in the for|mer; and the&s;e Ventricles are di|vided from the &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, that if hurt &s;hould happen to one part, it might not happen to the other; and the operations of the one part of tho&s;e Ventricles are like unto the other fellow to it.</P>
<P>In that Ventricle on both &s;ides is one pellicular red &s;ub&s;tance cal|led <HI>Vermis</HI> the Worm, compoun|ded of Veins and Arteries, which reacheth from one end to the other of each Ventricle, which hath
<PB N="297" REF="162"> motion (according to &s;ome) vo|luntarily opening and &s;hutting the Ventricles.</P>
<P>Beneath tho&s;e Worms at the &s;ides of them is a certain eminent part of the Brain, which many doe liken to mens Buttocks in &s;hape, which in the lengthning, and in like manner in the &s;hutting of the Ventricles doe touch one a|nother, but in the &s;hortning and opening of them they are &s;epara|ted one from another.</P>
<P>In tho&s;e afore&s;aid Ventricles, in the former part of them there is commonly placed Fanta&s;ie, Com|mon Sen&s;e, and the Imagina|tion.</P>
<P>The afore&s;aid things being &s;een, remove a notable part of the Marrow of the Brain, that the o|ther hollowne&s;&s;es of the Brain may be more diligently &s;een, noting in the formo&s;t <HI>Ba&s;is</HI> of the two a|fore&s;aid hollowne&s;&s;es one hole, which is common to the afore&s;aid cavities, by which the &s;pirit, and al&s;o &s;ome Humidities contained in them, doe by de&s;cending goe
<PB N="298" REF="163"> forth to a certain hollowne&s;s reaching toward the Bone <HI>Ba&s;ila|re,</HI> about that place where there is a certain glandulous fle&s;h un|der the cro&s;&s;ing of the Optick Nerves.</P>
<P>This hollowne&s;s is called of <HI>Mun|dinus, Lacuna;</HI> of <HI>Avicen, Cap<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">t Ro&s;ae,</HI> and of others <HI>Embotum,</HI> becau&s;e it is broad above, narrow below, every where compa&s;&s;ed of a thin pannicle unto the Bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> and by that <HI>Embotum</HI> to the afore&s;aid bone (pierced there with very &s;mall pores as a Sieve) are the &s;uperfluous moy&s;tures of the Brain for the mo&s;t part emptied, which afterwards in many tur|nings of the Bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> placed above the bone of the Palate, are thickned of the air drawn by the No&s;trils, and of the natural heat, and at length are &s;ent forth by the No&s;trils &amp; Mouth, by means of the Jaws, in that form which is known to all, having by rea&s;on of divers cau&s;es a divers &s;ub&s;tance, colour, quantity, and figure; from that which hath been &s;aid, doth appear
<PB N="299" REF="163"> the helps of the Brain, which ne|verthele&s;s are of one &s;ort from <HI>A|ri&s;totle,</HI> and of another from <HI>Ga|len</HI> and his followers, which &s;ee; it &s;uffereth pa&s;sions of all &s;orts; its &s;olution is deadly, not always but fo<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the mo&s;t part.</P>
<P>About that <HI>Embotum</HI> toward the hinder part, al&s;o under the a|fore&s;aid Ventricle, or Ventricles, there is a certain hollowne&s;s &s;ome|what long, who&s;e walls are like unto the afore&s;aid Buttocks, which &s;hut and open that hollowne&s;s when there is need, either from the motion of the afore&s;aid worms which are immediately above them, or from another motion cau&s;ed of the &s;pirits.</P>
<P>And that hollowne&s;s Authors doe commonly put for the middle Ventricle, in which they &s;ay that the Cogitative vertue is. In the hin|der part of this middle Ventricle is a little hole which reacheth to one other hollowne&s;s, which is de|&s;cending toward the place where the beginning of the <HI>Nuca</HI> is; and this hollowne&s;s is not in the afore|&s;aid
<PB N="300" REF="164"> <HI>Cerebellum,</HI> as many think, neither is it compa&s;&s;ed every where of the medullous &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, but it is placed be|tween the hinder and former Brain, compa&s;&s;ed notably toward the <HI>Cerebellum</HI> of the <HI>Pia Ma<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">r</HI> covering it.</P>
<P>And between that la&s;t hollowne&s;s; and the afore&s;aid middle Ventri|cle, is a certain glandulous fle&s;h, called <HI>Conarium,</HI> becau&s;e it is in the form of a Cone, or Pine ap|ple; this <HI>glandule</HI> there doth &s;u&s;tain many Veins of the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> a|&s;cending toward the Center of the Brain, that they may nouri&s;h it; and this <HI>Glandule</HI> doth &s;train the &s;uperfluous Humidities to the afore&s;aid middle Ventricle, from which they are purged, forth to the afore&s;aid <HI>Embotum;</HI> and from thence as it appeareth above.</P>
<P>In that hollowne&s;s &s;poken of in the la&s;t place, which is behind the middle Ventricle, being cal|led the hinder Ventricle, Authors doe commonly place the Memo|rative
<PB N="301" REF="164"> Vertue, but I think other|wi&s;e.</P>
<P>And I &s;ay fir&s;t, that the Appre|hen&s;ive, Cogitative, and Memo|rative Vertue are in the fir&s;t of tho&s;e Cavities placed for the for|mer Ventricle, as well in the right as in the left, and the Apprehen|&s;ive or Common Sen&s;e is in the former part of it, and the Cogi|tative in the middle, but in the hinder part of it is the Memora|tive.</P>
<P>And I &s;ay, that the afore&s;aid Ventricle, which Authors put for the middle Ventricle, is not for the Cogitative Vertue, but is a way for the purging out of many &s;u|perfluities of the Brain, and for the carrying of &s;pirits to the afore|&s;aid third Ventricle, which &s;pirits &s;erve not to the Memorative Vertue, but to the Motive and Sen&s;itive Vertue, which come from the afore&s;aid fir&s;t Ventricle and are &s;erving to the Common Sen&s;e, and from hence it is com|prehended that the <HI>Nuca</HI> hath ver|tually its beginning from the for|mer
<PB N="302" REF="165"> part of the Brain, and al&s;o that the <HI>Nuca</HI> doth &s;ub&s;tantially ari&s;e from the former part of the Brain, as well from the colour of it, as al|&s;o from the continuation; (which is nevertheles continued al&s;o with the <HI>Cerebellum</HI> placed behind) yet it hath greater direction, and al&s;o Colligancy with the Brain, than with the afore&s;aid <HI>Cerebellum.</HI></P>
<P>But we have &s;poken the&s;e things better, and more fully, in our Commentaries upon <HI>Mundinus.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Nerves proceeding from the Brain.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the afore&s;aid things are to be &s;een the Nerves pro|ceeding from the Brain, which are <NOTE PLACE="marg"><GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>ex</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">, <HI>Nuto, &amp; flectomo|tus e&s;t flexionis in&s;tru|mentum.</HI></NOTE> commonly &s;even pair, of every pair there is on either &s;ide one like to its fellow; and a Nerve called in Greek <GAP DESC="foreign">, or <GAP DESC="foreign">, i<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> con&s;imular member, white, vi&s;|cous in &s;ub&s;tance, long and round in &s;hape, fa&s;t and hard to &s;epa|rate, the Organ of Sen&s;e and motion, and the pure &s;en&s;itive<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">
<PB N="303" REF="165"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">e &s;ofter, and colder than the motives.</P>
<P>Therefore take away the Brain lightly, beginning from the for|mer part, and you &s;hall finde in the direct of the upper part of the No&s;e two white long &s;ub&s;tances, on either &s;ide one, cleaving to the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> the heads of which are &s;omewhat gro&s;s, wherefore they are called of many <HI>Carunculae Ma|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">llares,</HI> or fle&s;hy Teats, and they are the in&s;truments of the Sen&s;e of Smelling, which <HI>Galen</HI> calleth not Nerves, becau&s;e they are &s;oft; in the direct of them the pannicles of the Brain, and the <HI>Os frontis</HI> are perforated as a Sieve, as well for the &s;mells as for the purging out &s;uperfluities of the Brain in ne|ce&s;&s;ities, becau&s;e for the mo&s;t part they are purged forth by the Cola|tory, which is in the direct of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">ore&s;aid <HI>Embotum;</HI> and there be|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">re in the Skull is a certain no|table hollowne&s;s filled for the mo&s;t part with air, in which air the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="3 letters">&s;e of Smelling is fir&s;t received of tho&s;e Caruncles.</P>
<PB N="304" REF="166">
<P> After the afore&s;aid Caruncles you &s;hall &s;ee two great Nerves, which &s;erve the eyes for the &s;ight, and the&s;e &s;eem to be cro&s;&s;ed, but there is yet contention about this under a Judge.</P>
<P>After tho&s;e is one pair of Nerves, which is placed for the &s;econd pair, and the&s;e give motion to the Eyes.</P>
<P>After tho&s;e is a third pair, which is a little while united to the fourth, from which it is afterward &s;eparated, and de&s;cending it is &s;pread by the Face; and within and below the Bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> it is united with the &s;ixth pair to bee &s;poken of now; and together they make the afore&s;aid Nerves, de&s;cending to the members of the middle and lower Belly, and from them doe ari&s;e the Rever&s;ives.</P>
<P>Afterward are the Nerves of the fourth pair, de&s;cending to the Palate for the &s;en&s;e of Ta&s;ting, and the&s;e are &s;ubtile; yet &s;ome take the third pair for the fourth; and contrariwi&s;e, as wee have &s;aid in our Commentaries, and
<PB N="305" REF="166"> there wee have declared the cau&s;e of that error.</P>
<P>After that there is the fifth pair, which is &s;pread abroad on both &s;ides, within the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> in the direct of the Ears, and &s;er|veth to the &s;en&s;e of Hearing.</P>
<P>After that is the &s;ixth pair, which is mingled with the third, as it is &s;aid before; after that is the &s;e|venth pair, which becau&s;e it is Oblique, gives motion to the Tongue, and al&s;o to &s;ome Mu&s;|cles &s;erving the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> it al&s;o giveth the &s;en&s;e of Ta&s;ting to the Tongue it &s;elf.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the&s;e Nerves is known to all, yet the hinder are harder than the former for the &s;en&s;es within; its figure, quantity, &s;ituation, number, and Colligancy appear; in complexion they are not very dry, and therefore they have not &s;trong motions; and they ar<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> cold by nature; their helps al&s;o appear; they &s;uffer pa&s;sions of all &s;orts, all which are evil, becau&s;e of their colligancy and operations.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="306" REF="167">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Rete Mirabile, <HI>according to the common opinion, and &s;omewhat of the</HI> Nuca.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, lay a&s;ide the whole Brain, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Rete mi|rabile ex textura mirabili.</NOTE> with that portion of the <HI>Nuca</HI> which is between the Spondiles, which you cut, and kept with the Head; fir&s;t noting its &s;ituation, &s;ub&s;tance, number, and figure; its Colligancy with the Brain is &s;po|ken of above; its quantity and o|ther things requi&s;ite unto it, &s;hall bee better ob&s;erved from that which is to be &s;aid; in the begin|ning whereof near to the Brain is a certain hollowne&s;s, continued to the hollowne&s;s commonly pla|ced for the Ventricle of the Me|morative Vertue, by which the &s;pirits &s;ent from the Brain, for &s;en&s;e and motion, doe pa&s;s to its Nerves; and the <HI>Nuca</HI> (as al&s;o the Brain) is covered of the <HI>Dura</HI> and <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> as the &s;en&s;e doth demon&s;trate.</P>
<PB N="307" REF="167">
<P> Tho&s;e things being noted, a|bove there is only the <HI>Dura Ma|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">er,</HI> becau&s;e by removing the Brain the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> is al&s;o removed, by rea&s;on of the firm and continual Colligancy of them together.</P>
<P>Between the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> and the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> in the region of the cro&s;sing of the Optick Nerves, where the afore&s;aid <HI>Colatory</HI> is, there doe a&s;cend by the Bone <HI>Ba&s;i|lare</HI> two notable Arteries, one on the right, the other on the left, as it appeared above in the Chapter of the <HI>Aorta</HI> a&s;cending; from which (as Authors doe common|ly &s;ay) above the Bone immedi|ately under the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> are made many very &s;ubtile bran|ches wonderfully united together, one above another, to the like|ne&s;s of a Net, taking up a great place before, behind, and on the &s;ides; after this, of tho&s;e many branches are again bred two ar|teries like to the fir&s;t, from which the afore&s;aid little branches are <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">de; and the&s;e two Ve&s;&s;els per|fect and great doe afterward a|&s;cend
<PB N="308" REF="168"> again above the Skull, to branch out even unto the Ventri|cles of the Brain, carrying &s;piri<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> to them made &s;ubtile in the <HI>Rete mirabile.</HI></P>
<P>And about that Net, &s;ome &s;ay, that there are two <HI>Glandules</HI> &s;up|porting it, and they &s;ay, that the helps of that Net are, that a &s;ub|tilization of the vital &s;pirit might be cau&s;ed there, that being divi|ded unto le&s;s branches it might bee the better altered, and the A|nimal &s;pirit might be made; and perhaps that its little branches might bee more ea&s;ily &s;topt, and might cau&s;e &s;leep, by the vapours rai&s;ed up from the meat, and made thick by the Brain, falling down.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;s that Net I never &s;aw, and I think Nature doth not work that by many things which it can doe by few; but Nature can make &s;ubtile the&s;e &s;pirits in the lea&s;t branches of the Arteries, de&s;cending above the <HI>Dura Mater</HI> cleaving to the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> and a&s;cending by the <HI>Pia Mater</HI> even
<PB N="309" REF="168"> <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">nto the center of the Brain; therefore this Net is not given here between the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> and the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare;</HI> many o|ther rea&s;ons have I &s;poken upon this in my Commentaries upon <HI>Mundinus,</HI> to which for brevities <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ake I referte the Readers, and <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Na&s;us a</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>fluor: propter mucci fluorem; ut</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>a</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>fluo grae: &s;ic Latin: na&s;us a no, per quem ex|crement a flnunt &amp; qua&s;i e|manant, quod e|tiam &s;pi|ritus in|natet &amp; enatet.</HI></NOTE> among other rea&s;ons, &s;en&s;ible ex|perience is to me a guide.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the No&s;e.</HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, the &s;peech of the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> &s;hould concur; but be|cau&s;e the Anatomy of it, e&s;peci|ally of the number of its parts is placed diver&s;e among Authors; and al&s;o becau&s;e this Bone is better &s;een in Church-yards, than in a Common di&s;&s;ection, therefore I &s;horten my &s;peech concerning them, and referre the de&s;irers of this Art to our Commentaries, and to Church-yards.</P>
<P>Let us therefore &s;peak &s;omewhat of the No&s;e, which for the pre|&s;ent is taken for that principal e|minent
<PB N="310" REF="169"> part, which being &s;et with an equal ridge on the center of the Eye-brows, doth di&s;tingui&s;h and fence either &s;ight of the Eye; the lower lateral parts of this member <HI>Galen</HI> calleth <HI>Alaria,</HI> they are o|therwi&s;e called <HI>Alula;</HI> its upper part is called <HI>Lepor,</HI> and <HI>Summum Nafi,</HI> the lower part <HI>Inaum Na&s;i&punc;</HI> the middle exteriour part is called <HI>Columna,</HI> and the inner part of it dividing the right &s;ide from the left, is called <HI>Septum porrectum,</HI> and <HI>Interfinium Na&s;i,</HI> and &s;ome doe call the lower holes of the No&s;e <HI>N<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">|res,</HI> but for the pre&s;ent the hol|lowne&s;&s;es placed above the Palate in the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> are of us cal|led <HI>Nares,</HI> in which the moy&s;t &s;u|perfluity of the Brain being &s;trai|ned through, is made thick; of which we have &s;poken &s;omewhat above.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the No&s;e is of Skin, Mu&s;cles, Cartilages, and Bones, and of the Pannicle cover|ing its bones; its skin is &s;o united to its mu&s;cles that it cannot (but with difficulty) be &s;eparated; its
<PB N="311" REF="169"> former and lower part is Cartila|gineous, but its upper part bony; its mu&s;cles are two &s;mall ones, but hard, one on the right hand, the other on the left, more toward the lower part, becau&s;e both doe ari&s;e from the balls of the Mandi|bles, and they move the wings of the No&s;e to what part a man will.</P>
<P>After the Mu&s;cles are three Cartilages, one in the middle, and two on the &s;ides, which are &s;ofter than the middlemo&s;t, which is hard enough, that it might keep the No&s;e (which it divideth with|in by the middle) &s;traight and &s;trong.</P>
<P>The Bones of the No&s;e are two, triangular, touching the Fore|head, perforated with &s;mall holes towards the corners of Tears, by which the Humidities in the Eyes may penetrate, and from the Eyes into the No&s;e, and from the No&s;e into the Month, and by rea&s;on of this the &s;avour of Medicines put into the Eyes is ta&s;ted of the Tongue.</P>
<PB N="312" REF="170">
<P> And the <HI>Os front is</HI> in the direct of the No&s;e is perforated as a Sieve, that it might &s;erve for &s;mel|ling, and that by them holes the &s;uperfluous moy&s;tures might goe forth from the Brain, pa&s;&s;ing fir&s;t by the holes which are in their Pannicles, about the places of the Mamillary Caruncles.</P>
<P>From that which hath been &s;aid, is &s;een the &s;ub&s;tance of the No&s;e; in number it is one member, but divided into two parts at the in|&s;ide, that if one part &s;hould but hurt, the other might be firm; its figure, quantity, &s;ituation, and colligancy appear; its complexi|on is appointed cold and dry; its helps are for comline&s;s, and for carrying and re-carrying air to the Lungs; they al&s;o carry the matter forth from them&s;elves, &s;ent through the <HI>Colatory</HI> to the afore|&s;aid Caves, which Caves are for the pre&s;ent called <HI>Nares.</HI></P>
<P>They &s;uffer pa&s;sions of all &s;orts, and their &s;olution is ea&s;ily con&s;olidated; in the lower end of it are &s;ometimes applied Hor&s;e|leaches
<PB N="313" REF="170"> for &s;afety, and &s;uch like; its proper pa&s;sion is the annoy|ance of the Olfactive Vertue, which may happen to it principal|ly by rea&s;on of opilation cau&s;ed in the holes that are in the Bone <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">&s;ilare,</HI> in the direct of the afore|&s;aid mamillary Caruncles. <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Palpe|br<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> &agrave; palpacid<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> id e&s;t praeten|tando objecta,</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>grac: qua&s;i</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>hoe e&s;t vi&s;us tunicae.</HI></NOTE></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Eye-lids.</HEAD>
<P><HI>PAlpebrae</HI> of <HI>Palpitando,</HI> of &s;tir|ring, called al&s;o <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg"><HI>Genae &agrave;</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>genero ibidem pili ge|neran|tur.</HI></NOTE> <HI>Genae,</HI> are the pellicles covering the Eyes, known <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n all; their &s;ub&s;tance is of Carti|lage and Membrane, with a very li<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">tle (and it may be as it plea|&s;eth &s;ome) with no fle&s;hy part, the Mu&s;cles excepted, and it is Cartilagineous, that the Hairs may be fa&s;tned in it, which &s;tand &s;trait, and hard, that they may the better defend the Eyes; the&s;e are called <HI>Cilia, a Celandis Oculis,</HI> of covering the Eyes; it is al&s;o Cartilagineous, becau&s;e it better <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e&s;i&s;teth outward things, and that it might &s;tand upright when it is opened, becau&s;e if it &s;hould bee
<PB N="314" REF="171"> pellicular it &s;hould ea&s;ily bee de|pre&s;t, and it is covered with skin for defence and comline&s;s.</P>
<P>In the upper Eye-lids under their skin is a Pannicle procee|ding from the <HI>Pericraneum,</HI> which is turned inward, involving their Cartilage without and within, e|ven unto the tunicle <HI>Cornea,</HI> the <HI>conjunctiva</HI> being between cover|ing the mu&s;cles of the Eye, and in the lower in like manner there reacheth a Pannicle, ri&s;en from the Pannicle covering the balls of the Face, and by that means it &s;eemeth that the tunicle <HI>Conjuncti|va</HI> &s;hould ari&s;e al&s;o from the Pan|nicle covering the lower bones of the Face.</P>
<P>About that Cartilage which <HI>Ga|len</HI> calleth <HI>Tar&s;um,</HI> there is &s;ome fat moy&s;tning them for nece&s;&s;ities &s;ake, le&s;t they &s;hould be dried up by rea&s;on of their almo&s;t conti|nual motion; the upper alone are moved, but not the lower.</P>
<P>And on either &s;ide their moti|on is of three Mu&s;cles, witne&s;s <HI>A|vicen,</HI> whereof one openeth, which
<PB N="315" REF="171"> is in the middle, but the two o|thers are in the corners, which &s;hut, yet <HI>Galen</HI> 10. <HI>De &V;tilitate, cap.</HI> 8. &s;eemeth to place but two Mu&s;cles, whereof one is &s;aid to bee in the corner toward the Ear, w^c^h he &s;aith doth open if it bee moved alone, and the other in the corner of the No&s;e, which hee &s;aith doth &s;hut if it bee al&s;o moved alone; and if both be equally moved the eye-lid is not more &s;hut than it is opened, and this half &s;hutting is called of <HI>Hippocrates, Curva Palpebra,</HI> a crooked eye-lid, which in Sick|ne&s;&s;es doth inferre an ill &s;ign; and al&s;o <HI>Galen</HI> &s;aith in the &s;ame place, <HI>Cap.</HI> 10. that hee never knew the afore&s;aid mu&s;cle placed at the cor|ner of the No&s;e, becau&s;e hee &s;aw great Cauteries to be applied there for Fi&s;tulaes, and neverthele&s;s the motion hath yet remained in the Eye-lids, which had not remai|ned if the mu&s;cle had been there.</P>
<P>And he doth affirm, 11 <HI>De U|tilitate, cap.</HI> 14. That the mu&s;cu|lous skin of the Fore-head, and of the balls of the Face, by their mo|tion
<PB N="316" REF="172"> is &s;ufficient for the &s;hutting and opening of the Eye-lids, and &s;ome doe adde with the help of the mu&s;cles; but <HI>Ari&s;totle,</HI> 2 <HI>De par|tibus Animalium, cap.</HI> 13. &s;aith, that the eye-lids move not volun|tatily, but by in&s;tinct of nature; neverthele&s;s it &s;eemeth to me, that they have a proper motion, and a common, the common is of the Fore-head, and of the balls of the Face; but the proper is of their proper mu&s;cles, which have their Nerves annexed to the Eye-lids, and to the mu&s;cle moving the Fore-head, and to the Temporal mu&s;cles, and to tho&s;e of the balls of the Face, but whether tho&s;e Nerves &s;hould proceed from the <HI>Nuca,</HI> or from the Brain, it is not perceived by &s;en&s;e; yet <HI>Avicen</HI> &s;aith, that in the upper eye-lid only there are Mu&s;cles, becau&s;e they are nearer to their beginning, that is to the Brain; which are &s;mall, and &s;ome &s;ay that they are without Chords, about the &s;itua|tion of which &s;ome are di&s;agreeing among them&s;elves.</P>
<PB N="317" REF="172">
<P> And the lower Eye-lids are not moved (witne&s;s <HI>Avicen)</HI> becau&s;e the motion of the upper &s;ufficeth for the perfect &s;hutting and ope|ning to one another; and the lower are le&s;s than the upper, and more joyned to the eyes, le&s;t by rea&s;on of their greatne&s;s, and the &s;eparation of them from the eyes, they &s;hould gather in them&s;elves bloud-&s;hot, and tears, and other outward things, witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> 10. <HI>De Utilitate.</HI></P>
<P>In the &s;ub&s;tance of the Eye-lids, in either angle or <HI>Canthus,</HI> toward the No&s;e, are two &s;mall holes ma|nife&s;t to the &s;en&s;e, one in the up|per eye-lid, another in the lower, by which the Tears goe forth, and in that Angle are &s;pongeous fle&s;hes which contain within them that humidity of Tears, that they might moy&s;ten the members near unto them, le&s;t they &s;hould bee dryed; and tho&s;e humidities doe come &s;ometimes from the No&s;e, and al&s;o from the Brain, by the Veins of their pannicles.</P>
<P>The &s;ituation of the Eye-lids,
<PB N="318" REF="173"> the number, quantity, &s;hape, and Colligancy appear; their &s;ub&s;tance is handled; their complexion is appointed cold and dry; their helps are to defend the Eyes from &s;mall and &s;oft things, but the bones adjacent doe defend them from great and hard things; and they help in the cau&s;ing of &s;leep; their Hairs al&s;o doe help the Eyes, le&s;t when the eye-lids bee open, du&s;t or other &s;mall things might hurt them, and by their blackne&s;s they doe &s;trengthen the &s;ight; and they are not very thick, le&s;t they &s;hould &s;hadow the &s;ight; nor too thin, that they might hinder &s;mall things to enter into the eyes.</P>
<P>They &s;uffer pa&s;sions of all &s;orts; and among others they &s;uffer the turning in of their Hairs, which is cured by Cauterizing every Hair turned in, in its root, with a gol|den Needle, afterwards they are cured, as other places cauterized.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="319" REF="173">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the Eyes.</HEAD>
<P>THe Eye-lids being &s;een, the Eyes doe occur, called <HI>Ocnli</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Oculi ab occulen|do Var|roni, quod ciliorum tegumi|nibus, &s;en palpebris (ut Lac|tantius de opifi|cio) occu|lantur.</NOTE> <HI>ab occultando</HI> of hiding, for they are hid between the Eye-lids; for the &s;eeing of which, fir&s;t cut the <HI>Os front is</HI> in the direct of them, &s;o that at length you may &s;ee the o|ther of them, in the manner here|after to be &s;poken, noting fir&s;t its Nerve, which is called <HI>Opticus,</HI> which by perforating the tunicles of it reacheth towards its center; and between the <HI>Conjunctiva,</HI> and <HI>Cornea,</HI> there is a notable fatne&s;s and glandulous fle&s;h taking up the humidities, as the glandulous fle&s;h of the root of the Tongue doth, which it &s;treameth out &s;ome|times by the No&s;e, and by the holes which are in the eye-lids &s;poken of before, by means of which, as well by the fatne&s;s as by the humidities the Eyes are kept from drying up.</P>
<P>There are al&s;o its proper Mu&s;|cles which are &s;even, whereof one
<PB N="320" REF="174"> moveth upward, another down|ward, and one other toward the right hand, another toward the left, and two reaching overthwart doe move circularly, but the &s;e|venth is near the Optick Nerve, which it doth &s;u&s;tain and elevate, and defendeth it from relaxing, whil&s;t the eyes are fixed in a continual beholding, and there|fore this alone fa&s;tneth the Eye; &s;ome doe &s;ay, that that mu&s;cle is doubled, and &s;ome that it is tre|bled, and all the&s;e mu&s;cles have their Nerves from the &s;econd pair of the Nerves of the Brain.</P>
<P>The afore&s;aid things being &s;een, &s;eparate the mu&s;cles, the afore|&s;aid fat, and likewi&s;e the glandu|lous fle&s;h from its pellicles, which are really four, yet they are com|monly appointed &s;even, which doe differ &s;omewhat in &s;ub&s;tance, &s;ituation, colour, &s;hape, and quan|tity, and in complexion, but in Colligancy they doe not differ; they doe al&s;o differ &s;omewhat in their helps.</P>
<P>In tho&s;e Pellicles which are cal|led
<PB N="321" REF="174"> the Membranes, and Tunicles of the Eyes, there are three Hu|mours, yet &s;ome doe adde a fourth which they call <HI>Aethercus,</HI> or the Airy Humour.</P>
<P>Therefore of tho&s;e Tunicles be|ginning before, the <HI>Conjunctiva</HI> doth fir&s;t occur; &s;o called, becau&s;e it joyneth the Eye to the Head; and this proceedeth from the <HI>Pe|ricraneum,</HI> and from the Pannicle of the Bones covering the lower bones of the Face about; but it proceedeth immediately from the innermo&s;t pellicle of the Eye-lids, ri&s;en from the afore&s;aid Pannicles; it doth al&s;o &s;omewhat proceed from the <HI>Pericraneum</HI> covering the orbs of the Eyes, and this alone is truly one Tunicle.</P>
<P>Neverthele&s;s the <HI>Conjunctiva</HI> doth not cover the whole Eye be|fore; but in the place where that faileth, before the Eye in the mid|dle is the &s;econd Tunicle, which becau&s;e it is clear as a horn, is na|med <HI>Cornea,</HI> this (according to &s;ome) hath four &s;lender Tunicles, as it is found in its Ulcers.</P>
<PB N="322" REF="175">
<P> To this <HI>Cornea</HI> toward the hin|der part is one Pannicle not bright, but ob&s;cure and hard, therefore it is called <HI>Sclirotica,</HI> which cover|eth the whole Eye behind, yet this is bigger than the <HI>Cornea,</HI> and tho&s;e two are of &s;ome placed for one only for their Colligancy, be|cau&s;e they both ari&s;e from, or are fa&s;tned to the <HI>Dura Mater.</HI></P>
<P>After them beginning likewi&s;e before there is one Tunicle called <HI>Uvea,</HI> and <HI>Coronoydea,</HI> and <HI>Fora|minalis,</HI> becau&s;e it is perforated as a Crown, and as the grane of a Grape when it is removed from that it hangeth by, or the Clu&s;ter, and its hole is called <HI>Pupilla;</HI> its colour is various but often black, and party-coloured like the Rain|bow, or of an Azure colour.</P>
<P>To this toward the hinder part is fa&s;tned one Tunicle, which is almo&s;t of like greatne&s;s as is the <HI>Uvea,</HI> and al&s;o of the &s;ame co|lour, and this is called <HI>Secundina;</HI> becau&s;e that, and al&s;o the <HI>Uvea</HI> doe proceed from the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> cal|led <HI>Secundina;</HI> or as it plea&s;eth
<PB N="323" REF="175"> &s;ome, becau&s;e this <HI>Secundina</HI> nou|ri&s;heth the Eye, as the <HI>Secundina</HI> the young one.</P>
<P>Between the <HI>Secundina</HI> and the <HI>Uvea</HI> is the Humor called <HI>Albugi|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">e<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters">,</HI> wch in the direct of the <HI>Pupilla,</HI> cometh even unto the <HI>Cornea,</HI> and there this Humour is bright, more clear than in another place, and therefore &s;ome &s;ay that this Hu|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">our is called <HI>Aethereus,</HI> or the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">irie Humour, and &s;o doe ap|point Four Humours; and becau&s;e tho&s;e two afore&s;aid Tunicles doe ari&s;e from the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> &s;ome doe &s;ay that tho&s;e two are one only.</P>
<P>After tho&s;e Tunicles are two others, one before, another be|hind, which is bigger than that before; the former is called <HI>Ara|nea,</HI> the hinder <HI>Retina; Aranea</HI> is &s;ubtile, but compact, more bright than an Adamant Jewel; <HI>Retina</HI> al&s;o is &s;ubtile, but not bright as <HI>Aranea.</HI></P>
<P>Between the&s;e are two Hu|mours; toward the hinder part, and on the &s;ides is the Vitreal
<PB N="324" REF="176"> Humour, which is like unto li|quefied gla&s;s, yet it is &s;omewhat thick and vi&s;cous, in the former part of which is placed the Chri&s;|talline Humour, as a Gem is pla|ced in a Ring; the Vitreal Hu|mour is farre greater than the Chri&s;talline, but the Chri&s;talline is harder than the Vitreal, and it is bright as a Gemme; al&s;o tho&s;e a|fore&s;aid two Tunicles doe ari&s;e from the Optick Nerve (accor|ding to Authors) and therefore they are placed for one, which neverthele&s;s, whether they be one or two, as likewi&s;e the re&s;t, doth little concern the Phy&s;ician; and the Optick Nerves are (accor|ding to &s;ome) notably perfora|ted, neverthele&s;s the &s;en&s;e denieth this in a dead Creature; we have &s;poken of other things concer|ning the Eyes in our Commenta|ries.</P>
<P>From that which hath been &s;aid, is &s;een the &s;ub&s;tance of the Eyes; they are &s;ituated in their Orbs, that is in two great holes placed in the Fore-head, and they are not
<PB N="325" REF="176"> very eminent without, le&s;t they &s;hould be hurt of outward things; and for this cau&s;e they have the Eye-brows eminent without, and below the bones of the balls of the Face; their number, Colligancy, &s;hape, and quantity appear.</P>
<P>Their complexion by rea&s;on of the Humours is &s;et down cold, and moy&s;t; and by rea&s;on of the Pan|&s;ides is &s;et down cold, and dry; and by rea&s;on of the multitude of the &s;pirits is &s;et down warm; their helps are known to all; they &s;uf|fer Pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts: their pro|per Pa&s;sion is the taking away, dimini&s;hing, and corruption of the &s;ight.</P>
<P>If you cannot &s;ee all the&s;e things in one Eye, &s;ee them in both, at lea&s;t &s;ee in one the mu&s;cles, and the glandulous fle&s;h, with its fat|ne&s;s, and al&s;o the <HI>Conjunctiva;</HI> but in the other &s;ee the Tunicles, and Humours; yet a learned hand doth &s;eek after harder things.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="329" REF="177">
<HEAD>Of the Ears.</HEAD>
<P>AFter the Eyes doe occur the Ears, called <HI>Aures ad hauri|endis vocibus,</HI> from drawing Voy|ces, <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Aures ab hau|riendis vocibus Lactan|tio &amp; Virgilio; alii ab aura, quod &s;o|nus per auram defertur; aliia Grae.</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>vox.</HI></NOTE> or becau&s;e they are <HI>Audit vocum,</HI> hearers of the Voyce; and as well the Cartilage of them as the holes are called <HI>Aures;</HI> their upper part is called <HI>Pina,</HI> or <HI>Pirula,</HI> and <HI>Lobus,</HI> but their lower <HI>Fimbra,</HI> and <HI>Lobus,</HI> where there are certain Veins flowing notably; if they receive &s;olution, their inward part is called <HI>Sca|phus.</HI></P>
<P>Their &s;ub&s;tance is Cartilagine|ous, that it might bee &s;afe from outward things, and &s;hrill; they are without motion for the mo&s;t part; &s;ome doe think that the Me|morative Vertue is in the lower part of them, therefore tho&s;e that would remember doe rub tho&s;e parts; the truth is, that that la&s;t concavity of the fir&s;t Ventricle of the Brain being doubled (in which I doe place the Memora|tive
<PB N="327" REF="177"> Vertue) doth reach oblique|ly toward the Ears, and perhaps that by rea&s;on of this the rubbing of tho&s;e parts doth help the me|mory.</P>
<P>The&s;e members are covered with Skin, yet they have &s;ome fle&s;h very firmly united to their skin; there is not &s;en&s;e in them, unle&s;s a little; their &s;hape is known to all; they are winding as Peri|wincles, that the air making the &s;ound might the better flow into them without violence.</P>
<P>Their perforation is in a bone more thick than any other part of the Skull, within which is a cer|tain hollowne&s;s, which a certain thin and &s;olid Pannicle doth co|ver, ri&s;en (according to &s;ome) from the Auditive Nerve, which is of the fifth pair of the Nerves of the Brain.</P>
<P>In the afore&s;aid hollowne&s;s, which the afore&s;aid Pannicle doth cover before, is implanted air, which receiveth the forms of hear|ing, which it giveth to the Audi|tive Nerve, dilated into the Pan|nicle,
<PB N="328" REF="178"> which is called <HI>Miringa Au|ris,</HI> and then the &s;en&s;e of hearing comprehendeth the Vocal wave, and every other &s;ound coming to it.</P>
<P>And to this Pannicle within the afore&s;aid hollowne&s;s, are added two little bones apt to bee moved of the air there in the next moti|on, which in their motion doe &s;trike one another, of which ac|cording to &s;ome, are cau&s;ed all the forms of &s;ound more and le&s;s, ac|cording to the air moved with|out.</P>
<P>There are &s;ome which would have the afore&s;aid Pannicle to ri&s;e from the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> which pa&s;|&s;eth with the Auditive Nerve to the afore&s;aid hollowne&s;s; but con|cerning its beginning &s;ee our Commentaries.</P>
<P>For the well &s;eeing of the&s;e things, there is required a learned hand, with Tenacles, a crooked Knife, a Saw, and a fit Mallet, becau&s;e the afore&s;aid things, as well the Nerve which cometh from within, as the <HI>Miringa,</HI> which
<PB N="329" REF="178"> is toward the Orifice of the Ear, with the little bones, are &s;een with difficulty.</P>
<P>From the afore&s;aid things is &s;een the inward, and outward &s;ub&s;tance of the Ear; its &s;ituation, quantity, &s;hape, number, and Col|ligancy appear; their complexi|on is cold and dry; their helps are known to all; they &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; their proper pa&s;&s;i|on is the hurt of the Auditive Vertue.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the upper Mandibles.</HEAD>
<P>THe Ears being &s;een, le&s;t any part of the Head &s;hould re|main untouched, I come to the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Mandi|bulae &agrave; manden|do, cujus in actio|ne non parum adju|vant.</NOTE> upper Mandibles, which are pla|ced after the afore&s;aid members, for better orders &s;ake; tho&s;e Man|dibles have only two proper bones under the No&s;e, and are divided by one only commi&s;&s;ure by the length of the Palate; in which are the Teeth, which are in &s;hape, name, and number like to tho&s;e which are in the lower Mandibles.</P>
<PB N="330" REF="179">
<P> The&s;e upper Mandibles are (ac|cording to &s;ome) compounded of twelve and more bones, but im|properly, becau&s;e they doe adde them of the eyes, and <HI>O&s;&s;a Paris,</HI> and tho&s;e of the balls of the Face, and other bones, to the two afore|&s;aid bones.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance, number, quanti|ty, &s;ituation, &s;hape, Colligancy, and complexion of the&s;e Mandi|bles appear; their helps are tho&s;e which are of the lower, and which are of the Palate; they &s;uffer pa&s;|&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Involutions above the Palate.</HEAD>
<P>FRom the <HI>Fauces</HI> above the Pa|late, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Palatum quod la|biis den|tibusque qua&s;i pa|lis mu|nitum &s;it, vel Pa|latum qua&s;i pa|lam la|tum.</NOTE> to the holes of the No&s;e, is an ample way, by which a man continually breathes to and fro; to this about the top are certain little Vaults, windings, or caves, placed under the <HI>Colatory</HI> below the <HI>Embotum</HI> of the Brain; the bony walls of which are &s;ubtile and pelliculiar: hence by the holes
<PB N="331" REF="179"> of the No&s;e, and by the <HI>Fauces,</HI> the gro&s;s excrements of the Brain are &s;treamed forth to the mouth.</P>
<P>For the well &s;eeing of tho&s;e, the great hole of the bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare,</HI> by which the <HI>Nuca</HI> de&s;cendeth, being fir&s;t &s;een, and tho&s;e Spondiles of the Neck being well &s;hewen, which you took away with the head, di|vide the Bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> with a Saw, or Falx, through the middle, even unto the Palate inclu&s;ively, and you &s;hall &s;ee all the afore&s;aid things very well.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the Extreams.</HEAD>
<P>THe Head being di&s;patched, in a common di&s;&s;ection, the hin|der part of the Neck doth fir&s;t oc|cur, called <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg"><HI>Ruffo</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>&agrave;</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>Tendo, &s;ic etiam Lat. Ten|do quiaix capitis motu tenditur.</HI></NOTE> <HI>Tenon,</HI> and <NOTE N="*" PLACE="marg">Cervix qua&s;i Ce|rebri via.</NOTE> <HI>Cervix,</HI> who&s;e &s;ituation is from the Bone <HI>Ba&s;ilare</HI> of the Head, even unto the &s;eventh Spondile inclu&s;ively, de|&s;cending from the head down|wards.</P>
<P>This part hath parts contained, and containing; the Containing are the Skin, the Mu&s;cles, the
<PB N="332" REF="180"> Pannicles, and the Spondiles.</P>
<P>The Contained are the Mem|branes covering the Nuke, the <HI>Nuca</HI> it &s;elf, with its Nerves, Veins, and Arteries.</P>
<P>Of the Containing, &s;ome are without, &s;ome within; tho&s;e which are without, &s;ome are above, &s;ome below, and &s;ome in the middle.</P>
<P>The upper outward parts are called of &s;ome <HI>Fontanella Colli,</HI> and it is the place where the fir&s;t, and al&s;o the &s;econd Spondile are joy|ned to the Head; this place is cal|led of <HI>Avicen,</HI> 4 <HI>Primi, Alcha|dam,</HI> in which are applied many Cauteries for divers di&s;po&s;itions of the Head, and there al&s;o are <HI>Se|tons</HI> placed.</P>
<P>Its lowe&s;t part is called of <HI>A|vicen, Alchael,</HI> or <HI>Alchel,</HI> and the middle part between the&s;e is cal|led <HI>Nocra.</HI></P>
<P>From <HI>Alchael,</HI> even unto the <HI>Alkadam</HI> inclu&s;ively, there are between every Spondile actual Cauteries applied to Children, in pre&s;ervation from the Epilep&s;ie, and it is a &s;ingular remedy.</P>
<PB N="333" REF="180">
<P> Among the outward parts con|taining is al&s;o placed the Skin fir&s;t occurring, which is to be excoria|ted, that the other outward parts containing may bee &s;een, to wit, the Mu&s;cles, which in this Section are placed after, for the rea&s;on &s;poken of in the Anatomy of the former parts of the Neck, which neverthele&s;s by the excoriating may be &s;hewen after a certain con|fu&s;ed manner, and ca&s;ting them a|way, fir&s;t noting the quantity, &s;ub&s;tance, &s;ituation, complexion, and &s;hape of them; the number, Colligancy, and helps of them being omitted, which cannot bee wholly comprehended, by rea&s;on of the diflection of the head pla|ced before, and of the former parts of the neck; which things being &s;een, the bones of the Neck doe occur, placed among the for|mer parts containing.</P>
<P>The&s;e Bones are called <HI>Spondy|li,</HI> and they are &s;even, which are more &s;ubtile than the re&s;t, becau&s;e they mu&s;t bee light, le&s;t they &s;hould burden the body, and they
<PB N="334" REF="181"> are &s;uch becau&s;e <HI>Nothos,</HI> called cor|ruptly <HI>Nuca,</HI> is gro&s;&s;er there, which by de&s;cending is alwaies made more &s;ubtile, becau&s;e it &s;endeth part of its &s;ub&s;tance for every Spondile; yet the fir&s;t Spondile united to the Head, is gro&s;&s;er in the hinder part than the other &s;ix, yet it hath a broader perforation, and the greate&s;t part of the Spondiles unto the <HI>Os Sa|crum,</HI> have wings and eminen|ces, which this fir&s;t is without, that the head might the better bee bended to the hinder part, and le&s;t it &s;hould tear the Nerves going forth from the <HI>Nuca</HI> neer unto them; in that Spondile al&s;o to|ward the upper part are two pits, in which doe enter two peeces of the Bone <HI>Bafilare,</HI> near unto that great perforation by which the <HI>Nuca</HI> goeth forth; it hath al&s;o two other pits almo&s;t alike to|ward the lower part, in which doe enter two peeces of the &s;econd Spondile, although there be &s;ome that &s;ay, that tho&s;e peeces are in the fir&s;t Spondile, and doe enter
<PB N="335" REF="181"> into the &s;econd; the fir&s;t Spondile is united to the Head by &s;trong li|gaments, upon which it is ben|ded &s;ide-waies.</P>
<P>After the fir&s;t Spondile follow|eth the &s;econd, which differeth from all the re&s;t in &s;hape, for this Spondile hath in its top a certain additament, which <HI>Hippocrates</HI> calleth a Tooth, but of <HI>Galen</HI> it is called <HI>Pyroydea,</HI> becau&s;e of its &s;harp form, and this additament en|treth into a certain pit which is in the fir&s;t Spondile, di&s;tinct from the perforation by which the <HI>Nuca</HI> goeth forth; and by rea&s;on of this the Head is &s;afely moved forward and backward, and round about, or Obliquely, without the di&s;location of the afore&s;aid Spon|diles, which would bee ea&s;ie, if the afore&s;aid additament &s;hould not re&s;i&s;t it; becau&s;e the juncture of the &s;econd Spondile with the fir&s;t, is loo&s;er than any other found in the whole Spine; al&s;o the other junctures of the Spine of the Neck are loo&s;er than tho&s;e that are below them, and they
<PB N="336" REF="182"> have their bones <HI>Simenia,</HI> forked and &s;mall, le&s;t they &s;hould burden the body.</P>
<P>After the Spondiles of the Neck doe follow twelve Spondiles, to which are united on both &s;ides twelve Ribs, and tho&s;e are called the Spondiles of the Back.</P>
<P>After tho&s;e doe follow five Spondiles called <HI>Lumbares,</HI> and <HI>Renales,</HI> that is, belonging to the Loyns and Reins, and there are the Kidnies, and two Mu&s;cles cal|led <HI>Lumbi; Avicen</HI> calleth that Region <HI>Alchatim;</HI> and the&s;e are bigger than the re&s;t, and the place which is between the uppermo&s;t of them, and the lowermo&s;t Spondile of the Ribs, is called of <HI>Galen Glutum,</HI> and of <HI>Homer A|cru&s;ta,</HI> in that region is fa&s;tned the <HI>Diafragma.</HI></P>
<P>After tho&s;e Spondiles doe fol|low three others, which are not Spondiles unle&s;s unproperly, and the&s;e are called of <HI>Avicen, Spondili Alhavins,</HI> and of <HI>Averroes</HI> they are called <HI>O&s;&s;a Agit,</HI> and of <HI>Galen Os &s;acrum,</HI> and <HI>Amplum;</HI> but this
<PB N="337" REF="182"> <HI>&s;acrum,</HI> according to <HI>Galen,</HI> con&s;i&s;teth of four bones, with which the <HI>O&s;&s;a Ancharum</HI> are con|tinued, which are very firmly u|nited with that bone on both &s;ides, and by the command of Nature they are opened, or &s;eparated from one another in the birth; al&s;o tho&s;e <HI>O&s;&s;a Ancharum</HI> are in &s;uch a time opened in the <HI>Pecten,</HI> where|in other times they are al&s;o natu|rally very firmly united.</P>
<P>After tho&s;e bones fir&s;t appoin|ted, three by <HI>Avicen,</HI> are al&s;o three others, called <HI>O&s;&s;a Alho&s;os,</HI> and <HI>Caudae,</HI> and &s;o in all the true and fal&s;e Spondiles are commonly in number thirty, of all which the &s;ub&s;tance is bony, with &s;ome car|tilage placed between their jun|ctures, and they are all firmly con|joyned by Ligaments, left they &s;hould be ea&s;ily di&s;locared by their motion. Their quantity, &s;hape, &s;ituition, and Colligancy is to bee &s;een; their complexion appear|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">th; their helps are to defend the <HI>Nuca,</HI> and its Nerves placed with|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n them.</P>
<PB N="338" REF="183">
<P> They are al&s;o a foundation of the whole body; but the Spon|diles of the Reins, and <HI>Alhovius</HI> doe principally this; they &s;uffer pa&s;sions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>For the well &s;hewing of the&s;e Spondiles Church-yards are re|qui&s;ite, our Commentaries upon <HI>Mundinus</HI> being &s;omewhat help|ing; and that their inner &s;ub&s;tance may bee well &s;een, and in like manner their Marrow, common|ly called <HI>Nuca,</HI> divide the Spon|diles through the middle from the head to the tayl with a great Falx, pre&s;erving as well as you can the <HI>Nuca,</HI> and its Nerves unhurt; this di&s;&s;ection being made, you &s;hall con&s;ider their Bones and Cartilage, and the Pannicle co|vering the inward part of them, and al&s;o the Ligaments with which the&s;e Vertebraes or Spon|diles are united together; the&s;e being &s;een return to the <HI>Nuca.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="339" REF="183">
<HEAD><HI>Of the</HI> Nuca.</HEAD>
<P>THe Spondiles being &s;hewed, the parts contained within them, as well in the Neck as el&s;e|where, <NOTE PLACE="marg">Nuca vox A|frica fort&egrave; a nuce dici po&s;sit Nuca e|nim &s;pon|dilis in|cluditur ut nuce nucleus.</NOTE> are to bee &s;een; the chief of whom is the <HI>Nuca,</HI> with its Nerves; the other parts are two hard Pannicles, and one &s;oft, that which is harder than the re&s;t clea|veth to the bones, the other is in|&s;tead of the <HI>Dura Mater,</HI> being al&s;o hard; the other is &s;oft, in|&s;tead of the <HI>Secundina,</HI> or <HI>Pia Ma|ter,</HI> all compa&s;sing about the <HI>Nu|ca</HI> it &s;elf, and the Nerves.</P>
<P>The &s;ub&s;tance of the <HI>Nuca</HI> is vi&s;cous, moy&s;t, with &s;ome &s;olidi|ty, and it is like to the &s;ub&s;tance of the Brain, but &s;omewhat har|der, and by how much the more it de&s;cendeth it waxeth the more hard; neither is it Marrow (as neither the Brain) as &s;ome doe think; its &s;hape appeareth to all.</P>
<P>Its &s;ituation and place is from the lowe&s;t part of the Head&punc; de|&s;cending unto the &s;econd upper|mo&s;t
<PB N="340" REF="184"> Spondile of the Reins inclu|&s;ively, and it doth not pa&s;s that place; but from that place down|wards. The whole &s;ub&s;tance of the <HI>Nuca</HI> is divided into many Nervs, which by de&s;cending even unto the la&s;t Spondile of the <HI>Cauda</HI> are divided through them; the num|ber and quantity appear; it hath Colligancy with all members unto which its Nerves doe pa&s;s; it is al&s;o fa&s;tned to the Liver, and to the Heart by means of the <HI>Acrta</HI> and <HI>Chilis,</HI> by certain very little Veins and Arteries, reaching to it through the holes of the Spon|diles; the&s;e Veins and Arteries doe perforate the afore&s;aid hard Pannicles compa&s;&s;ing it about, and doe enter into the &s;oft Pannicle ri&s;en from the <HI>Pia Mater,</HI> by means of which cleaving unto it, that they may be &s;upported, they doe nouri&s;h and give life to the <HI>Nuca.</HI></P>
<P>Its complexion is commonly appointed cold and dry, but &s;ome think otherwi&s;e.</P>
<P>Its helps are that Nerves might
<PB REF="184">
<PB REF="185">
<PB N="341" REF="185"> pa&s;s from it to the members, not in &s;o great a di&s;tance as if they &s;hould come from the Brain, and that the Nerves might bee more di&s;tinct, not hindring one ano|ther, and that they might bee drier, and le&s;t from their hurt the Brain &s;hould immediately bee hurt; and al&s;o if there &s;hould not be a <HI>Nuca,</HI> the Brain &s;hould bee bigger, and &s;hould too much bur|then the lower members; it &s;uf|fereth pa&s;sions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Nerves ri&s;en from the</HI> Nuca.</HEAD>
<P>WHat a Nerve is, wee have &s;poken &s;omewhere el&s;e; <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Nervus Grae:</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign"> <HI>quod per totum corpus diffun|duntur.</HI></NOTE> not only the &s;ub&s;tance of them, but their &s;hape and complexion; from the head therefore de&s;cen|ding to the end of the Spine of the back are Nerves ri&s;en from the <HI>Nuca,</HI> and the&s;e are thirty one pair, and one Nerve without a fellow, numbring them thus; the fir&s;t pair of Nerves goeth forth from the fir&s;t Spondile, one
<PB N="342" REF="186"> Nerve on the right, another on the left, as they are al&s;o alwaies in all the other Spondiles; and the &s;econd pair goeth forth from the middle between the fir&s;t and &s;e|cond Spondile; and in like manner is the third pair between the &s;econd and third Spondile of the Neck, and every Spondile de&s;cending hath one pair of Nerves corre|&s;pondent unto it, either in the O|rifice of its fellow, or in the Ori|fice proper to its &s;elf; and the la&s;t Spondile <HI>Alhovius,</HI> which is conti|guous to the fir&s;t of the three Bones, <HI>Alho&s;os,</HI> or <HI>Candae,</HI> hath its pair of Nerves, as likewi&s;e the Spondiles above it; but between that and the fir&s;t of the Spondiles <HI>Alho&s;os,</HI> is another pair of Nerves, and by rea&s;on of that doubled pair there are thirty one pair, and one Nerve unfellowed; becau&s;e by de&s;cending between the fir&s;t Spon|dile and the &s;econd there is one pair, and between the &s;econd and the third there is al&s;o one other pair, but from the la&s;t Bone which is properly called <HI>Canda,</HI> goeth
<PB N="343" REF="186"> forth one Nerve only; and as &s;o there are thirty Spondiles true and not true, and one Nerve without a fellow.</P>
<P>Their Colligancy is better known from whom than to whom, and they have Colligan|cy with the greate&s;t part of mem|bers having motion; their &s;itua|tion and quantity appears, as al&s;o their number; the helps of tho&s;e Nerves are to give motion and &s;en&s;e; they &s;uffer pa&s;sions of all &s;orts.</P>
<P>From the afore&s;aid things doth appear, that in a mans body there are thirty eight pair of Nerves, and one Nerve, which in all are &s;eventy &s;ev<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">n, tho&s;e two excepted which goe to the No&s;e for the Ol|factive Vertue, which are not commonly termed Nerves, be|cau&s;e they are too &s;oft; yet I call them Nerves, in as much as they are the Organs of the &s;en&s;e of Smelling, and as &s;o there are &s;e|venty nine, vvhereof &s;ixty three come from the <HI>Nuca,</HI> and fourteen from the Brain, or &s;ixteen, the
<PB N="344" REF="187"> Mamillary caruncles being recko|ned with them; of which it hath been &s;poken above in the Anato|my of the Nerves of the Brain, which afterwards are terminated to infinite Branches, and Fibers, which &s;en&s;e doth not comprehend, and the&s;e are thus,</P>
<P>The Nerves coming from the Brain are &s;even pair, or eight.</P>
<P>The Nerves of the <HI>Nuca</HI> of the Neck are eight pair.</P>
<P>The Nerves of the <HI>Nuca</HI> of the Back, and of the Ribs are twelve pair.</P>
<P>The Nerves of the <HI>Nuca</HI> of the Reins, or <HI>Alkatim</HI> are five pair.</P>
<P>The Nerves of the <HI>Nuca</HI> of <HI>Al|hovius</HI> are three pair.</P>
<P>The Nerves of the <HI>Nuca</HI> of <HI>Al|ho&s;os,</HI> with the two Nerves, be|tween the Spondiles <HI>Alho&s;os,</HI> and <HI>Alhovius,</HI> are three pair, and one odde Nerve going forth from the <HI>Cauda.</HI></P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<PB N="345" REF="187">
<HEAD>The Figure of the Spondiles and Nerves.</HEAD>
<P>IN this Figure you may ea&s;ily &s;ee the number of the Spondiles, and you &s;ee how from the &s;ub|&s;tance of the fir&s;t Spondile doe goe forth two Nerves, from either &s;ide one, and you may note the number of the Nerves in the ex|tremity of the lines placed in that Figure.</P>
<P>Yet note (Reader) that the Figure hath not a true &s;imilitude with the Spondiles, except in num|ber, but their true Figure is &s;een in the true Spondiles dried in Church-yards.</P>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD><HI>Of the Anatomy of the Hands.</HI> <NOTE PLACE="marg">Manus &agrave; manando quod ex Brachiis m<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">net, vel quod boc in|&s;trumento poti&s;&s;imum actiones &egrave; nobis e|manent.</NOTE></HEAD>
<P>THe afore&s;aid things being &s;een, I doe fir&s;t come to the Veins of the Hands u&s;ed to bee Flebotomi|&s;ed; with which al&s;o we &s;hall &s;ee the Cartilages, the Marrow, the Bones, and the Nayls, the Mu&s;cles of &s;uch members being let alone,
<PB N="346" REF="188"> which in a common di&s;&s;ection are not &s;hewen; yet the knowledge of Mu&s;cles is a very great help in Chirurgery, witne&s;&s;e <HI>Aver. primo colliget,</HI> and therefore becau&s;e for the pre&s;ent they cannot be &s;hewen, we will place in the end of the Book certain Figures &s;hewing &s;ome Mu&s;cles, e&s;pecially the out|mo&s;t; we will al&s;o place Figures &s;hewing the principal bones.</P>
<P>Fir&s;t therefore doe occur two members placed on the &s;ides, which from the &s;houlders even unto the extremity of the Fingers are of <HI>Galen</HI> called the great hands; the&s;e members (for the pre&s;ent) have three parts.</P>
<P>The fir&s;t part beginning from the top is commonly called <HI>Adju|torium,</HI> above which is the <HI>Spatula,</HI> which al&s;o of &s;ome is placed in the great hand.</P>
<P>Under the fir&s;t part called <HI>Ad|jutorium,</HI> is the &s;econd called <HI>Bra|chium,</HI> and between the&s;e is the juncture called <HI>Cubitus,</HI> but com|monly <HI>Brachium</HI> is taken of many for that fir&s;t and &s;econd part afore|&s;aid.</P>
<PB N="347" REF="188">
<P> Under the &s;econd is the third part called the little hand, and it is properly called <HI>Manus ab e|manando, quia ab i&s;t a parte fere om|nia artificia emanant;</HI> becau&s;e al|mo&s;t all Handy-crafts doe flow from that part.</P>
<P>Between that and the &s;econd is one juncture compounded of ve|ry many Bones, called in <HI>Arabick Ra&s;eta,</HI> and <HI>A&s;cam,</HI> and in <HI>Greek</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e things being noted, you &s;hall excoriate the whole skin of the great hand with diligence from the Neck even unto the ends of the Fingers; and you &s;hall &s;ee, fir&s;t the Vein <HI>Ba&s;ilica,</HI> that is <HI>Regia,</HI> or Kingly; the Ancients before <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> did call that Vein <HI>Jecora|ria,</HI> and it keepeth that name yet, becau&s;e it is commonly called <HI>Ve|na Hepatis,</HI> the Liver Vein; it is al&s;o called <HI>A&s;cellaris,</HI> or <HI>Axillaris,</HI> becau&s;e as it appeareth above in the Anatomy of the Veins, this Vein pa&s;&s;eth by the <HI>A&s;cella,</HI> for <HI>A&s;cella</HI> is that hollow place on both &s;ides, which is under the
<PB N="348" REF="189"> &s;houlders in the lateral part, be|tween the upper part of the Bre&s;t, and the top of the <HI>Adjutory,</HI> which becau&s;e it hath no vent in many doth &s;avour ill; for it is not ven|ted, witne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle</HI> in his <HI>P<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">o|blems;</HI> in the&s;e places is a notable part of glandulous fle&s;h, which re|ceiveth &s;ome excrements of the Heart, as likewi&s;e the kernels which are about the <HI>Inguina,</HI> and in the Neck about the <HI>Guidez,</HI> not much di&s;tant from the Ears, which receive the &s;uperfluities of the Li|ver and Brain, and tho&s;e places are called the Emulctories of the Heart, of the Liver, and of the Brain; and tho&s;e fle&s;hes are as it were a mattre&s;s to the great Veins placed about them.</P>
<P>This Vein called <HI>A&s;cellaris,</HI> and <HI>Ba&s;ilica,</HI> de&s;cendeth by the in&s;ide and lowe&s;t part of the Arm, with the Artery fellow to it for a cer|tain di&s;tance; after that the Vein is notably manife&s;ted alone about the juncture of the Cubite in the inward part; and there is fleboto|mi&s;ed, and helpeth principally for
<PB N="349" REF="189"> the Di&s;ea&s;es of the Bre&s;t, becau&s;e it is immediately united to the Veins nouri&s;hing its parts.</P>
<P>But from the Neck, by the out|&s;ide, there doth pa&s;s from the &s;houlders to that Juncture, by the <HI>Adjutory,</HI> one Vein called <HI>Spatu|laris, Humeralis,</HI> and <HI>Cephalica,</HI> which al&s;o about the Juncture of the Cubite is flebotomi&s;ed, which principally helpeth for Di&s;|ca&s;es of the Head and Neck, be|cau&s;e it is immediately united to the Veins <HI>Guidez.</HI></P>
<P>Between them is one Vein reaching over-thwart from the one to the other, from which it receiveth bloud indifferently; this is called <HI>Nigra, Communis,</HI> and <HI>Media,</HI> becau&s;e it emptieth from the members of the Head and Bre&s;t, and con&s;equently from the whole upper part, by which means it doth al&s;o empty from the lower parts.</P>
<P>And the <HI>Cephalica</HI> de&s;cendeth a|lone for the mo&s;t part, directly e|ven unto the little hand, between the fore-finger and the thumb,
<PB N="350" REF="190"> and is called of <HI>Albuca&s;is,</HI> and of <HI>Ra&s;is,</HI> and al&s;o of me, the true <HI>Funis Brachii,</HI> and of <HI>Cauliacus,</HI> and of <HI>Canamu&s;alus</HI> it is called <HI>Ce|phalica ocularis.</HI></P>
<P>This being cut helpeth in Di&s;|ea&s;es of the Head, by rea&s;on of its Colligancy with the afore&s;aid <HI>Ce|phalica,</HI> and al&s;o by rea&s;on of its directne&s;s.</P>
<P>But the <HI>Ba&s;ilica</HI> de&s;cending al&s;o alone almo&s;t unto the hand, by the in&s;ide, and lower, is obliqued toward the out-&s;ide about the lit|tle hand, which &s;endeth forth branches from it between the little and the Ring-finger, and this be|ing inci&s;ed emptieth from the Bre&s;t by means of the afore&s;aid <HI>Ba&s;ilica.</HI></P>
<P>Between tho&s;e two Veins of the little hand, there are (for the mo&s;t part) &s;ome Branches between the fore-finger and the middle, and between the middle and the Ring|finger, which inci&s;ed &s;tand in|&s;tead of the common Vein; but the branch which is between the fore-finger and the middle, doth
<PB N="351" REF="190"> more participate with the <HI>Cepha|lica,</HI> and that which is between the middle and the Ring-finger doth more participate with the <HI>Bafilica;</HI> and from the <HI>Cephalica</HI> above the Cubite by the out-&s;ide of the arm, doth de&s;cend one Vein named al&s;o of many <HI>Funis Bra|chii,</HI> which for the mo&s;t part is terminated in the afore&s;aid Veins being on the &s;ides of the middle finger; and this <HI>Funis Brachii</HI> is not in u&s;e for flebotomy, yet it may be inci&s;ed in ca&s;e of nece&s;&s;ity, and it would carry from the Head, becau&s;e it is continued with the <HI>Cephalica.</HI></P>
<P>There doth al&s;o often ari&s;e from the common Vein, which is in, the bending of the Cubite, one branch which doth de&s;cend a|lone on the out&s;ide of the branch of the afore&s;aid <HI>Cephalica,</HI> be|tween the thumbe and the fore|finger, and therefore &s;ome have affirmed, that that branch inci|&s;ed doth help in the Di&s;ea&s;es, in which the afore&s;aid common Vein doth help.</P>
<PB N="352" REF="191">
<P> Many times al&s;o there doth not any Vein de&s;cend from that com|mon Vein between the Fore-fin|ger and the Thumb, and this I have often noted, not only in that, but in many other Veins I have &s;een them, and al&s;o Arteries, to differ their &s;ituation, and in &s;ome individual theit branches are de|ficient, and in &s;ome &s;uperflu|ous.</P>
<P>Many times al&s;o there is a branch between the Fore-finger and the Thumb, compounded of a branch of the <HI>Cephalica,</HI> and a branch of the Common Vein, and then it emptieth from the Com|mon Vein, and from the <HI>Cepha|lica,</HI> and more from the <HI>Cephalica</HI> than from the Common, by rea|&s;on of its greater directne&s;s; for the directne&s;s of the Veins to the Members doe make much for e|vacuations, witne&s;s <HI>Galen</HI> in his Book <HI>De Phlebotomia.</HI></P>
<P>And the&s;e things for the pre|&s;ent doe &s;uffice for the Veins of the Hands, for the well &s;eeing of which the Figures placed below
<PB REF="191">
<PB REF="192">
<FIGURE>
<P>Place this figure betweene 352. and: 353: pages</P>
<FIGDESC>engraving labeling the veins of the arm</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE>
<PB N="353" REF="192"> are to be con&s;idered, in which are &s;een the &s;ituations, and &s;ome names of the principal Veins; the Figures follow.</P>
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t Figures of Veins.</HEAD>
<P>HEre you &s;ee in one Figure the <NOTE PLACE="marg">Vena &agrave; veniendo, quod per eam &s;an|guis ve|niat, vel &agrave; via, &amp; no, quod via &s;int natantis &s;an gui|nis.</NOTE> true <HI>Funis Brachii,</HI> reaching directly from the Shoulder even unto the Fore-finger, and the Thumb; which in the little hand is called <HI>Salvatella</HI> of <HI>Mundinus;</HI> and of <HI>Dinus,</HI> and of <HI>Ugo,</HI> and of their followers <HI>Sceilen,</HI> which is counted of <HI>Avicen</HI> for one branch of the Common Veins; and you &s;ee in both the Figures how the <HI>Ba&s;ilica</HI> is in the neare&s;t part of the arm, and nouri&s;heth it, and how from that, one branch goeth ob|lique toward the left part of the hand near the Juncture, and goeth between the little Finger and the Ring-finger, and is called <HI>A&s;cel|laris,</HI> of <HI>Galen,</HI> and of his follow|ers, becau&s;e it is a branch of the <HI>A&s;cellaris,</HI> or <HI>Ba&s;ilica;</HI> and that branch between the little and the
<PB N="354" REF="193"> Ring-finger, you &s;hall &s;ee in the following Figure; you &s;ee al&s;o in tho&s;e two Figures, the common Vein, which is a branch between the <HI>Cephalica</HI> and the <HI>Ba&s;ilica,</HI> or <HI>A&s;cellaris;</HI> and you &s;ee how from the Common Vein one branch entreth into that branch of the Vein <HI>Cephalica</HI> de&s;cending, which is terminated between the Fore|finger and the Thumb, which of <HI>Albuca&s;is</HI> is called <HI>Funis Brachii,</HI> and al&s;o of others, as it appeareth above.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The &s;econd Figures of Veins.</HEAD>
<P>IN the&s;e Figures is &s;een the place of the <HI>Salvatella</HI> of <HI>Mundinus,</HI> and the place of the <HI>Salvatella</HI> of <HI>Ra&s;is,</HI> and the place of the <HI>Scei|len</HI> of <HI>Avicen,</HI> and the place of the <HI>Salubris</HI> of <HI>Haly,</HI> and the place of that branch of the <HI>Ba&s;ilica</HI> which is terminated between the little and the Ring-finger, which Vein <HI>Ra&s;is</HI> called <HI>Salvatella,</HI> and it is &s;een how that Vein which is called <HI>Fu|nis</HI>
<PB REF="193">
<PB N="354" REF="194">
<FIGURE>
<P>Place this figure betweene 354. and 355 pages</P>
<FIGDESC>engraving labeling the veins of the arm</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE>
<PB REF="194">
<PB REF="195">
<PB N="355" REF="195"> <HI>Brachii,</HI> of <HI>Avicen,</HI> is termina|ted about the middle Finger, in a branch of the Vein which is cal|led <HI>Sceilen</HI> of <HI>Avicen,</HI> and <HI>Salu|bris</HI> of <HI>Haly;</HI> in this Figure al|&s;o is &s;een how the true <HI>Funis Bra|chii</HI> is a branch of the <HI>Cephalica,</HI> which is terminated between the Fore-finger and the Thumb; and in the&s;e Figures, and al&s;o in the other Figure, are drawn certain &s;mall branches which are di&s;per|&s;ed through the mu&s;cles of the Arms and Hands, and every Vein of our body hath them, which at length are terminated to Capilla|ry Veins, and although every Vein drawn in tho&s;e Figures hath them not, yet it maketh no mat|ter.</P>
<P>The Veins being &s;een at lea&s;t in one hand, becau&s;e that is enough, all its Bones are to bee laid bare, with which al&s;o the <HI>Spatula</HI> is to be &s;een, made, that the hand might be &s;u&s;tained of it, and le&s;t other|wi&s;e the <HI>Adjutory</HI> &s;hould be con|tinued with the Bre&s;t, becau&s;e then the facility of the operation of the
<PB N="356" REF="196"> hands one to another &s;hould bee de&s;troyed, and there &s;hould be cau&s;ed a &s;traightning; and it was &s;eparated from the Ribs, for its &s;trong motion; and becau&s;e be|ing &s;o placed, it might the better defend the members of the Bre&s;t toward the hinder part; and it was on the &s;ides, le&s;t in its motion it &s;hould meet with the Spondiles, toward which it is thin, and broad as a Splatter, and therefore it is called <HI>Spatula;</HI> its part toward the <HI>Adjutory</HI> is gro&s;s, in the hcad of whieh is a certain hollowne&s;s termed <HI>Pixis,</HI> in which is revolved the upper round extremity of the <HI>Adjutory</HI> called <HI>Vertebrum.</HI></P>
<P>The <HI>Os Spatulae</HI> there hath two additaments, one is at the top and behind, which is fa&s;tned with the upper <HI>Furcula</HI> of the Bre&s;t, and is called <HI>Ro&s;trum corvi,</HI> the Crows bill; who&s;e help is to hinder, le&s;t the <HI>Adjutory</HI> &s;hould bee moved from its place to the upper parts; the other of the &s;aid additaments is within and below, which al&s;o doth hinder the di&s;location of the <HI>Adjutory.</HI></P>
<PB N="357" REF="196">
<P> This Bone upon the back of it hath a triangular &s;ub&s;tance, who&s;e <HI>Ba&s;is</HI> is toward the hinder part, and its eminence is toward the in&s;ide, le&s;t the &s;uperficious part of the Back &s;hould be rai&s;ed into a &s;harp point, and &s;hould ea&s;ily be hurt, in the extremity of which there is a Cartilage.</P>
<P>Mark, that a Cartilage is two|fold; one which is altogether &s;of|ter than the Bone in any other part of a living Creature, and this is in the broader extreme of the Bone <HI>Spatula,</HI> and in the Bre&s;t, and in the <HI>Epiglottis,</HI> and al&s;o el&s;e|where in many places; there is al|&s;o another Cartilage harder than that, which neverthele&s;s is &s;ofter than a Bone, and this is in the ex|tremities of the Bones of the great Junctures, which of <HI>Avicen</HI> is cal|led <HI>Alaguahic;</HI> this cleaveth im|mediately to the &s;ub&s;tance of the bones; but the other Cartilage in the afore&s;aid Junctures cleaveth to that <HI>Alaguahic;</HI> and to the afore|&s;aid &s;ofter Cartilage, the Ligaments in the Junctures doe afterwards
<PB N="358" REF="197"> immediately cleave, fa&s;tning the bones together; and the&s;e things are be&s;t &s;een in bones boyled to the uttermo&s;t.</P>
<P>The <HI>Spatula</HI> being &s;een, &s;ee the <HI>Os Adjutorii,</HI> which is the grea|te&s;t of the Bones of the Hand, who&s;e &s;hape is known to all, &s;ome|what crooked, in who&s;e hollow|ne&s;s, as in many other bones, there is Marrow, called <HI>Medulla, quia e&s;t in medio o&s;sium;</HI> becau&s;e it is in the middle of the bones.</P>
<P>For Marrow (witne&s;s <HI>Aristo|tle, &s;ecundo de partibus animalium)</HI> is a nouri&s;hment of Bloud, and it is a concocted and contained ex|crement; and <HI>(Avicen prima pri|mi</HI> &s;aith,) that the bones are nou|ri&s;hed of it; and hence is Nature known artificial, which &s;ince Shee hath not alwayes Veins fit for the Bones, putteth their nouri&s;hment in their Pores and Concavities; and al&s;o if it be a &s;uperfluity, Shee likewi&s;e putteth the excrement in them, &s;ince She hath not another place fit for the afore&s;aid things.</P>
<P>The lower extremity of the <HI>Ad|jutory</HI>
<PB N="359" REF="197"> Bone hath two eminences, with which it is joyned with the two <HI>Fociles</HI> of the Arm, making with &s;trong Ligaments the jun|cture of the Cubite; and in the hollowne&s;s which is between the afore&s;aid eminences, doth enter the extremity of the lower <HI>Focile,</HI> which is greater than the upper, which is crooked, that the Jun|cture might be the more firm for the continual (as it were) and &s;trong motions of this Juncture, which for this cau&s;e al&s;o is &s;el|dom di&s;located; and if it bee di&s;|located, it is with difficulty redu|ced into its former degree; the <HI>Fociles</HI> of the Arm are al&s;o hol|low, becau&s;e all Bones are either hollow within, or porous, that they might bee light, le&s;t they &s;hould burthen the body.</P>
<P>And the extremities of tho&s;e <HI>Fo|ciles,</HI> and of all Bones, and of the Junctures of the Hand and Foot, are gro&s;&s;er than in the middle, be|cau&s;e in the extremities there mu&s;t be great Ligaments for the &s;trength of the junctures, and in
<PB N="360" REF="198"> the middle they are &s;mall, that they might give place to the Bo|dies of the Mu&s;cles, which mu&s;t nece&s;&s;arily be many and great, for their many &s;haped motion.</P>
<P>After the Bones of the Arm are the Bones <HI>Ra&s;ettae,</HI> or <HI>Carpi,</HI> which are eight, for the multitude of motions&punc; &amp; al&s;o for other cau&s;e.</P>
<P>Afterward is the little Hand, who&s;e inner part without the Fin|gers is called <HI>Vota,</HI> and <HI>Palma,</HI> but its outward part is without a name (witne&s;s <HI>Ari&s;totle primo de Hi&s;tor.)</HI> Its Bones are four cor|re&s;pondent to the other Fingers, (the Thumb excepted) from which is compounded the <HI>Pecten</HI> of the hand, and the <HI>Procarpum,</HI> or <HI>Procarpium,</HI> and <HI>Antecarpum,</HI> and <HI>Metacarpum,</HI> yet there are &s;ome that would that the fir&s;t Bone of the Thumb &s;hould bee in the <HI>Ra&s;eta,</HI> and as &s;o, the Thumb hath not but two bones; &s;ome &s;ay, that the fir&s;t Bone of the Thumb is in the <HI>Pecten</HI> of the hand.</P>
<P>After the <HI>Pecten</HI> are the Fingers; Fir&s;t is <HI>Pollex</HI> the Thumb, which
<PB N="361" REF="198"> hath two bones out of the <HI>Vola;</HI> af|ter that is <HI>Index,</HI> or the pointing Finger next unto it; next to which is <HI>Medius</HI> the middle Finger, lon|ger than the re&s;t; afterward is the Finger called <HI>Medicus,</HI> and <HI>Anu|laris,</HI> the Phy&s;icians, and Ring|finger; after that is the lea&s;t, na|med <HI>Auricularis;</HI> the&s;e four have three junctures, and three Bones; and al&s;o the Thumb in my opini|on hath three junctures, and three bones, becau&s;e I doe not place the fir&s;t bone &s;erving it, neither in the <HI>Ra&s;eta,</HI> nor in the <HI>Pecten.</HI></P>
<P>In the inner part of the Fingers there is notable fle&s;h, which is a coverlet to the Bones, le&s;t they &s;hould bee hurt in their continual meetings of hard things, which they nece&s;&s;arily touch in the ope|rations of the hands; but in the &s;ides of them is le&s;s fle&s;h, and le&s;s in the outward part, becau&s;e in tho&s;e parts they doe not meet with things hurting them in their operations, as within the hand.</P>
<P>The Chords of tho&s;e Fingers, e&s;pecially the outermo&s;t, doe en|ter
<PB N="362" REF="199"> into their juncture above; and every Finger hath a Chord, of which &s;peech is not made for the pre&s;ent, becau&s;e their Mu&s;cles can|not bee &s;een, whereof &s;ome are deep placed in the arm, and &s;ome Chords come to the Fingers from the Neck, as wee have more largely &s;poke of the Ring|finger in our Commentaries upon <HI>Mundinus.</HI></P>
<P>Therefore in the great Hand there are thirty one Bones (the Bones <HI>Si&s;amiis</HI> excepted) which fill up &s;ome junctures; and fir&s;t is the Bone <HI>Spatula,</HI> afterwards the Bone <HI>Adjutorium,</HI> after the two <HI>fociles</HI> of the arm, and eight of the <HI>Ra&s;eta,</HI> and four of the <HI>Pe|cten,</HI> and fifteen of the Fingers.</P>
<P>In the end of the bones of the Fingers are the Nayls, who&s;e helps are for the comline&s;s of the hand, and for the defence of the end of the fingers, and to take up &s;mall things; and the Nayls are engen|dred of &s;uperfluities, as al&s;o the Hairs, therefore they doe conti|nually encrea&s;e, yea in a dead
<PB N="363" REF="199"> man. From the afore&s;aid things <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">th appear the &s;ub&s;tance of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="3 letters">ds; their &s;ituation, number, <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="3 letters">pe, and Colligancy, and their quantity lye open; their com|plexion is &s;uch as are their parts; their helps cannot bee de&s;cribed, for they are the Organes of Or|ganes; they &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<HEAD>Of the Anatomy of the Feet.</HEAD>
<P>THe Hands being &s;een, &s;ee <NOTE PLACE="marg"><HI>Pes Lati. a Grae.</HI> <GAP DESC="foreign">. <HI>Qua&s;i in ip&s;o &agrave; to|to corpo|re ce&s;&s;a|tum fit A|ri&s;totele.</HI></NOTE> likewi&s;e the Feet, at lea&s;t one, which is enough in that diffecti|on, as al&s;o one hand; the Foot therefore is divided into great and &s;mall, as al&s;o the Hand, wit|ne&s;s <HI>Haly</HI> and <HI>Galen;</HI> and the Foot, witne&s;s <HI>Haly,</HI> hath four parts, the fir&s;t part is called <HI>Ancha,</HI> the Hip; the &s;econd <HI>Coxa,</HI> the Thigh; the third <HI>Crus,</HI> the Shank; the fourth <HI>Pes parvus,</HI> the little Foot.</P>
<P>And fir&s;t, the skin of it is to bee excoriated every where from the top to the bottom; in the inward part of which under the skin, is one notable branch of the Vein
<PB N="364" REF="200"> <HI>Chilis,</HI> de&s;cending from the <HI>In|guen</HI> by the Thigh, which <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> it is under the Hamme (as <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 word"> have &s;aid above) is divided in<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> three parts; one doth de&s;cend di|rectly by the in&s;ide unto the in|nermo&s;t hollowne&s;s of the Foot, and this is called <HI>Saphena,</HI> which is cut in divers di&s;ea&s;es.</P>
<P>One other is obliquated toward the out&s;ide by the calf of the Leg, and de&s;cendeth to the forein or outermo&s;t hollowne&s;s, and this is called <HI>Sciatica,</HI> or <HI>Scia,</HI> which be|ing cut availeth for the pain of the Hip; and the bifurcation of this <HI>Mundinus</HI> knew not, neither his followers; and it may be that this branch doth avail for the pain of the <HI>Sciatica,</HI> becau&s;e &s;ome of its branches are united with the branches of the Veins nouri&s;hing the Mu&s;cles, and the outward part of the Hip toward the juncture of the <HI>Sci<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">.</HI></P>
<P>Between tho&s;e branches in the <HI>Ra&s;eta</HI> of the Foot, are Veins common to both the afore&s;aid branches; which &s;ometimes are
<PB REF="200">
<PB REF="201">
<PB REF="201">
<FIGURE>
<P>Place this Figure betweene 304 and 305 pages</P>
<FIGDESC>engraving labeling the veins of the feet and legs</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE>
<PB REF="202">
<PB N="365" REF="202"> cut, e&s;pecially if the other of tho&s;e two afore&s;aid may not be found; which hapneth often, becau&s;e as it appeared above, the Veins doe not keep the &s;ame &s;ituation, nor number, nor al&s;o quantity.</P>
<P>Between the afore&s;aid <HI>Saphena,</HI> and al&s;o the <HI>Sciatica,</HI> under the Hamme, even unto the little Foot, there doth de&s;cend one no|table branch, which keepeth the middle between the&s;e, which may be cut in place of the deficiency of the other afore&s;aid; in the Figures under written, you &s;hall &s;ee the a|fore&s;aid Veins, at lea&s;t the <HI>Saphena,</HI> and the <HI>Sciatica.</HI></P>
<DIV3 TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>Here followeth the Figures of the Veins of the Feet.</HEAD>
<P>IN the&s;e three Figures you have all the Veins u&s;ed to bee fleboto|mi&s;ed in the Feet, and in that Fi|gure which is in the middle you &s;ee how one Vein bigge enough coming from the inner part of the Hippe goeth overthwart, de&s;cen|ding, and under the Hamme is di|vided
<PB N="366" REF="203"> into two Forks, one branch of which goeth by the inner part of the Foot, or Shank, even unto the little Foot, which is called <HI>Sa|phena.</HI></P>
<P>But another Branch goeth by the outer part of the Foot, which is called <HI>Scia,</HI> and tho&s;e branches as well inward as outward, are &s;een in the Figures on the &s;ides, which are flebotomi&s;ed about the anckles, or about the toes of the Feet.</P>
<P>The Veins of the Foot being &s;een, the Mu&s;cles are to be remo|ved wholly from the bones; as al|&s;o it is done in the Section of the Hand, for the &s;ame cau&s;e, noting that glandulous fle&s;h about the <HI>Inguen,</HI> which is the emunctory of the Liver, about which doth pa&s;s one afore&s;aid branch of the Vein <HI>Chilis</HI> de&s;cending, from which the <HI>Saphena,</HI> and the <HI>Scia|tica</HI> Vein are made; and in that fle&s;h the matters over-flowing to the Liver are drunk in, as we have &s;aid in another place.</P>
<P>The Mu&s;cles being removed,
<PB N="367" REF="203"> the Bones of the Foot doe remain, of which that which doth fir&s;t oc|cur, from the upper parts, is called <HI>Os Anchae,</HI> which Bone is on ei|ther &s;ide one; the&s;e two Bones are in the hinder part mo&s;t firmly united to the <HI>Os Sacrum,</HI> or to the bones <HI>Alhovius;</HI> but in the <HI>Pecten</HI> they joyn them&s;elves toge|ter, and the&s;e two Bones as well before as behind, are (by Gods appointment) opened in Births; and the&s;e Bones are more crooked and large in a Woman than in a Man, for the Birth; and the&s;e Bones have four names, before they are called <HI>O&s;&s;a Pectinis, Penis, Pubis,</HI> and <HI>Femoris;</HI> and on the hinder part they are called <HI>O&s;&s;a Anchae,</HI> and on the top and before they are called <HI>O&s;&s;a Ilii,</HI> and <HI>Alhartha|pha,</HI> and below in the place in which there is a hollowne&s;s, it is called <HI>Pixis,</HI> into which doth en|ter the head of the <HI>Os Coxae,</HI> which is round on the top, called <HI>Verte|brum;</HI> they are called <HI>O&s;&s;a Sciae,</HI> and <HI>Acceptabulum.</HI></P>
<P>To tho&s;e two Bones <HI>Ancharum</HI>
<PB N="368" REF="204"> in the hinder par<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> doe adhere the Buttocks called <HI>Nates &agrave; niten|do,</HI> of being neat and comly, and <HI>Se&s;&s;us &agrave; &s;edendo,</HI> of &s;itting; in tho&s;e parts the fle&s;h is thicker than in o|ther members, le&s;t pre&s;&s;ing upon it, the &s;oft of the body &s;hould bee pre&s;&s;ed with Bones; and tho&s;e parts (according to &s;ome) have Colligancy with the whole, there|fore they &s;ay, that <HI>Vento&s;es</HI> and Hor&s;e-leeches applied there are in|&s;tead of flebotomy; and they are dull of &s;en&s;e, becau&s;e they are lit|tle Nervous; and among othe<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> helps they doe perform re&s;t to the body by &s;itting; they doe al&s;o de|fend the <HI>Anus</HI> from cold; and they are for comline&s;s, by hiding the place of excrements.</P>
<P>After that Bone or Bones of <HI>Ancha,</HI> doth follow the <HI>Os Coxae,</HI> being a long concave within, and convex without, and more gro&s;s than any other Bone of the body; hollow, that it might be light, in which there is mar|row, as al&s;o in other great Bones; and the juncture between that
<PB N="369" REF="204"> Bone and the <HI>Os Ancha</HI> is called <HI>Scia;</HI> that Bone hath two Addita|ments above, and two below, but tho&s;e above are greater, one whereof doth enter into the afore|&s;aid <HI>Pixis</HI> of the <HI>Os Anchae,</HI> in the center of which, be&s;ides other Ligaments, it is mo&s;t firmly uni|ted with one ligament, Chordy, round, and hard, le&s;t it &s;hould bee ea&s;ily di&s;located.</P>
<P>And their lower additaments are joyned with the two <HI>Pociles</HI> of the Shank, in the former part of which there is a &s;mooth round bone cal|led <HI>Rotula,</HI> and all the&s;e bones are fa&s;tned together very firmly by Ligaments, and this Juncture is called <HI>Genu</HI> the Knee, who&s;e hin|der part is called <HI>Poples</HI> the Ham.</P>
<P>From the Knce to the little Foot is the Legge, who&s;e former part is called <HI>Crea,</HI> and the hinder part <HI>Sura,</HI> in that part are the two a|fore&s;aid Bones which are called <HI>Focilia, Arundines, Colla, Tibiae,</HI> and <HI>Cannae;</HI> tho&s;e two <HI>Fociles</HI> doe differ in quantity, for the bone placed in the inner part, is longer,
<PB N="370" REF="205"> and more gro&s;s than that which is placed in the further; and the le&s;|&s;er is not joyned with the bone of the Hip, but cleaveth to the great <HI>Focile</HI> below the Knee, that it might &s;trengthen it, and that it might keep it &s;traight.</P>
<P>Tho&s;e two <HI>Focil<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s</HI> toward the bottom, are terminated to one Bone of the little Foot, which is gro&s;s enough, named of <HI>Avicen Os Cahab,</HI> at the &s;ides whereof the two afore&s;aid <HI>Fociles</HI> doe make that eminence on either &s;ide which are called <HI>Cavillae</HI> the An|kles; and of all the&s;e is ordained the greater of the junctures of the little Foot.</P>
<P>The Foot al&s;o hath a concavity below, and a convex part above, which is called <HI>Mons,</HI> and <HI>Altum pedis;</HI> and the whole Foot is com|pounded of many bones, whereof that which fir&s;t occurreth is the a|fore&s;aid <HI>Os Cahab,</HI> under which is <HI>Os Calcanei</HI> the Heel-bone, which as one &s;tands is declining toward the bottom; before the <HI>Os Cahab</HI> is one Bone called <HI>Naviculare,</HI> af|ter
<PB N="371" REF="205"> that four Bones of the <HI>Ra&s;eta,</HI> to which toward the out-&s;ide is u|nited one Bone of the <HI>Si&s;aminum,</HI> after that five Bones of the <HI>Pecten</HI> of the Foot; then are fourteen bones of the Toes; in the middle juncture of the great Toe are &s;een al&s;o two Bones, <HI>Si&s;amia,</HI> or <HI>Si&s;a|mina,</HI> &s;o called becau&s;e they are like to the graines of <HI>Si&s;amum.</HI></P>
<P>And the Chords extending the Toes begin in the Shin, and tho&s;e contracting them are in the &s;ole of the Foot, which Chords with their Mu&s;cles cannot well be &s;een but in bodies con&s;umed in the water, or dried in the Sun.</P>
<P>In the extremity of the bones of the Toes are al&s;o the Nayls, the helps of whom are tho&s;e which are in the Hands, this excepted, that they are not for the taking up of &s;mall matters.</P>
<P>From the things done before is to be &s;een the &s;ub&s;tance of the Feet, in which al&s;o are Cartilages, <HI>Albaguahic,</HI> and Arteries, as in the hands; their &s;ituation, &s;hape, quan|tity, Colligancy, and number ap|pear;
<PB N="372" REF="206"> their complexion is &s;uch as is the complexion of Organical members; their helps are to change the place, and to carry the upper parts to the will of the Soul as far as they can: they &s;uffer pa&s;&s;ions of all &s;orts; the Figures of the Mu&s;cles and of the Bones doe follow.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="muscles illustrated">
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>THis is a Figure which re&s;em|bleth a Man flead from the skin, in which are &s;een the &s;hapes of the outward Mu&s;cles of the for|mer part of a man, by which Phy|&s;icians are helped in knowing the Heads, and al&s;o the middle parts of the Mu&s;cles, that thereby they might the better know to Prog|no&s;ticate of Wounds, Ulcers, and Apo&s;tumes, and that al&s;o they might know to make the inci&s;ion of Ulcers, and of Wounds, and o|ther Chiturgical operations, with|out the hurt of the Chords, which are the heads of the afore&s;aid Mu&s;|cles.</P>
<PB REF="206">
<PB REF="207">
<P>
<FIGURE>
<P>place the&s;e .4. figures betweene. 372. and.373. pages</P>
<FIGDESC>engraving set of images depicting muscles and skeleton</FIGDESC>
<FIGURE>
<HEAD>1</HEAD>
</FIGURE>
<FIGURE>
<HEAD>2</HEAD>
</FIGURE>
<FIGURE>
<HEAD>3</HEAD>
</FIGURE>
<FIGURE>
<HEAD>4</HEAD>
</FIGURE>
</FIGURE> </P>
<PB REF="208">
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="description of illustration">
<PB N="373" REF="208">
<HEAD>The &s;econd Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>IN this Figu<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="2 letters"> are &s;een the out|ward Mu&s;cles on the &s;ides of a mans body, from which Phy&s;ici|ans are made cautious in Progno|&s;ticating Apo&s;turnes, Ulcers, and Wounds, and in Inci&s;ion, and in other Chirurgical operations.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The third Figure of Mu&s;cles.</HEAD>
<P>THis is a Figure in which are &s;een all the Mu&s;cles behind, placed immediately under the skin, which doth perform the afore|&s;aid helps to Phy&s;icians, and tho&s;e Figures doe al&s;o help Painters in the drawing of members.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="bones illustrated">
<DIV3 N="1" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The fir&s;t Figure of Bones.</HEAD>
<P>IN this Figure are &s;een the forms, and &s;ituations, and al&s;o the true number of all the Bones of a mans body, except the bones of the head, and al&s;o the bones of the back; all the junctures of which cannot bee
<PB N="374" REF="209"> &s;een, unle&s;s in bodies boyled, or dri|ed in Church-yards.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="2" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The &s;econd Figure of Bones.</HEAD>
<P>IN this Figure are &s;een the bones of the hinder part of a man; there are al&s;o &s;een two Skuls, in the right of which is &s;een the Co|ronal Commi&s;&s;ure which is in the upper part, &amp; the <HI>Sagittalis</HI> is &s;een which is in the middle, the Com|mi&s;&s;ure of <HI>Lauda</HI> is al&s;o &s;een, which is in the lower part on the &s;ides; there are al&s;o &s;een the two Commi&s;&s;ures named of me above in the Anatomy of the <HI>Craneum,</HI> which are above the Commi&s;&s;ures <HI>Squamo&s;as</HI> being neer the Ears, but they are almo&s;t not to bee percei|ved; on the left &s;ide is another Skull, in which are &s;een the Man|dibles, and part of the Coronal Commi&s;&s;ure, and two Commi&s;|&s;ures below, the <HI>Sagittalis</HI> being on one &s;ide, and there is &s;een one bone of the two <HI>O&s;&s;a Paris</HI> which is from the region of the Eye, or from the Bone called <HI>Domum Faciei,</HI> reach|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ng
<PB REF="209">
<PB REF="210">
<FIGURE>
<P><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="MURP" EXTENT="2 letters">ace the&s;e 2. figures betweene pages .374. and .375.</P>
<FIGDESC>engraving set of two images depicting the human skeleton</FIGDESC>
</FIGURE>
<PB N="375" REF="210"> through the breadth of the <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ead toward the Ear.</P>
</DIV3>
<DIV3 N="3" TYPE="description of illustration">
<HEAD>The third Figure of Bones.</HEAD>
<P>YOu have in this Figure the number, &s;hape, and &s;ituation of the Bones of the Hand and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">oot; in the Hand are the extre|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ities of the two <HI>Fociles</HI> of the Arm, and eight Bones of the <HI>Ra|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">etta,</HI> and four of the <HI>Pecten,</HI> and fifteen of the Fingers.</P>
<P>In the Foot you have the <HI>Os <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">alcanei,</HI> and the <HI>Os Cahab,</HI> and <HI><GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">s Naviculare,</HI> and four bones <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">f the <HI>Ra&s;etta,</HI> and five Bones of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he <HI>Pecten,</HI> and fourteen Bones of <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">he Toes.</P>
</DIV3>
</DIV2>
<DIV2 TYPE="part">
<P>The&s;e are tho&s;e things which <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">or the pre&s;ent wee have given to <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ur Scholars for common Ana|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">omy, for the end whereof let <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">im be prai&s;ed which is three and <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ne, whom I mo&s;t humbly en|<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">reat that hee may direct mee to <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">reater matters. <HI>Amen.</HI></P>
<P>And hee which is not content <GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">ith the&s;e, let him have recour&s;e
<PB N="376" REF="211"> to our mo&s;t whol&s;ome Comme<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+taries upon <HI>Mundinus.</HI> Fare y<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> well in the Lord, yee which g<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter">+ther the Flowers of our Art aft<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> the manner of Bees; for wee d<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> reject the outragious Reader, t<GAP DESC="illegible" RESP="KEYERS" EXTENT="1 letter"> re&s;t wee entreat and reverence once more farewell.</P>
</DIV2>
<TRAILER>FINIS.</TRAILER>
<PB REF="211">
</DIV1>
</BODY>
</TEXT>
</EEBO>
</ETS>
